SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

SIPROTEC 5 – Devices
Protection, Automation and Monitoring
Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Overview of documentation

SIPROTEC 5 'HYLFH +DUGZDUH 2SHUDWLQJ

catalog PDQXDOV PDQXDO PDQXDO

6,3527(&',*6,
7XWRULDO

2QOLQHKHOS',*6,
6HOHFWLRQ*XLGH 2QOLQHKHOSGHYLFHV
IRU6,3527(&DQG
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ 3URGXFW (QJLQHHULQJ
5H\UROOH SURWRFROPDQXDOV LQIRUPDWLRQ *XLGH

Overview of documentation for the SIPROTEC 5 system

SIPROTEC 5 catalog Product information

The catalog describes the system features and the devices
of SIPROTEC 5.
Selection guide for SIPROTEC and Reyrolle
The selection guide offers an overview of the device series
of the Siemens protection devies, and a device selection table.
Device manuals
The device manuals describe the functions and applications
of a specific SIPROTEC 5 device. The printed manual and the
online help for the device have the same informational structure.
Hardware manual
The hardware manual describes the hardware components and
device combinations of the SIPROTEC 5 device family.
Operating manual
The operating manual describes the basic principles and
procedures for operating and assembling the devices of the
SIPROTEC 5 device family.
The product information includes general information about
device installation, technical data, limit values for input and
output modules, and conditions when preparing for operation.
This document is provided with each SIPROTEC 5 device.
Engineering Guide
The Engineering Guide describes the important steps of Engi-
neering with DIGIS 5. The Engineering Guide offers information
on how to load a configuration to a SIPROTEC 5 device and how
to update the device functionality of a SIPROTEC 5 device.
DIGSI 5 online help
The DIGSI 5 online help contains a help package for DIGSI 5
and CFC. The help package for DIGSI 5 includes a description
of the basic operation of software, the DIGSI principles and
editors. The help package for CFC includes an introduction to
CFC programming, basic examples of working with CFC, and
a reference chapter with all the CFC blocks available for the
SIPROTEC 5 range.
Online help devices

Communication protocol manuals
The communication protocol manuals include a description
of specific protocols for communication within the SIPROTEC 5
device family and with higher-level control centers.
The online help for devices has the same information structure
as the device manual.
SIPROTEC 5 / DIGSI 5 Tutorial
The tutorial on the DVD contains brief information about
important product features, more detailed information about the
individual technical areas, as well as operating sequences with
tasks based on practical operation and a brief explanation of
SIPROTEC 5 and DIGSI 5.

2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Contents

SIPROTEC 5 – SIPROTEC 5 System 1

1.1
Devices Editorial / SIPROTEC 5 System

Innovation Highlights 1.2

Protection, Automation Functional Integration 1.3

and Monitoring Hardware 1.4

Engineering 1.5
Catalog SIP 5.01 · Edition 3
Communication 1.6
Invalid: Edition 2 IEC 61850 – Simply Usable 1.7
Test and Diagnostics 1.8
Safety Concept 1.9
Devices 2
Device Types 2.1
Relay Selection Guide 2.2
Application Examples 2.3
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82, 7SJ85 2.4
Line Protection
Distance protection
SIPROTEC 7SA82, 7SA86, 7SA87
Line differential protection
SIPROTEC 7SD82, 7SD86, 7SD87
Combined line differential and distance protection 2.5
SIPROTEC 7SL82, 7SL86, 7SL87
Breaker management
SIPROTEC 7VK87
Overcurrent protection
SIPROTEC 7SJ86

Transformator Protection
SIPROTEC 7UT82, 7UT85, 7UT86, 7UT87
2.6
Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85 2.7
Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 2.8
Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86 2.9
Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 2.10
Appendix 3
DIGSI 5 – Variants and System Requirements 3.1
Connection Variants 3.2
Connection Diagrams 3.3
The products and systems described in this catalog
are manufactured and sold according to a certified
Grouping Measured Values 3.4
management system (acc. to ISO 9001, ISO 14001
and BS OHSAS 18001).
Technical Data 3.5
Spare Parts / Accessories 3.6
Legal Notice 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3
 The SIPROTEC 5 System
Introduction
Editorial
1
SIPROTEC has been a recognized brand leader in digital protec-
1.1 tion and field devices on the energy market for decades. The
Siemens high-performance SIPROTEC devices cover the entire
1.2 power spectrum and can be implemented in a wide range of
fields – from power generation to very high voltage transmis-
1.3 sion and distribution network applications.
1.4 “Smart automation for transmission grids” is the Siemens
response to the present and future challenges to achieve a
1.5 reliable and efficient energy supply. SIPROTEC 5 is an active
component of the energy-efficient smart grid and an important
1.6 building block in the complex distributed energy supply
1.7 systems and networks solutions.
The next generation of SIPROTEC devices, SIPROTEC 5, is based
1.8 on the proven features of SIPROTEC 4 to provide you with a
new, modern platform including both hardware and software.
1.9 This platform offers an excellent solution to the challenges
associated with evolving grid structures and workflows. The
2 quality, reliability and proven functions of the former system
have been preserved. Innovative approaches including holistic
2.1 workflow, safety and security, and network stability monitoring
2.2 (PMU functionality) have been added.
The pioneering system architecture places you in full control of
2.3 switchgear communications. A powerful, reliable communica-
tion infrastructure, combined with the flexible engineering
2.4 capabilities serves as the basis for monitoring and controlling of
distributed, decentralized systems. Seamless communications is
the central component of the SIPROTEC 5 system architecture
to provide flexibility, safety and security in the automated
distributed network solutions.
With SIPROTEC 5, you are at the beginning of a new generation
2.5 of intelligent, digital multifunction field devices. The new
operating tool DIGSI 5 offers individual support for you –
handles your specific workflow requirements, from system
design to device selection and testing, covering the entire device
lifecycle. The new tool offers cost savings over the entire
lifecycle without compromising safety and system availability.
With the new SIPROTEC 5 generation, you are well equipped to
2.6 meet the growing economic and reliability demands imposed
on your networks. The philosophy of SIPROTEC 5 is reflected in
2.7 the modularity and flexibility of its hardware and software
components. Perfectly tailored fit – the custom fit for your
2.8 switchgear and specifications for the application and standard-
ization of energy automation.
2.9
Ingo Erkens
2.10
General Manager
Energy Management
3 Energy Automation Products
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.1 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 The SIPROTEC 5 System
Solutions for today‘s and future power supply systems –
for more than 100 years
1
SIPROTEC has established itself on the energy market for 1.1
decades as a powerful and complete system family of
numerical protection relays and bay controllers from
1.2
Siemens. 1.3
SIPROTEC protection relays from Siemens can be consistent- 1.4
ly used throughout all applications in medium and high
voltage. With SIPROTEC, operators have their systems firmly 1.5
and safely under control, and have the basis to implement
cost-efficient solutions for all duties in modern, intelligent 1.6
and “smart” grids. Users can combine the units of the
1.7
different SIPROTEC device series at will for solving manifold

LSP3.01-0003.eps
duties – because SIPROTEC stands for continuity, openness 1.8
and future-proof design.
1.9
As the innovation driver and trendsetter in the field of
protection systems for 100 years, Siemens helps system 2
Fig. 1.1/ 1 SIPROTEC family
operators to design their grids in an intelligent, ecological,
reliable and efficient way, and to operate them economic- 2.1
ally. As a pioneer, Siemens has decisively influenced the de-
velopment of numerical protection systems (Fig. 1.1 / 2). The 2.2
How can system operators benefit from this experience?
first application went into operation in Würzburg, Germany,
• Proven and complete applications 2.3
in 1977. Consistent integration of protection and control
functions for all SIPROTEC devices was the innovation step • Easy integration into your system 2.4
in the 90ies. After release of the communication standard • Highest quality of hardware and software
IEC 61850 in the year 2004, Siemens was the first manufac- • Excellent operator friendliness of devices and tools
turer worldwide to put a system with this communication • Easy data exchange between applications
standard into operation. In the meantime we have delivered
• Extraordinary consistency between product and system-
more than 400,000 devices with IEC 61850 included.
engineering
SIPROTEC protection relays have approvals from many users • Reduced complexity by easy operation 2.5
for use in their power systems. The devices have also been • Siemens as a reliable, worldwide operating partner.
certified by independent test institutes and universities
(KEMA, EPRI, LOYD, UR Laboratories).
You´ll find the information of the SIPROTEC 4 devices and
the devices of SIPROTEC Compact in the subcatalogs
or under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
LSP3.01-0004.eps

3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.1 / 2 SIPROTEC – Pioneer over generations 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.1/5
 The SIPROTEC 5 System

SIPROTEC 5 – the new benchmark for protection,

1 automation and monitoring of grids
1.1 The SIPROTEC 5 series is based on the long field experience of
1.2 the SIPROTEC device series, and has been especially designed
for the new requirements of modern systems. For this purpose,
1.3 SIPROTEC 5 is equipped with extensive functionalities and
device types. With the holistic and consistent engineering tool
1.4 DIGSI 5, a solution has also been provided for the increasingly
complex processes, from the design via the engineering phase
1.5 up to the test and operation phase.

LSP3.01-0013.eps
1.6 Thanks to the high modularity of hardware and software, the
functionality and hardware of the devices can be tailored to the
1.7 requested application and adjusted to the continuously chang-
ing requirements throughout the entire life cycle.
1.8
Besides the reliable and selective protection and the complete
1.9 automation function, SIPROTEC 5 offers an extensive database
for operation and monitoring of modern power supply systems.
2 Synchrophasors (PMU), power quality data and extensive
operational equipment data are part of the scope of supply. Fig. 1.1 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 – modular hardware
2.1 • Powerful protection functions guarantee the safety of the
system operator‘s equipment and employees
2.2 • Individually configurable devices save money on initial
2.3 investment as well as storage of spare parts, maintenance,
expansion and adjustment of your equipment
2.4 • Arc protection, detection of transient ground fault and
process bus simply integrable and retrofittable
• Clear and easy-to-use of devices and software thanks to user-
friendly design
• Increase of reliability and quality of the engineering process
• High safety by consistent implementation of Safety and

LSP3.01-0014.eps
2.5 Security
• Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• Integrated switch for low-cost and redundant optical and
electrical Ethernet rings
2.6 • Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for highest
availability Fig. 1.1 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – modular process connection
2.7 • Efficient operating concepts by flexible engineering of
IEC 61850 Edition 2
2.8 • Comprehensive database for monitoring of modern power
grids
2.9
• Optimal smart automation platform for grids
2.10 based on integrated synchrophasor measurement units (PMU)
and power quality functions.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
LSP3.01-0012.eps

3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 1.1 / 5 Application in a high-voltage power system

1.1 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Innovation Highlights
With SIPROTEC 5, Siemens is writing yet another chapter in the For you, Holistic workflow in SIPROTEC 5 means:
successful history of protection technology, representing the An end-to-end tool from system design to operation – even
1
5th digital generation and over 100 years of experience in allowing crossing of functional and departmental boundaries –
protection. SIPROTEC 5 represents the next logical step in this
1.1
saves time, assures data security and transparency throughout
development. With SIPROTEC 5, we have combined a function- the entire lifecycle of your system. 1.2
ality that has been proven and refined over years with a
high-performance and fl exible new platform, extended with Perfectly tailored fit 1.3
trendsetting innovations for present and future demands. Individually configurable devices provide you with cost-effec-
tive solutions that match your needs precisely throughout the
1.4
Holistic workflow
entire lifecycle.
The tools for end-to-end engineering from system design to
1.5
SIPROTEC 5 sets new standards in cost savings and availability
operation will make your work easier throughout the entire 1.6
with its innovative modular and fl exible hardware, functionality
process.
and communication. SIPROTEC 5 provides a perfectly tailored fit
The highlight of SIPROTEC 5 is the greater-than-ever emphasis for your switchgear and applications unparalleled by any other 1.7
on daily ease of operation. SIPROTEC 5 provides support along system.
all the steps in the engineering workflow, allowing for system
1.8
view management and configuration down to the details of 1.9
individual devices, saving time and cost without compromising
quality (Fig. 1.2 / 1). Operation Design
t
%PDVNFOUBUJPO t
"QQMJDBUJPO 2
Holistic workflow in SIPROTEC 5 means: t
5FTUJOH t
4QFDJmDBUJPO
•  Integrated, consistent system and device engineering – from t
.BJOUFOBODF 2.1
the single line diagram of the unit all the way to device
parameterization 2.2
Holistic
•  Simple, intuitive graphical linking of primary and secondary
Workflow 2.3
equipment
•  Easily adaptable library of application templates for the most 2.4
Implementation
frequently used applications t
%FWJDF
TFMFDUJPO

4*1&/BJ
•  Manufacturer-independent tool for easy system engineering Commissioning t
1MBOOJOH
t
5FTU t
&OHJOFFSJOH
•  Open interfaces for seamless integration into your process t
%PDVNFOUBUJPO t
4FUUJOHT
environment
•  Integrated tools for testing during engineering, Fig. 1.2 / 1 End-to-end tools – from design to operation
commissioning, and for simulating operational scenarios, 2.5
e.g., grid disruptions or switching operations.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.2 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – innovation highlights 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.2/1
 Innovation Highlights
Perfectly tailored fit with SIPROTEC 5 means:
1
•  Modular system design in hardware, software and
1.1 communication ensures the perfect fit for your needs
•  Functional integration of a wide range of applications, such
1.2 as protection, control, measurement, power quality or fault
recording
1.3
•  The same expansion and communication modules for all
1.4 devices in the family
•  Innovative terminal technology ensures easy assembly and
1.5 interchangeability with the highest possible degree of safety
1.6 •  Identical functions and consistent interfaces throughout the
entire system family mean less training requirement and
1.7 increased safety, e.g., an identical automatic reclosing (AR)
for line protection devices 7SD8, 7SA8, 7SL8
1.8 •  Functions can be individually customized by editing for your
specific requirements
1.9
•  Innovations are made available to all devices at the same time
and can easily be retrofitted as needed via libraries.
2
For you, perfectly tailored fit with SIPROTEC 5 means:
2.1 Individually configurable devices save you money in the initial
2.2 investment, spare parts storage, maintenance, extending and
adapting your system.
2.3
Designed to communicate
2.4 The trendsetting system architecture places communication
firmly under your control. Powerful, flexible, and above all
reliable communication is the most important prerequisite for
distributed and decentralized systems such as smart grids. In
the system architecture of SIPROTEC 5 we have placed immense
importance on communication, and we have gone to excep-
tional lengths to ensure that you are ideally equipped for the
2.5 communication demands of today and the future.
Designed to communicate with SIPROTEC 5 means:
•  Adaptation to the topology of your communication structure
using settings (ring, star, network, …)
•  Scalable redundancy in hardware and software (protocols) to
match your requirements
•  Multiple communication channels with various higher-level
systems
•  Pluggable, upgradable communication modules
•  Hardware modules decoupled from communication protocols
•  2 independent protocols on one module
•  Extensive routines for testing connections, functions and
operating workflows
• Expansion module for process bus communication.
For you, designed to communicate in SIPROTEC 5 means:
Communication as an integral component of the system
architecture provides you with the fl exibility and safeguards
you need to design and implement highly operable and reliable
networked systems.
Safety and security inside
Multilayer safety mechanisms in all links of the system safety
chain provide you with the highest possible level of safety and
availability.
Safety for personnel and equipment, and also ultimate availabil-
ity, are all the top priorities. As the plant landscape systems
become more open and complex, the conventional security
mechanisms are no longer adequate. For this reason, a security
concept has been integrated in the SIPROTEC 5 device architec-
ture that is designed to address these multidimensional aspects
in a holistic approach.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 1.2 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 device with extensive communication interfaces

1.2 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Innovation Highlights
Safety and security inside with SIPROTEC 5 means: Smart automation is a major real-time component designed
•  Proven functions for protecting systems and personnel, to preserve the stability of these grids and at the same time 1
continuously developed over fi ve generations conserve energy and reduce costs.
1.1
•  Long-lasting, rugged hardware (housings, assemblies, plugs) With SIPROTEC 5, you have the optimum smart automation
and sophisticated layout of the entire electronics for highest platform for your smart grids. 1.2
resilience against voltage, EMC, climate and mechanical stress
•  Sophisticated self-monitoring routines identify and report Smart automation for transmission grids with SIPROTEC 5 means: 1.3
device malfunctions immediately and reliably •  Open, scalable architecture for IT integration and new functions
•  Conformance with the stringent Cyber Security requirements •  The latest standards in the area of communication and 1.4
according to the user guidelines and standards such as the Cyber Security
1.5
BDEW Whitepaper and NERC CIP •  “Smart functions”, e.g., for network operation, analysis of
•  Encryption along the entire communication segment between faults or power quality (power systems monitoring, power 1.6
DIGSI 5 and the device, conforming to the recommendations control unit, fault location)
of IEC 62351 •  Integrated automation with optimized logic modules based 1.7
•  Automatic recording of access attempts and security-critical on the IEC 61131-3 standard
operations on the devices and systems. •  Highly precise acquisition and processing of process values
1.8
and transmission to other components in the smart grid 1.9
For you, safety and security inside with SIPROTEC 5 means:
•  Protection, automation and monitoring in the smart grid.
With the multilayer safety mechanisms integrated in
SIPROTEC 5, your equipment and systems will have the highest For you, smart automation for transmission grids with 2
possible degree of security and reliability, conforming to the SIPROTEC 5 means:
most recent requirements of international standards and This is the first device that has been designed specifically to
2.1
technologies. meet the requirements of the modern grid and offers the 2.2
Smart automation for transmission grids automation platform and future compatibility for smart grid
projects. 2.3
The extraordinary range of integrated functionalities for all the
The common features of all fi ve innovation highlights
demands of your smart grid.
described are IEC 61850 Edition 2 and its thoroughly designed,
2.4
Climate change and dwindling fossil fuels are forcing a total user-oriented implementation in SIPROTEC 5.
re-evaluation of the energy supply industry, from generation
to distribution and consumption. This is having fundamental
effects on the structure and operation of the power grids.

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.2 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 as a system component of the smart grid 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.2/3
 Innovation Highlights
IEC 61850 – Simply usable “IEC 61850 – Simply usable” with SIPROTEC 5 means:
1
Siemens, the pioneer of IEC 61850 makes the full potential of •  A stand alone IEC 61850 sytem configuration tool allow IEC
1.1 this global standard simply usable for you. 61850 configuration of SIPROTEC 5, SIPROTEC 4 amd multi-
vendor IEDs, also including process bus engineering
1.2 The IEC 61850 standard is more than just a substation automa-
• Full compatibility with Edition 1 and 2
tion protocol. It comprehensively defines data types, functions
1.3 and communication in station networks. In Edition 2, the • Open interfaces in accordance with IEC 61850 guarantee
influence of the standard is extended to more domains and manufacturer-independent system configuration and
1.4 applications of the energy supply industry. interoperability
• Highly usable presentation of the complex IEC 61850 data
1.5 Siemens was actively involved in the process of standardization
model
from Edition 1 to Edition 2, and with the largest number of
1.6 completed installations in the world, our experience as a • Consistent system and device engineering – from the single
manufacturer in the field is unsurpassed. Jointly with key line diagram of the unit all the way to device parameterization
1.7 customers, we designed its implementation in SIPROTEC 5, • Flexible object modeling – freedom in addressing objects
paying close attention to interoperability, fl exibility and and flexible communication services assure the highest
1.8 compatibility between Editions 1 and 2. possible degree of customization and effective exchange and
expansion concepts
1.9 Besides IEC 61850, SIPROTEC 5 also supports other standards
such as IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP 3 (seriell or • Optimization of handling based on many projects and close
cooperation with customers from all application areas
2 TCP) or Modbus TCP.
• Protection settings over IEC 61850
2.1 • Handling of multiple communication modules in Edition 2.
2.2 Meet the standard For you, IEC 61850 – simply usable with SIPROTEC 5 means:

2.3 IEC 61850 The implementation of IEC 61850 Edition 2 unleashes the full
potential of this standard by optimally supporting your
2.4 operational needs and simplifying handling.

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6 Fig. 1.2/ 5 IEC 61850 certificate Edition 2
3.7
1.2 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Perfectly tailored fit

Due to the modular construction of their hardware and The SIPROTEC 5 devices can be used for the following 1
software, and their functional integration, SIPROTEC 5 applications:
devices are well suited for all tasks in the electricity trans- • Protection 1.1
mission and distribution grid.
• Control and automation 1.2
• Monitoring
• Data acquisition and recording
1.3
• Communication and Cyber Security 1.4
• Test
1.5
1.6
Functional integration
Due to the modular design of its hardware and software and the
1.7
powerful engineering tool DIGSI 5, SIPROTEC 5 is ideally suited
1.8
for protection, automation, measurement and monitoring tasks SIPROTEC 5
in the electrical power systems.
Protection
1.9
The devices are not only pure protection and control equipment,
their performance enables them to assure functional integration Control 2
of desired depth and scope. For example, they can also serve 52
to perform monitoring, phasor measurement, fault recording, Automation
2.1
a wide range of measurement functions and much more,
concurrently, and they have been designed to facilitate future
2.2
Monitoring
functionality expansion. 2.3
Data acquisition and
SIPROTEC 5 provides an extensive, precise data acquisition and recording
bay level recording for these functions. By combining device 2.4
functionality with communication flexibility, SIPROTEC 5 has Communication
the ability to meet a wide range of today’s applications and
specific project specifications as well as the functional expansion Cyber Security

SIP5-0005.EN.ai
capability to adapt to changing needs in the future.
Test
With SIPROTEC 5 you can improve the safety and reliability
of your application. Fig. 1.3 / 1 shows the possible functional 2.5
expansion of a SIPROTEC 5 device.
Fig. 1.3 / 1 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
Faster results with application templates
Application templates allow you to fast track your solution. Optimizing the application template
A library of application templates is available that can be tailored for your specific application
to the specific functional scope for typical applications.
You can adapt the application templates to your application and
Fig. 1.3 / 2 shows an example of a system configuration. Note create your own in-house standards. The required number of 2.6
that the functions in the application template are combined in protection stages or zones can be increased without difficulty.
functional groups (FG). The functional groups (FG) correspond Additional functions can be loaded into the device directly from 2.7
to the primary components (protection object: line; switching an extensive function library.
device: circuit breaker), thereby simplifying the direct reference 2.8
to the actual system. For example, if your switchgear includes
2 circuit breakers, this is also represented by 2 “circuit breaker” 2.9
functional groups – a schematic map of your actual system.
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 1
 Functional Integration
Perfectly tailored fit – Protection

1
1.1  $4$

1.2 03
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$

,SK ,SK 50BF

,SK
1.3 49 87N Ctrl

1.4 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
&%
%,
%2
1.5
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* 7UDQVIRUPHU
1.6 03
,SK
,SK

1.7 50N 51N 87

0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
1.8
1.9 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
2 ,SK
50 51 Ctrl

2.1  %4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV

%,
&%
%2
2.2
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
2.3 03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
2.4 %2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 11 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO 1 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ

Fig. 1.3 / 2 Protection of a transformer

Instrument and protection-class current transformer

2.5
The flexibility of the SIPROTEC 5 family enables even greater The flexible communication among the devices enables them to
functional integration and parallel processing of an extremely be combined in various communication topologies. In this con-
wide range of functions. The modular hardware enables an text, the widely used Ethernet-based communications standard
application-specific device configuration. If you also want to use IEC 61850 offers many advantages.
the phasor measurement function, i.e., the highly precise acqui-
sition of current and voltage phasors and the variables derived
2.6 from them such as power and frequency, this function can be
assigned to the measuring input. Another additional application
is monitoring power quality characteristics.
2.7
Fig. 1.3 / 3 shows the connection to a protection-class and
2.8 instrument current transformer for a feeder. The necessary SIPROTEC 5
protection functions are assigned to the protection-class current
2.9 transformer and the measurement functions are assigned to the 52
Measuring functions
(I, V, f, P, Q, cos φ;
instrument transformer according to the application. Phasor Measurement,
2.10 IABC,N Power Quality)
The highly precise measured values and status information 0.2 FS10
3 provided by the SIPROTEC 5 devices can be transmitted over
10 P15 IABC,N
the high-performance communication system to automation Protection functions
3.1 systems such as a substation and power systems control or
SIP5-0017.EN.ai

VABC
central analysis systems (e.g., SIGUARD PDP). In particular, the
3.2 VN
control and monitoring of “smart grids” require information
from power generators (conventional or renewable energies)
3.3 and from consumers (line branches). This essential information
may be measured values, switching statuses, or messages from
3.4 protection and monitoring functions. In addition to performing Fig. 1.3 / 3 Connection of fi eld devices to instrument and
local protection, control and monitoring tasks, the SIPROTEC 5 protection-class current transformers
3.5
devices are an excellent data source.
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Perfectly tailoired fit – Protection

Protection
1
SIPROTEC 5 provides all the necessary protection functions to
address reliability and security of power transmission systems. 1.1
System configurations with multiple busbars and breaker-and-a-
half schemes are both supported. The functions are based SIPROTEC 5 1.2
on decades of experience in putting systems into operation,
including feedback and suggestions from our customers. 1.3
The modular, functional structure of SIPROTEC 5 allows  &RQWURO 1.4
exceptional flexibility and enables the creation of a protection
functionality that is specific to the conditions of the system Automation
1.5
while also being capable of further changes in the future.
1.6
In the following segment available device functions of Monitoring

SIPROTEC 5 will be described. 1.7

Data acquisition and
Recording
1.8
Communication
1.9
Cyber Security
2
7HVW
2.1
2.2
Fig. 1.3 / 4 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N) - classic method • Voltage-dependent and phase angle dependent overcurrent
1
• pickup V / I / ϕ
SIPROTEC 5 provides 6-system distance protection featuring all
1.1 well-proven algorithms of previously supplied SIPROTEC protec- • Impedance pickup Z<
tion devices.
1.2 Load zone
By parallel calculation and monitoring of all six impedance
1.3 In order to guarantee reliable discrimination between load ope-
loops, a high degree of sensitivity and selectivity is achieved for
ration and short-circuit – especially on long, high loaded lines
all types of faults. All methods of neutral-point treatment (com-
1.4 pensated, isolated, solid or low-resistive grounded) are reliably
– the relay is equipped with a selectable load encroachment
characteristic. Impedances within this load encroachment cha-
dealt with. 1-pole and 3-pole tripping is possible depending
1.5 on the specific device type. The distance protection is suitable
racteristic prevent the distance zones from unwanted tripping.

1.6 for cables and overhead lines with or without series capacitor
compensation.
1.7 The device provides quadrilateral as well as MHO. The characte-
ristics can be used separately for phase and ground faults.
1.8
Resistance ground faults can, for instance, be covered with
1.9 the quadrilateral characteristic and phase faults with the MHO
characteristic.
2
The evaluation of healthy voltages and the use of a voltage
2.1 memory make optimal direction determination possible.
2.2 Zone characteristic quadrilateral
The quadrilateral characteristic permits separate setting of the
2.3 reactance X and the resistance R. The resistance section R can
2.4 be set separately for faults with and without earth involvement.
This characteristic has therefore an optimal performance for
detecting high-resistive faults.
Applications with ground fault dependent reactance reach per
zone can be covered as well by simply using additional distance
zones. Each distance zone can be set separately to operate for
ground faults only, for phase faults only or for all fault types.
2.5
The distance zones can be set forward, backward or non-
directional.
Zone-characteristic MHO
With the MHO characteristic, the MHO circle expansion gua-
rantees safe and selective operation for all types of faults, even
2.6 for faults close to the zone boundary. The circle expands to the
source impedance but never more than the selected impedance
2.7 reach. The example in the figure (Fig. 1.3 / 5) shows the charac-
teristic for a forward fault.
2.8
Appropriate number of distance zones
2.9 The number of distance zones can be freely adapted according
to the application requirements. For functions using a
2.10 dependent zone, such as signal comparison, all parameterized
zones from the distance protection are available (application
3 of the zone in distance protection itself is not affected by this).
Absolute phase-selectivity
The distance protection function incorporates a well-proven,
highly sophisticated phase selection algorithm. The pickup of
healthy loops is reliably eliminated to prevent the adverse influ-
ence of currents and voltages in the healthy loops. This phase
selection algorithm achieves appropriate tripping decisions and
correct distance measurement in a wide application range.
Arrangements for breaker-and-a-half schemes
When the cores of the two CT sets are connected in parallel
(with suitable polarity), the resultant measured current will
be the sum of the two currents flowing into the CTs. This
sum-current corresponds to the current flowing into the feeder
and is therefore used for the protection and other functions to
represent the feeder current. This method is commonly used.
SIPROTEC 5 devices provide sufficient measuring inputs to
connect two or several sets of CTs separately to the device. In
this case the summation is carried out in software internally. The
distance protection function detects possible saturation of only
one of the CTs and can thus prevent unwanted pickup in case
of an external error with high through-fault current. Through
the separately measured currents, separate circuit-breaker
failure protection functions can be activated for both switches.
Furthermore, the separately measured currents allow a fully
adequate differential protection for the "end zone" between
the current transformers upon disconnection of the feeder (see
STUB differential protection ANSI 87 STUB).
Forward
X Line
Z3
Z2
Z1B
Reverse Z1
φ Line φ Dist
φ Load
R

Each distance zone has its own timer, separately dedicated to

3.1 1-phase and 3-phase short circuits. Thus, the new flexibility of
3.2 the SIPROTEC 5 device family provides optimal adaptation to
each application. The distance protection will always provide the Forward
3.3 exact number of required distance zones.

3.4 Four pickup methods

SIP5 G-0005.EN.ai

The following pickup methods can be employed alternatively:

3.5
• Overcurrent pickup I >> Reverse
3.6 • Voltage-dependent overcurrent pickup V / I
Fig. 1.3 / 5 Quadrilateral characteristics, with 4 zones as an example
3.7
1.3 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Parallel-line compensation protection reach. The reactance method compensates this

influence with adjustable compensation angles. 1
The influence of wrong distance measurement due to parallel
lines can be compensated by feeding the neutral-point current The Distance protection function with reactance method (RMD): 1.1
of the parallel line to the relay. Parallel line compensation can be • Works in systems with grounded neutral point;
used for distance protection as well as for fault location. 1.2
• Is a form of selective short-circuit protection for lines and
Load compensation cables supplied from one or more end(s) in radial, looped or 1.3
meshed systems;
The distance protection function provides measures to compen-
• Can be used as backup protection for busbars, transformers 1.4
sate the load influence on the reach measurement.
and other lines
1.5
Elimination of interference signals • Is suited for use at all voltage levels.
1.6
Digital filters render the unit immune to signals contained in the Main protection and backup protection
measured values. In particular, the influence of DC components,
The Distance protection function with reactance method (RMD)
1.7
capacitive voltage transformers and frequency changes is consi-
derably reduced. A special method of measurement is employed can be used as an alternative or in addition to the distance 1.8
in order to assure protection selectivity during saturation of the protection function with classic method.
current transformers. 1.9
Polygonal zone characteristic
Measuring-voltage failure detection The polygonal tripping characteristic allows the separate setting 2
Tripping of the distance protection is blocked automatically in of reactance X and fault resistances RF. Each distance zone can
the event of failure of the measuring voltage, thus preventing be configured only for ground faults, only for phase faults or for 2.1
unwanted tripping. Distance protection is blocked if one of the all fault types. All distance zones can be set forward, reverse or
non-directional. 2.2
voltage monitoring functions or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage-transformer circuit-breaker operates and in this case The RMD function calculates up to 7 impedance loops A-gnd, 2.3
the EMERGENCY protection can be activated (definite-time B-gnd, C-gnd, A-B, B-C, C-A, and A-B-C. The pickup method is
overcurrent protection). impedance pickup Z<. Analyzing quadrature voltages, using the 2.4
voltage memory and analyzing delta quantities and symmetrical
Distance protection with Reactance Method (RMD)
components enable the best possible direction determination.
(ANSI 21, 21N)
Under extreme conditions, load currents and high fault resis- Selectable number of distance zones
tances may influence selectivity. The distance protection with The number of distance zones can be freely adjusted according
reactance method (RMD) decreases unfavorable influences of to the requirements of the relevant application.
high fault resistances under high load.
2.5
Load zone
Load compensation is part of the principle
The adjustable load range serves to securely distinguish bet-
If the system has inhomogeneities, e.g. in case of differing
ween load operation and short-circuit, especially on long, highly
source impedance angles, this may also influence the distance
loaded lines. Any impedance within this load range will not lead
to unwanted tripping in the distance zones.
X Line Absolute phase selectivity
2.6
Z5
The distance protection function with reactance method (RMD) 2.7
Z4 contains a sophisticated algorithm for adaptive loop selection.
Z1B Various loop selection criteria are processed simultaneously. The 2.8
loop selection criteria use jump detection, delta quantities detec-
Z2 tion, symmetrical components as well as current, voltage and 2.9
Z1 impedance comparison procedures. Tripping fault-free phases
by the negative impact of the short-circuit currents and voltages 2.10
in other phases is therefore reliably avoided. The algorithm for
Load Load
adaptive loop selection enables correct tripping decisions and 3
R
correct distance measurement over a wide range of applications.
3.1
Provisions for 1 ½ circuit-breaker applications
For 1 ½ circuit-breaker applications, the RMD function is as
3.2
suitable as the classic distance protection function. For further 3.3
SIP5 G-0006.EN.ai

details please refer to chapter “Distance protection

(ANSI 21, 21N) - classic method”. 3.4
Z3 (reverse)
Parallel line compensation 3.5
Influences on the distance measurements due to parallel lines
can be compensated by the RMD function by acquiring the
3.6
Fig. 1.3 / 6 MHO zone characteristics, with 6 zone as an example parallel line ground current. 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 5
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Eliminating disturbance values blocks the impedance protection and can activate the emer-
1 gency definite-time overcurrent protection.
Digital filters make the RMD function insensitive to disturbance
1.1 values in the measured values. Especially the influence of Overexcitation protection (ANSI 24)
direct current components, capacitive voltage transformers and
1.2 frequency changes is severely reduced. A special measuring Overexcitation protection is used to detect impermissibly high
procedure is used to maintain the protection selectivity in case induction in generators and transformers. This function protects
1.3 of current transformer saturation. these equipment from excessive thermal loads.

1.4 Measuring voltage monitoring

1.5 In order to prevent inadvertent tripping, the distance protection
function automatically blocks in case of a failure of the
1.6 measuring-circuit voltage. If one of the voltage monitoring
functions or of the auxiliary contact of the voltage transformer
1.7 circuit breaker picks up, the RMD function is blocked and can
activate the emergency definite-time overcurrent protection.
1.8
Impedance Protection for Transformers (ANSI 21T)
1.9
SIPROTEC 5 offers 6-system impedance protection with up to 4
2 impedance zones, especially designed as backup protection for
power transformers.
2.1
The function
2.2 • protects transformers as backup protection for transformer
differential protection
2.3 • is used as backup protection for the block transformer and the
2.4 generator in block-unit power stations
• functions as backup protection in the event of energy recovery
to faults in the upstream electrical power system beyond a
transformer.
The parallel calculation and monitoring of all six impedance
loops enables high sensitivity and selectivity for all fault situa-
2.5 tions. Ground loops are calculated with phase voltage and phase
current as a standard. Ground current is not present in most
cases and will therefore not be calculated.
If the minimum current criterion is fulfilled and an impedance
loop is within a configured impedance zone, this phase is consi-
dered picked up. Impedance is measured over a wide frequency
range by using the frequency-adjusted sampled values. This is
2.6 advantageous for island networks or block-unit power stations,
for example, for start-up processes.
2.7 Polygonal zone characteristic
2.8 The polygonal tripping characteristic allows the separate setting
of reactance X and resistance R for phase-to-ground loops and
2.9 phase-to-phase loops. The polygonal characteristic is a rectangle
in the impedance level. Within the function, a maximum of 4
2.10 impedance zones can be operated at the same time. They can
be set forward, reverse or non-directional. Each impedance zone
3 has its own timer.
3.1 Direction determination
3.2 The direction is determined either using a stored prefault voltage
or negative-sequence system variables.
3.3
Measuring voltage monitoring
3.4
In order to prevent inadvertent tripping, the impedance pro-
3.5 tection function automatically blocks in case of a failure of the
measuring-circuit voltage.
3.6 The pickup of one of the voltage monitoring functions or of
3.7 the auxiliary contact of the voltage transformer circuit breaker
The induction is detected indirectly by evaluation of the V / f
ratio. An overvoltage results in excessive exciting currents and
underfrequency results in higher magnetic reversal losses.
There is a risk of overexcitation on disconnection from the
power system if the voltage or frequency control in the rest
of the system does not respond quickly enough or the power
unbalance is too great.
Within the function, no more than one stage with an inverse-
time, user-defined characteristic and two definite-time stages
can be operated at the same time.
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25)
When two partial networks are closed with a control command
or 3-pole auto-reclosure of the circuit breaker, it must be ensu-
red that the networks are synchronous with each other. For this
purpose, synchronization functionalities are provided.
The synchronization function can be used for synchronous
networks (electrically connected, no frequency difference)
and asynchronous networks (electrically separated, frequency
difference exists).
It has three modes:
– Synchrocheck (monitoring of voltage, frequency, and
phase-angle difference)
– Switching of synchronous networks (check for same
frequency, voltage and phase-angle difference, and for
continuity over a time window)
– Switching of asynchronous networks (voltage and
frequency difference, connection at the point of
synchronization, taking the make-time of the circuit breaker
into account).
By evaluating the frequency difference, the function auto-
matically switches between the modes for synchronous and
asynchronous networks. The synchrocheck function can be used
for pure monitoring without switching.
The relevant variables used for synchronization are sensed via
voltage transformers (positioned to the left and right of the
circuit breaker). Depending on the available number of voltage
transformer inputs, one or two synchronizing locations (circuit
breakers) can be applied.
Several functions can be used per device for which up to two
parameter sets (stages) can be applied for synchrochecks and
up to six parameter sets (stages) can be applied for the synchro-
nization. Thus, the device can react to different environmental-
conditions of the network always with the right synchronization
parameters.

1.3 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) The power protection can be integrated into any automation
solution, for example, to monitor very specific power limits 1
The undervoltage protection monitors the permissible voltage
(further logical processing in CFC).
range or protects equipment (plant parts and electrical 1.1
machines) against consequential damage from undervoltage. The power protection function comes with one factory-set
It can be used in the network for decoupling or load shedding stage each for the active and the reactive power. A maximum of 1.2
tasks. four active power stages and four reactive power stages can be
operated simultaneously in the function. The tripping stages are 1.3
Various undervoltage protection functions are available.
structured identically.
By default, two stages are preconfigured. Up to three identical 1.4
stages are possible. Thresholds for exceedance or underrunning of the power lines
can be defined. The combination of the different stages via CFC 1.5
The following functions are available: result in various applications.
1.6
Undervoltage protection with 3-phase voltage Application examples
• Detection of negative active power. In this case reversepow-
1.7
• Optionally, measurement of phase-to-phase voltages or RMS
erprotection can be applied by using the CFC to link power
value phase-to-ground voltages 1.8
protection outputs to the “Direct trip” function.
• Measuring methods: optionally, measurement of the funda-
mental component or of the effective value (True RMS). • Detection of capacitive reactive power. In the case of overvol- 1.9
tage being detected due to long lines under no-load conditions
Undervoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage it is possible to select the lines where capacitive reactive power 2
is measured.
• 2-pole short circuits or ground faults lead to an unbalanced 2.1
voltage collapse. In comparison with phase-related measuring
systems, these events influence the positive-sequence voltage 2.2
minimally. This makes this function particularly suitable
for the assessment of stability problems. Q 0° 2.3
• Method of measurement: calculation of positive-sequence
voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages.
positive negative 2.4
Undervoltage protection with any voltage +Į –Į

• Capture of any 1-phase undervoltage with 3-phase voltage

measurement for special applications
Threshold value
• Measuring methods: optionally, measurement of the funda-
mental component or of the effective value (True RMS). P
2.5
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
(ANSI 27Q)

SIP5 G-0011.EN.ai
The undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection protects
the system for mains decoupling purposes. To prevent a voltage
collapse in energy systems, the generating side, e.g. a genera-
tor, must be equipped with voltage and frequency protection 2.6
devices. An undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection is
required at the supply system connection point. It detects critical 2.7
power system situations and ensures that the power generation Q
facility is disconnected from the mains. Furthermore, it ensures 2.8
that reconnection only takes place under stable power system
conditions. The associated criteria can be parameterized.
Threshold value 2.9
Power protection (ANSI 32, 37) + positive 2.10
The power protection works 3-phase and detects exceedance 0°
3
or underrunning of the set effective power or reactive power – negative
thresholds (see Fig. 1.3 / 7). Pre-defined power limits are monito- 3.1
red and corresponding warning alerts are issued.
P
The power direction can be determined via angle measurement
3.2
of the active power. Thus feeding back in the network or at elec- 3.3
tric machines can be detected. Idling machines (motors, genera-
SIP5 G-0012.EN.ai

tors) are detected and can be shut down via an indication. 3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.3 / 7 Active-power and reactive-power characteristics
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 7
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Undercurrent protection (ANSI 37) With the negative-sequence system, various monitoring and
1 protection tasks can be realized:
The undercurrent protection detects disappearing or sinking
1.1 current flow. This may be caused by switching operations, e.g. • Detection of 1 or 2-phase short circuits in the network with a
of a higher-level circuit breaker, or by falling loads, e.g. idling higher sensitivity than in classic overcurrent protection
1.2 pumps. (Setting lower than the object nominal current)
In either situation, it may be required to open the local circuit • Detection of phase current interruptions in the primary
1.3 breaker to avoid resulting damage. This is the task of the system and in the current transformer secondary circuits
undercurrent protection.
1.4 • Location of short circuits or reversals in the connections to
The function consists of an undercurrent stage with a definite- the current transformers
1.5 time delay. Up to two stages can be operated in parallel. • Indication of unbalanced conditions in the energy system
Optionally, the auxiliary contacts of the local circuit breaker can • Protection of electrical machines following asymmetrical
1.6 be evaluated to avoid unwanted operation. loads that are caused by asymmetrical voltages or phase
1.7 Temperature supervision (ANSI 38)
currents (for example through a defective fuse).
The function comes factory-set with 1 stage. A maximum of 6
1.8 The temperatures (e.g. winding or oil temperatures) are acqui-
stages can be operated simultaneously. If the device is equipped
red with an external temperature monitoring device. Typical
1.9 sensors are Pt 100, Ni 100 and Ni 120. The temperatures are
with the inrush-current detection function, the tripping stages
can be stabilized against tripping due to transformer inrush
transmitted to the protection via serial interface or via Ethernet
currents.
2 interface and the temperature monitoring function monitors
whether they exceed set limits. There are two thresholds per Directional negative-sequence protection with definite-
2.1 temperature measuring point. The function is designed so that time delay (ANSI 46, 67)
up to 12 temperatures can be processed. The function also
2.2 includes integrated broken-wire monitoring which sends alarms This function serves as the reserve short-circuit protection for
referring to the measuring points. asymmetrical faults.
2.3
With the negative-sequence system, various monitoring and
2.4 Unbalanced-load protection (ANSI 46)
protection tasks can be realized:
The protection function evaluates the negative sequence current • Detection of 1 or 2-phase short circuits in the network with a
and prevents the thermal overload of the rotor of electric machi- higher sensitivity than in classic overcurrent protection
nes (generators, motors). The thermal behavior is emulated by
• Detection of phase conductor interruptions in the primary
the integrating procedure.
system and in the current transformer secondary circuits
The following relation is the basis of the protection function: • Location of short circuits or reversals in the connections to
2.5 I2
the current transformers
K =( )2 t
I N ,M • Indication of asymmetrical states in the energy system
• Protection of electrical machines following asymmetrical
Where K constant of the machine (5 s to 40 s) loads that are caused by asymmetrical voltages or conductor
I2 negative sequence current interruptions (for example through a defective fuse).
IN,M nominal current of machine The function comes factory-set with 1 stage. A maximum of 6
2.6 Additionally, the permanent additional unbalanced load is stages can be operated simultaneously. If the device is equipped
monitored and an alarm is transmitted with a delay if this load is with the inrush-current detection function, the tripping stages
can be stabilized against tripping due to transformer inrush
2.7 exceeded.
currents.
2.8 Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
The protection function determines the negative sequence
2.9 current out of phase currents. The negative sequence current
2.10 can be referred to the object nominal current or to the positive
sequence current (convenient for broken wire monitoring).
3 With the transformer, the negative phase sequence current
protection can be used as sensitive backup protection on the
3.1 supply side for detecting low-current single-phase short circuit
and double-phase faults. This application is well suited for
3.2 detecting low voltage single-phase faults which do not generate
high voltage zero sequence currents (e.g. vector group Dyn).
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Overvoltage protection functions (ANSI 59, 47, 59N) Starting-time supervision (ANSI 48)
1
Overvoltages occur, for example, in long lines with little or The starting-time supervision protects the motor against too
no load. Another cause can be faults in the voltage regulation long starting processes. In particular, rotor-critical high voltage 1.1
(controller faults, maloperation). The overvoltage protection motors can quickly be heated above their thermal limits when
monitors the permissible voltage range, protects equipment multiple start-ups occur in a short period of time. If start-ups are 1.2
from subsequent damage through overvoltages and serves to prolonged, e.g., in the event of excessive voltage drops when
decouple systems (e.g. wind energy infeeds). starting the motor, excessive load torques, or a locked rotor, 1.3
the protection device initiates a trip signal. Fig. 1.3 / 8 shows
Various overvoltage protection functions are available. By
the thermal characteristic of the function. Different maximum
1.4
default, two stages are preconfi gured. Up to three identical
starting times are taken into account depending on the cold or 1.5
stages are possible.
warm condition of the motor.
The following functions are available: 1.6
Overvoltage protection with 3-phase voltage (ANSI 59) 1.7
• Optionally, measurement of phase-to-phase voltages or 7RSHUDWH
phase-to-ground voltages 1.8
• Method of measurement: optionally, measurement of the
fundamental component or of the effective value (RMS value).
1.9

Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage (ANSI 59) B

2
• Capturing symmetrical, stationary overvoltages with positive 3
B 2.1
sequence voltage 3
&ROGPRWRU
• Method of measurement: calculation of positive-sequence :DUPPRWRU
2.2
voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages. B ,,UDWHGPRWRU
0RWRUVWDUWLQJ 3 2.3
Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage
and compounding in line protection devices (ANSI 59) 2.4
• By means of capacitive line impedances, stationary over-
Fig. 1.3 / 8 Thermal characteristic of the starting-time supervision
voltages at the opposite end of the line can arise (Ferranti
effect).
• Method of measurement: The positive-sequence system of Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
the voltage is calculated at the other end of the line by means
of the local, measured voltages and current using the The thermal overload protection function protects equipment 2.5
equivalent circuit of the line. (overhead lines, cables, motors, generators and transformers)
from thermal overstraining by monitoring the thermal condi-
Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage tions.
(ANSI 47)
The RMS value is determined per phase from the highly sampled
• Monitoring the power system and electric machines for measured current values (8 kHz). All quantities which cause
voltage unbalance (negative sequence voltage) heating are taken into account through the wide frequency
• Method of measurement: calculation of negative-sequence operating range. 2.6
voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages.
Stages
Overvoltage protection with zero-sequence voltage /
2.7
A current and thermal alarm stage is provided for the thermal
residual voltage (ANSI 59N/64) overload protection to initiate an alarm before tripping. The 2.8
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded tripping time characteristics are exponential functions according
systems and electric operational equipment (e.g. machines) to IEC 60255-8. The preload is considered in the operate time for 2.9
• Detection of the ground-faulted phase (optional) overloads.
2.10
• Measurement procedure: Measurement of the displacement Consideration of the ambient temperature
voltage directly at the broken-delta winding or calculation of
the zero-sequence voltage from the phase-to-ground voltages
The currently measured ambient temperature can be taken into 3
account in the calculation of the overtemperature. This results in
• Measuring methods: Optionally, measurement of the a more accurate determination of this overtemperature. 3.1
fundamental component (standard or with especially strong
attenuation of harmonics and transients) or of the RMS value. If the ambient temperature is lower than the stipulated 3.2
reference temperature, a larger thermal reserve results and
Overvoltage protection with any voltage (ANSI 59) the equipment can be put under greater strain. As the ambient 3.3
temperature increases, the thermal reserve of the equipment is
• Capture of any 1-phase overvoltage for special applications 3.4
reduced.
• Measuring methods: Optionally, measurement of the funda-
mental component or of the effective value (RMS value). 3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 9
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions
Hot spot calculation (ANSI 49H)
1 integrated protection functions as well as by external devices via
The hot spot calculation function protects the transformer
1.1 windings from thermal destruction by excessive load currents.
Hot spot calculation takes account of the following standards
1.2
IEC 60076-7 and IEEE C57.91 and calculates three relevant
variables for the protection function:
1.3
• Hot spot temperature
1.4 • Relative aging
• Load reserve until warning / alarm indication.
1.5
These variables can be used to generate an alarm. The hot spot
1.6 temperature can also trigger tripping.
1.7 Calculation of the hot spot temperature depends on the upper
transformer oil temperature, the cooling method, the load
1.8 factor, the transformer dimension, the oil and winding time con-
stant and a number of other factors according to IEC 60076-7
1.9 and IEEE C57.91.
The upper oil temperature is sensed via the temperature
2 (e.g. pressure or oil level monitors or Buchholz relays). The
measuring points. Up to 12 temperature measuring points can
2.1 be transferred to the protection relay via an RTD box.
One of these measuring points can be chosen for calculation of
2.2 the hot spot temperature in the oil.
2.3
The customer can set additionally required factors, such as type
of cooling and dimension of the transformer, in the function.
2.4
The relative aging is acquired cyclically and summated to form
the total aging.
Stator overload protection (ANSI 49S)
The function of the thermal stator overload protection protects
the motor against thermal overload by monitoring the thermal
2.5 state of the stator.
The thermal stator overload protection calculates the overtempe-
rature from the measured phase currents according to a thermal
single body model. The RMS value is determined per phase
from the highly sampled measured current values (8 kHz). All
quantities which cause heating are taken into account through
the wide frequency operating range.
2.6
Stages
2.7
A current and thermal alarm stage is provided for the thermal
2.8 overload protection to initiate an alarm before tripping. The
tripping time characteristics are exponential functions according
2.9 to IEC 60255-8. The preload is considered in the tripping times /
operate time for overloads.
2.10
Circuit-breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
3 The circuit-breaker failure protection is circuit-breaker-related
in the function group circuit breaker. Each circuit breaker has
3.1 to be provided with its own circuit-breaker failure protection.
The circuit-breaker failure protection incorporates a two-stage
3.2
design. If the fault current has not disappeared after a settable
3.3 time, a retrip command or the busbar trip command will be
generated. The correct circuit-breaker operation is monitored via
3.4 current measurement and via additional circuit-breaker contacts.
The current detection logic is phase-segregated and can there-
3.5 fore also be used in 1-pole tripping schemes.
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
The circuit-breaker failure protection can be initiated by all
binary input signals or by communication with GOOSE message
in IEC 61850 systems. To increase operational reliability, an
external start can be applied with two binary inputs in parallel.
For 1-pole and 3-pole starting separate delay times are available.
For applications with two current transformers per feeder, e.g.
breaker-and-a-half, ring bus or double circuit-breaker applica-
tions, the SIPROTEC 5 device can be configured with two inde-
pendent circuit-breaker failure protection functions.
External trip initiation
Any signals from external protection and monitoring devices can
be used for trip initiation. These signals can be included in the
processing of indications and trip commands or for starting a
fault record. The external trip initiation works like a protection
function.
This allows easy integration of mechanical protection devices
required number of external trip initiations can be selected
depending on the application.
High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50HS)
When a faulted line is switched on, undelayed tripping is possi-
ble. In the case of high fault currents this overcurrent protection
with instantaneous tripping effects a very rapid tripping when
switching on to faults.
The function is factory-set with one stage. Within the function,
a maximum of two stages can be operated at the same time.
All stages are of identical design The actual switch-on detection
takes place in the switching state detection. This is either
directly activated when switching on manually, or automatically
determined from the measured values (current, voltage) or by
means of the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts.
The current stage must be set via the maximum through-flowing
short-circuit current or the inrush current if used in the transfor-
mer application.
End-fault protection (ANSI 50EF)
Without special measures the installation location of the current
transformer determines the measuring zone of the differential
protection. If the circuit breaker is open, the zone between the
current transformer and the circuit breaker can be optimally
protected by the end-fault protection. A current detected with
an open circuit breaker indicates a fault in the relevant zone. The
fault can be cleared by tripping the surrounding circuit breakers.
In conjunction with the busbar protection, the response to a
fault depends on the installation location of the current trans-
former. In the case of busbar-side current transformers, imme-
diate and selective tripping of the busbar section is performed.
On line-side current transformers, the end-fault protection can
cause tripping of the circuit breaker at the opposite end through
a transmission facility.
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Circuit-breaker restrike protection (ANSI 50RS) Two definite time-overcurrent protection stages (DTL stages)
and one inverse time-overcurrent protection stage (IDMTL stage) 1
The Circuit-breaker restrike protection function monitors circuit-
are preconfigured. Further definite time-overcurrent protection
breaker restrikes, e.g. caused by overvoltage at the circuit-
stages and a stage with a user-defined characteristic can be
1.1
breaker poles following a capacitor bank shutdown. The function
configured within the function. 1.2
will generate a backup tripping signal in case of a circuit-breaker
restrike. For the inverse time-overcurrent protection stages, all common
characteristics according to IEC and ANSI/IEEE are available, for 1.3
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault (SOTF) example, see Fig. 1.3 / 9.
1.4
This function is available for applications where the overcurrent Apart from their characteristic, the stages of the time-overcur-
protection with rapid tripping (50HS) is insufficient or is not rent protection have an identical structure. 1.5
used at all. It also allows rapid tripping in the case of lower fault
• They can be individually blocked via binary input or by other 1.6
currents. The function has no own measuring function.
functions (e.g. inrush current detection, automatic reclosure,
It is linked at its input side with the pickup (measurement) of
another protection function, e.g. the element of an overcurrent
cold load pickup). 1.7
protection and it will trip if switched on to a short circuit. • Every stage can be restrained against over-response caused by
transformer inrush currents 1.8
Typically, such protection levels are configured which trip with a
delay themselves. The actual energization detection is made in • Every stage can be used as an alarm stage (no trip signal) 1.9
the switching state detection. • For the measuring method, measurement of the fundamental
External trip initiation
or the rms value can be selected. 2
• The ground function evaluates the calculated zero-sequence
Any signal from an external or internal protection or supervision current (3I0) or the measured ground current 2.1
function can be coupled into the trip logic of the device by
• Dropout-delay times can be set individually. 2.2
means of binary inputs or by serial communication. The trip
command may be delayed. 1-pole tripping is available if device
and circuit breaker are capable of 1-pole operation. t [s] 100 2.3
Load-jam protection (ANSI 50L)
50
2.4
30
20 Tp [s]
The load-jam protection function is used to protect motors 10
during sudden rotor blocking. Damage to drives, bearings and 3.2
5
other mechanic motor components can be avoided or reduced 1.6
3
by means of quick motor shutdown. 2 0.8

Rotor blocking results in a current jump in the phases. The cur- 1 0.4 2.5
rent jump is used as a distinguishing criterion by the function. 0.5 0.2
0.3
0.2 0.1
The thermal overload protection can pickup as soon as the para-
0.05
meterized threshold values of the thermal replica are exceeded. 0.1

The load-jam protection, however, is able to detect a locked rotor 0.05

1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30
quicker and in this way to reduce possible damage to the motor
SIP5 G-0008.EN.ai

I / I-threshold value
and driven equipment. t=
0.14
· Tp [s] 2.6
(I / I-threshold value)0.02 – 1
Overcurrent protection, phases and ground
(ANSI 50/51, 50N/51N) Fig. 1.3 / 9 IEC characteristics of the type “normal inverse” 2.7
The functions time-overcurrent protection for phases and ground Overcurrent protection, single-phase (ANSI 50N/51N) 2.8
sense short circuits in electrical equipment. The non-directional
time-overcurrent protection is suitable as the primary protection In the case of transformers, the preferred application is backup 2.9
for single-feed radial or open ring power systems. As backup or protection for power system components connected to the
emergency time-overcurrent protection, it can be used alongside grounded neutral winding. The neutral point current of the 2.10
the primary protection, e.g. on lines and transformers. In the transformer is processed directly. Alternately, the function
case of transformers, the preferred application is backup protec- can also be used for differential high-impedance ground fault 3
tion for power system components connected downstream. protection.
A further application is tank protection on transformers installed 3.1
on insulating mountings.
3.2
The structure and scope of the protection function is identical
to the time-overcurrent protection ground function 3.3
(ANSI 50N/51N).
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 11
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Sentitive ground protection (ANSI 50Ns/51Ns) Arc Protection

1
The sensitive ground-current protection function detects ground
1.1 currents in systems with isolated or resonant neutral. It can also
be used for special applications which require a very sensitive
1.2 current measurement. Pickup and trip signals can be stored in
the separate ground fault buffer.
1.3
Intermittent ground-fault protection
1.4
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to insulation
1.5 weaknesses in cables or as a result of water penetrating cable
joints. Such faults either simply cease at some stage or develop
1.6 into lasting short-circuits. During intermittent activity, however,
star-point resistors in networks that are impedance-grounded
1.7 may undergo thermal overloading. The normal ground-fault pro-
tection cannot reliably detect and interrupt the current pulses,
1.8
some of which can be very brief.
1.9 The selectivity required with intermittent ground-faults is
achieved by summating the duration of the individual pulses and
2 by triggering when a (settable) summed time and a fault state is
reached. The response threshold IIE > evaluates the r.m.s. value,
2.1 referred to one systems period.
2.2 Transformer inrush current detection
2.3 If the device is used in a transformer feeder, high inrush currents
can be expected when the transformer is switched on. These
2.4 can reach many times the rated current and flow for several tens
of milliseconds to several seconds, depending on the size and
design of the transformer. The inrush current detection function
detects the transformer energizing and generates a blocking
signal for protection functions that would spuriously respond
to the transformer inrush current. This enables these protection
functions to be sensitive.
2.5
To detect transformer energizing reliably, the function uses
the "harmonic analysis" and "CWA methods" (current waveform
analysis) measuring methods. The two methods work in parallel
and combine the results with a logical OR. The result is a "1-out-
of-2 decision," which increases the availability of the electrical
installation.
2.6 Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
This function also comprises short-circuit and backup protection
2.7 and is used for power system protection with current-dependent
The arc protection function detects electric arcs in air-insulated
switchgears through optical sensors. Arcs are detected reliably
and quickly as they develop, and the protective device can trip
immediately and without delay times.
Detection of arcs is either purely optical, or optionally using an
additional current criterion to avoid overfunctioning.
The arc protection function contains a self-monitoring function.
This function monitors the optical arc sensors and the fiber-optic
cables.
Peak overvoltage protection for capacitors (ANSI 59C)
The dielectric of a capacitor is stressed by the applied peak
voltage. Excessive peak voltages can therefore destroy the
dielectric. IEC and IEEE standards define for how long capacitors
can withstand what overvoltages.
The function calculates the peak voltage phase-selectively from
the fundamental and the superimposed harmonics. The peak
voltage is calculated from the phase currents by integration.
The function provides various types of stage with different delay
times:
• Stage with an inverse characteristic, according to IEC and IEEE
standards
• Stage with a user-defined characteristic
• Stage with a definite-time characteristic
Up to four stages of the type with a definite-time characteristic
can be set up concurrently.
Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks (ANSI 60C)
Capacitor banks are often implemented in "H-circuits"
(see Fig. 1.3 / 10). In such implementations, failure of a single
capacitor element unbalances the capacitor bank and therefore
results in a low unbalance current via the cross-connection.
%%

4$ 7SJ85
)* &DSDFLWRUEDQN

protection devices.  1   & &

2.8
IEC and ANSI characteristics can be selected (Table 1.3 / 1).
&DSDFLWRUEDQN

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
2.9 The current function can be controlled by evaluating the gene-
rator terminal voltage. The “controlled” version releases the sen- %) &WUO
2.10 sitive set current stage. With the “restraint” version, the pickup
value of the current is lowered linearly with decreasing voltage.
3 The fuse failure monitor prevents unwanted operation.

3.1 Available inverse-time characterictics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE IEEE IEC 60255-3 Abb. 1.3 / 10 Protection of a capacitor bank in H-circuit
3.2 Inverse • •
Moderately inverse • The function measures the unbalance current in the cross-
3.3 Very inverse • • connection phase-selectively. The overcurrent stage will pick
3.4 Extremely inverse • • up after a threshold value is exceeded and will trip after a time
Definite inverse • delay. The counter stage causes an alarm or tripping if a speci-
3.5 Table 1.3 / 1 Available inverse-time characteristics
fied number of faulty C elements has been determined.
To meet the requirements that even the smallest unbalance
3.6
current, resulting from a defective capacitor element, must be
3.7 detected, it is necessary to compensate for operational unba-

1.3 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

lance, which also results in unbalance currents. The function Directional overcurrent protection, phases and ground
permits both static and dynamic compensation. The latter must (ANSI 67, 67N) 1
be used if dynamic environmental influences such as tempe-
rature fluctuations are already causing relevant operational
The functions directional time-overcurrent protection for phases 1.1
and ground sense short circuits in electrical equipment. With
unbalances. 1.2
directional time-overcurrent protection, the units can also be
Moreover, the measured unbalance can optionally be normalized used in power systems in which not only the overcurrent crite-
with the current of the capacitor bank to ensure constant rion but also the direction of power flow to the fault location is 1.3
sensitivity even at different powers. a selectivity criterion, e.g. in single-feed parallel lines, in double-
feed lines, or in looped lines.
1.4
Measuring-voltage failure detection (ANSI 60FL)
Two definite time-overcurrent protection stages (DTL stages) 1.5
This function monitors the voltage transformer secondary and one inverse time-overcurrent protection stage (IDMTL stage)
circuits: are preconfigured. Further definite time-overcurrent protection
1.6
• Non-connnected transformers stages and one stage with a user-defined characteristic can be 1.7
• Pickup of the voltage transformer circuit-breaker configured within the function.
(in the event of short circuits in the secondary circuit) For the inverse time-overcurrent protection stages, all common 1.8
• Series faults in one or more measuring loops. characteristics according to IEC and ANSI/IEEE are available.
1.9
All these events cause a voltage of 0 in the voltage-transformer The following figure shows how the direction characteristic of
secondary circuits, which can lead to failures of the protection the ground function can be freely configured. The characteristic 2
functions. can be rotated for the phase function.
2.1
The following protection functions are automatically blocked in B
the case of a measuring-voltage failure:
Intermediate range
˳URW 3 ෥r 2.2
B
• Distance protection +\VWHUHVLVUDQJHRIr ˂˳ 3 ±r
• Directional negative-sequence protection
2.3
9UHIURW ˂˳
• Ground-fault protection for high-resistance faults in
9UHIURW ˂˳r
2.4
grounded-neutral systems. Reverse

Restart inhibit (ANSI 66)

The restart inhibit prevents the motor from restarting if the
permitted temperature limit would thus be exceeded. ˂˳

The rotor temperature of a motor is far below the permissible

Forward
2.5
temperature limit during normal operation and also under
˂˳
increased load conditions. High starting currents required when -3I0comp.
starting the motor increase the risk of the rotor being thermally
˳URW
damaged rather the stator due to overheating. This is related
9UHIURW 9UHIURW˂˳ r
to the short thermal constant of the rotor. To avoid tripping of 9UHIURW˂˳
the circuit breaker due to multiple motor start-up attempts, the
9UHI
restart of the motor has to be inhibited if it is obvious that the 2.6
temperature limit of the rotor has been exceeded during a start-
up attempt (see Fig. 1.3 / 11). Abb. 1.3 / 12 Direction characteristics of the extended ground function
2.7
7HPSHUDWXUHFXUYHRQ Apart from the characteristics, the stages have an identical 2.8
5RWRUEDUXSSHUHGJH
0D[LPXPSHUPLVVLEOH
ˆ5RWRU URWRUWHPSHUDWXUH 5RWRUEDUORZHUHGJH structure.
ˆ5RWRUPD[   5RWRUWHPSHUDWXUH

&RROLQJZLWK
˱/yN˱UXQQLQJ
• Blocking functions of the stage: on measuring voltage failure, 2.9
˱/yN˱VWDQGVWLOO via binary input signal, or by other functions (automatic
5HVWDUWOLPLW
reclosure, cold load pickup) 2.10
• Every stage can be restrained against over-response caused by
transformer inrush currents 3
W(TXLOLE W(TXLOLE W(TXLOLE
• The direction can be set for each stage 3.1

W
• The stage can optionally be used for directional comparison
W0LQLQKLELWWLPH
protection. Both a release and a blocking method can be 3.2
,0RWVWDUW
implemented
,0RWUDWHG
3.3

W
• Each stage can be used as an alarm stage (no trip signal)
,&%RSHQ
• For the measuring method, measurement of the fundamental 3.4
Fig. 1.3 / 11 Temperature curve of the rotor and repeated or the rms value can be selected.
motor start-up • The ground function evaluates the calculated zero-sequence
3.5
current (3I0) or the measured ground current 3.6
• Logarithmically inverse characteristics are also available for the
ground stages. 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 13
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Directional ground-fault protection with phase selector for Directional sensitive ground-fault detection
1 high-resistance ground faults (ANSI 51G, 67G, 50G) for isolated and resonant-grounded systems
(ANSI 67Ns, ANSI 51Ns, 59N)
1.1 In grounded systems, it may happen that the main protection
sensitivity is not sufficient to detect high-resistance ground The directional sensitive ground-fault detection function detects
1.2 faults. The SIPROTEC 5 device therefore has protection functions ground faults in isolated and resonant-grounded systems. It
for faults of this nature. provides different function elements which can also be used par-
1.3 allelly. This allows adapting the function optimally to the system
Multiple stages conditions, user philosophy and different fault characteristics:
1.4
The ground fault overcurrent protection can be used with 6
Overvoltage elements with zero sequence system /
1.5 definite-time stages (DT) and one inverse-time stage (IDMTL).
displacement voltage
1.6 The following inverse-time characteristics are provided: The zero-sequence system voltage (displacement voltage) is
• Inverse acc. to IEC 60255-3 assessed as to exceeding a threshold. In addition, the faulted
1.7 • ANSI/IEEE inverse phase can be determined when the phase-ground voltages are
connected.
1.8 • Logarithmic inverse
• V0-inverse Directional ground-current elements with
1.9 direction determination using cos ϕ and sin ϕ measurement
• S0-inverse.
This is the “classical“ wattmetric (cos ϕ, in the resonant-
2 Appropriate direction decision modes grounded system) or varmetric (sin ϕ, in the isolated system)
measurement procedure for the directional detection of static
2.1 The direction decision can be determined by the residual current
ground faults. For determining the direction the part of the
I0 and the zero sequence voltage V0 or by the negative sequence
2.2 ground current which is perpendicular to the set directional
components V2 and I2. Using negative-sequence components
characteristic (= axis of symmetry) is decisive (3I0dir.), see
can be advantageous in cases where the zero sequence voltage
2.3 tends to be very low due to unfavorable zero sequence impedan-
Fig. 1.3 / 13. The element can be adapted to the system condi-
tions with the corresponding setting (position of the directional
ces.
2.4 characteristic). Very sensitive and exact measurements can be
In addition or as an alternative to the directional determination made in this way.
with zero sequence voltage, the ground current of a grounded
power transformer may also be used for polarization. Dual
9 ,UHDFWLYH
polarization applications can therefore be fulfilled. Alternatively, 3DUDPHWHU
3! UHVLVWLYH 3!
4 4! B
the direction can be determined by evaluation of zero sequence 3
)RUZDUG FRV˳
power. Each stage can be set in forward or reverse direction or ,GLU ,
B

2.5 both directions (non-directional).

3
B
r

3 $
˞ ˞

Visio-DwCosPhi-140512-enUS-01.pdf
B
High sensitivity and stability ,DFWLYH ˞ ˞
3 r
FDSDFLWLYH
B
The SIPROTEC 5 devices can be provided with a sensitive neutral 3 r

(residual) current transformer input. This feature provides a %DFNZDUG

measuring range for the ground current (fault current) from 5 3
4
3
4!
mA to 100 A with a rated current of 1 A and from 5 mA to 500 A
2.6 with a nominal current of 5 A. Thus the ground-fault overcurrent
protection can be applied with extreme sensitivity.
2.7 The function is equipped with special digital filter algorithms, Fig. 1.3 / 13 Direction determination cos ϕ-measurement
2.8 providing the elimination of higher harmonics. This feature
is particularly important for low zero sequence fault currents
2.9 which usually have a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics. Directional ground-current element with
direction determination using ϕ (V,I) measurement
2.10 Dynamic setting change
This procedure can be used as an alternative to the cos ϕ or
Dynamic setting change of pickup values and delay time settings sin ϕ procedure if desired by the user philosophy. The direction is
3 can be activated depending on the status of an auto-reclosure found by determining the phase angle between the angle-error
function. An instantaneous switch-on to fault is applicable for compensated ground current and the rotated zero voltage V0.
3.1 each stage. In order to satisfy different network conditions and applications,
the reference voltage can be rotated by an adjustable angle.
3.2 Phase selector This allows taking the vector of the rotated reference voltage
close to the vector of the 3I0com ground current. The result of
3.3 The ground-fault protection is suitable for 3-phase and, optio-
the direction determination is highly reliable in this way
nally, for 1-phase tripping by means of a sophisticated phase
3.4 selector. It may be blocked during the dead time of 1-pole auto- (see Fig. 1.3/12).
reclose cycles or during pickup of a main protection function.
3.5 Ground-fault transient procedure
This transient procedure works only during the first 1 to 2
3.6 periods after the fault ignition. It determines the direction
by evaluating the active energy of the transient process. It is
3.7 particularly suitable if direction information is required for faults
1.3 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

which extinguish very fast (after 0.5 to few periods). Power-swing blocking (ANSI 68)
This makes it suitable for use in parallel to the element with 1
Dynamic transient incidents, for instance short-circuits, load
cos measurement.
fluctuations, auto-reclosures or switching operations can cause 1.1
This procedure can also be used in meshed networks. It is also power swings in the transmission network. During power
optimal for use at closed rings since circulating zero sequence swings, large currents along with small voltages can cause 1.2
are eliminated. With an additional logic the function can optio- unwanted tripping of distance protection devices.
nally switch off static faults. The power-swing blocking function avoids uncontrolled tripping 1.3
of the distance protection.
Non-directional ground-current element 1.4
Power swings can be detected under symmetrical load
If required, a simple non-directional ground-current element can
conditions as well as during 1-pole auto-reclose cycles 1.5
be configured.
(see Fig. 1.3/14).
General
1.6
No settings required
High phase-angle accuracy is particularly important in resonant- 1.7
The function requires no settings. The optimal computation is
grounded systems. The measured ground current is corrected for
this purpose via the stored phase-angle fault characteristic of the
always obtained by automatic adaptation. During a power-swing 1.8
blocking situation all swing properties are constantly supervised.
cable-type current transformer (phase-angle fault as a function
of the current).
A subsequent network fault is reliably detected and results in 1.9
phase-selective reset of the distance protection blocking by the
A special algorithm can detect the extinction of the fault power-swing detection. 2
fast. This detection allows blocking the directional ground-
current stages whose direction determination is based on the Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) 2.1
phase-angle reference between zero-sequence current and The circuit breaker coil including its feed lines is monitored with
zero-sequence voltage. The stability is increased in this way two binary inputs. An alarm will be generated if there is an
2.2
during the decaying process of the zero-sequence system in the interruption in the trip circuit.
resonant-grounded system. Pickup and trip signals can be stored 2.3
in the separate ground fault buffer.
2.4

2.5
iA/A
0.0
-1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s
iB/A
0.0
-1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s 2.6
iC/A
0.0 2.7
-1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s 2.8
vA/V
0.0
2.9
-100 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s 2.10
vB/V
0.0 3
-100 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s 3.1
vC/V
0.0
3.2
-100 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s 3.3
68 P/Power swing ØA 3.4
68 P/Power swing ØB
SIP5 G-0009.EN.ai

68 P/Power swing ØC
3.5
1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.55 3.75
t/s
3.6
Fig. 1.3 / 14 Power-swing detection during 1-pole open condition 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 15
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78) •  Cooperation with external devices via binary inputs and
1 outputs or via communication with GOOSE message in
In electric power transmission systems electrical stability must
IEC 61850 systems
1.1 be maintained at all times. If system conditions arise that threa-
ten the stability measures must be taken to avoid an escalation. •  Control of the integrated AR function by an external
1.2 One such system is the out-of-step protection. The function can protection
be applied as out-of-step protection or can be integrated into •  Cooperation with the internal or an external synchrocheck
1.3 more complex systems for supervision and load control, i.e. •  Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxiliary contact
system integrity protection systems (SIPS).
1.4 •  Dynamic setting change of overcurrent protection elements,
The out-of-step function constantly evaluates the impedance depending on the AR status.
1.5 trajectory of the positive sequence impedance. The response
characteristic is defined by impedance zones in the R / X plane. Two auto-reclosure (AR) functions
1.6 Accumulators are incremented depending on the point at For applications with two circuit breakers per feeder, e.g.
1.7 which the impedance trajectory enters or exits the associated breaker-and-a-half, ring bus or double circuit-breaker appli-
impedance zone. Tripping or signaling occurs when the set accu- cations the devices can be configured to operate with two
1.8 mulator limits are reached. The out-of-step protection provides independent auto-reclosure functions.
up to four independent impedance zones which can be adjusted
1.9 and tilted according to the requirements of stability in the power 1-pole auto-reclosure
network. (see Fig. 1.3 / 15).
In electrical power systems with grounded system neutral-point
2 and if the circuit-breaker pole can be operated individually,
X
2.1 a 1-pole auto-reclosure is usually initiated for 1-phase short
Zout circuits.
2.2 Zone 2
ZIn 1-pole auto-reclosure functionality is available in SIPROTEC 5
devices with 1-pole tripping capability. The following operating
2.3 modes are provided in addition to the above mentioned
2.4 features:
Zout ZPos. seq.
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase short circuits, no reclosing
for multi-phase faults
ZIn
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults and for 2-phase faults
without ground, no reclosing for multi-phase short circuit
φ • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase fault and 3-pole auto-
R reclosing for multi-phase faults
2.5
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults and for 2-phase faults
SIP5 G-0010.EN.ai

without ground and 3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults

Counting with ingress • Appropriate evolving fault response
Zone 1
Counting with X-Axis
• 3-pole coupling (positive 3-pole tripping) in case of circuit-
crossing
breaker pole discrepancy.
Counting with egress
2.6 Fig. 1.3 / 15 Impedance zones for out-of-step protection
Voltage-dependent supplementary functions
The integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder protection
2.7 allows evaluation of the line-side voltages. A number of voltage-
dependent supplementary functions are thus available:
2.8 Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79)
• DLC
About 85% of the arc faults on overhead lines are extinguished
2.9 automatically after being tripped by the protection. The over-
By means of a dead-line check, reclosure is effected only
when the line is de-energized (prevention of asynchronous
2.10 head line can therefore be re-energized. Reclosure is performed circuit-breaker closure), if no synchrocheck can be used.
by an automatic-reclosing function (AR). Each protection
• ADT
function can be configured to start or block the auto-reclosure
3 function.
The adaptive dead time is employed only if auto-reclosure
at the opposite end was successful (reduction of stress on
3.1 Basic features and operating modes equipment).

3.2 • RDT
•  Tripping controlled start with action time or without action
Reduced dead time is employed in conjunction with
time
3.3 autoreclosure where no teleprotection is used: When faults
•  Pickup controlled start with action time or without action time within the overreach zone, but external to the protected line,
3.4 •  3-pole auto-reclosing for all types of faults; different dead are switched off for short-time interruption, the RDT function
times are available depending on the type of fault decides on the basis of measurement of the reverse polarity
3.5 •  Multiple-shot auto-reclosure voltage from the opposite end, which has not tripped,
whether or not to reduce the dead time.
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Frequency protection (ANSI 81O, 81U) Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85/21)
1
Frequency deviations are caused by an unbalance between A teleprotection function is available for fast clearance of faults
generated and consumed the active power. Causes are, for up to 100% of the line length. 1.1
example, load shedding, network disconnections, increased
need for active power, generator failures or faulty functioning of
For conventional signal transmission the required send and 1.2
receive signals can be freely assigned to binary inputs and
the power and frequency regulation.
outputs. The signals can certainly be transferred via the serial 1.3
The frequency protection detects frequency deviations in the protection interface, a SIPROTEC 5-wide system feature. The
network or in electric machines. It monitors the frequency transmission via GOOSE messages with IEC 61850 system 1.4
band and outputs failure indications. In case of critical power interfaces is provided as well, if the available communication
frequency entire generation blocks can be isolated or networks structures in the substations fulfill the intra-substation require- 1.5
can be decoupled. To ensure network stability, load shedding ments acc. to IEC 61850-90-1.
can be initiated.
1.6
The following teleprotection schemes are provided for distance
Different frequency measuring elements with high accuracy protection: 1.7
and short pickup times are available. Tripping by frequency • Permissive underreach schemes PUTT
measuring elements can be effected either at the local circuit 1.8
– Pickup with expansion of measuring range
breaker or at the opposite end by remote tripping.
– Acceleration with pickup 1.9
The following measuring elements are available: – Direct underreaching trip
Overfrequency protection (ANSI 81O) • Permissive overreach schemes POTT 2
Two preconfigured stages, can be increased up to three stages. – With overreach zone 2.1
All stages are of identical design. – Directional comparison pickup
• Unblocking
2.2
Underfrequency protection (ANSI 81U)
Three preconfigured stages, can be increased up to five stages.
– Each permissive scheme can be extended with an 2.3
unblocking logic
All stages are of identical design. 2.4
• Blocking
The following frequency measurement procedures are available • Reverse interlocking
for selection:
• Transmission link protection
• Angle difference method: Angle change of the voltage phasor
The send and receive signals are available as general signals
over a time interval
or as phase-selective signals. The phase-selective signals are
• Filter method of measurement: Evaluation of immediate particularly advantageous as they guarantee reliable 1-pole
voltage values with special filters. tripping, if 1-phase short circuits occur on different lines. The 2.5
For all measuring methods the specific protection functions are teleprotection schemes are suitable also for power lines with
provided in the DIGSI 5-library. more than two line-ends, e.g. teed feeder. Up to six line-ends are
possible.
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) Transient blocking (current reversal guard) is provided for all per-
Frequency changes can be detected quickly with the rate-of- missive and blocking schemes in order to suppress interference
frequency-change protection. The function is able to prevent signals during tripping of parallel lines.
unsafe states of the system caused by unbalance between
2.6
generated and consumed active power. It is therefore used in
power system disconnection and load shedding measures. 2.7
The function provides two types of stages: 2.8
• df/dt rising
2.9
• df/dt falling
Of each type of stage, up to five stages can be set up in the 2.10
function.
3
By defining the measurement window length, either the
measuring accuracy or the starting time can be optimized for the 3.1
specific application.
On undervoltages, the function is automatically blocked to
3.2
exclude imprecise or incorrect measurements. 3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 17
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Weak or no infeed: Echo and tripping (ANSI 85/27) Adaptive measurement

1
To prevent delayed tripping of distance protection permissive
1.1 schemes and ground-fault directional comparison scheme during
weak or zero infeed situations, an echo function is provided.
1.2 If no fault detector is picked up at the weak-infeed end of
the line, the signal received here is returned as echo to allow
1.3 accelerated tripping at the strong infeed end of the line. It is also
possible to initiate phase-selective tripping at the weak-infeed
1.4 end. A phase-selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is issued if a send
1.5 signal is received and if the measured voltage drops correspon-
dingly. This feature is available for all permissive underreach and
1.6 overreach schemes. As an option, the weak infeed logic can be
equipped according to a French specification.
1.7
Teleprotection for directional ground-fault protection
1.8 (ANSI 85/67N)
1.9 For fast clearance of faults up to 100% of the line length the
directional ground-fault protection can be expanded with a
teleprotection scheme.
2 adapts its permissible sensitivity according to the CT’s data.
The following schemes are available:
2.1 • Directional comparison
2.2 • Blocking
• Unblocking
2.3
The send and receive signals are available as general signals
2.4 or as phase-selective signals in combination with the phase
selector of the directional ground-fault protection. For conven-
tional signal transmission the send and receive signals can be
freely assigned to binary inputs and outputs. The signals can
certainly be transferred via the serial protection data interface,
a SIPROTEC 5-wide system feature. The transmission via GOOSE
messages with IEC 61850-system interfaces is provided as well,
2.5 if the available communication structures in the substations
fulfill the intra-substation requirements according to
IEC 61850-90-1.
The “transient blocking” (current reversal guard) function can
be enabled in order to suppress the interference signals during
tripping of parallel lines. Communication of the teleprotection
functions for distance protection and ground-fault protection
2.6 can use the same signaling channel or separate and redundant
channels.
2.7
Line differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
2.8
Line differential protection is a selective short-circuit protection
2.9 for overhead lines, cables, and busbars with single-side and
multi-side infeed in radial, looped, or meshed systems. It can
2.10 be used at all voltage levels. Line differential protection works
strictly phase-selectively and allows instantaneous tripping of
3 1- or 3-phase short circuits at up to six line ends. Depending
on the device variation 1-/3-pole (7SD87/7SL87) or only 3-pole
3.1 tripping (7SD84/7SD86/7SL86) is possible. The devices in a
An adaptive measurement method ensures a maximum of
sensitivity to detect internal faults under all conditions. To gua-
rantee highest stability any measurement and communication
errors are taken into account (see Fig. 1.3 / 16). Simple settings
and supervision features shorten time of engineering and
commissioning.
•  A sensitive measurement stage (IDiff >) offers the detection of
high resistive faults. Special algorithms guarantee high
stability even with high-level DC components in the short-
circuit current.
•  A high-set differential stage (IDiff >>) offers high-speed fault
clearance with very short tripping times.
•  Different CT ratios at the line ends are handled inside the relay.
No external matching transformers are needed.
•  With the setting of CT-error data the differential protection
device automatically calculates the restraint current and
Thus no protection characteristic has to be parameterized.
Only IDiff > (sensitive stage) and IDiff >> (high-set current
differential stage) must be set according to the charging
current of the line/cable.
• Enhanced communication features guarantee stability and
accuracy even under disturbed or interrupted communication
on all kinds of media like optical fibers, pilot wires or
communication networks.
•  Differential and restraint currents are monitored continuously
during normal operation and are displayed as operational
measurements.
•  High stability during external faults even with different
current transformer saturation levels.
•  When long lines or cables get switched on, transient charging
currents load the line. To avoid higher settings and less
sensitivity of the IDiff >> stage, the set point may be increased
IDiff > for a settable time. This offers higher sensitivity under
normalload conditions.
Differential
IDiff current
IN, Operation
Tripping
0.6
range
0.4
Stabilization
IDiff> range
SIP5 G-0003.EN.ai

differential protection topology communicate with each other

3.2 via protection interfaces (protection-data communication). The
Adaptive
stabilization
flexible use of available communication media saves investment
3.3 in communication infrastructure and guarantees the protection 0.2 0.4 0.6
of lines of all lengths. IStabilization
3.4
IN, Operation
3.5
Fig. 1.3 / 16 Trigger characteristic
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 18 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Charging current compensation
Particularly long cables and very high-voltage lines can cause
considerable, permanently flowing capacitive load currents.
These must be considered via the trip threshold of the sensitive
differential protection stages because they produce a differential
current.
•  The charging current compensation serves to improve the
sensitivity so that maximum sensitivity can be protected even
at high charging currents.
•  Charging current compensation requires that local voltage
transformers are connected.
•  The principle of distributed compensation guarantees
maximum availability, since with local failure of measuring
voltages of a device, the remaining devices continue to
guarantee their part of the compensation.
Transformer in the protection range
Apart from normal lines, line differential protection can also
protect lines with a transformer in block connection. The current
transformers selectively delimit the protection range.
•  A separate transformer protection device can therefore be
omitted, since line differential protection acts as a transformer
protection with measuring points that may lie far away from
one another.
•  With few additional transformer parameters such as rated
apparent power, primary voltages, vector groups and any
neutral-point groundings of the respective windings, there is
no need for external matching transformers.
•  The sensitivity of differential protection can be further
increased by capturing the earth currents of grounded
neutralpoint windings.
• The inrush current detectionstabilizes the differential
protection against tripping due to transformer inrush
currents. This can occur phase-selectively or in 3-phase by
means of the crossblock function.
The data required for the differential calculations is cyclically
exchanged in full-duplex mode in the form of synchronous, 1
serial telegrams between the protection units. Enhanced
supervision features ensure stability in operation in any commu-
1.1
nication environment: 1.2
• Telegrams are secured with CRC check sums to detect
transmission errors. Only valid telegrams get operated by the 1.3
differential protection.
• Supervision of all communication paths between the units
1.4
without additional equipment. 1.5
• Unambiguous identification of each unit is ensured by the
assignment of settable communication addresses for each 1.6
unit within a differential protection topology.
1.7
• Detection of reflected telegrams in the communication
networks. 1.8
• Detection of time delay changes in the communication
networks. 1.9
• Dynamic compensation of delay time in the differential
measurement and supervision of the maximum permissible 2
signal-transit time.
2.1
• Generation of alarms on disturbed communication connection.
Faulty telegram counters are available as operational 2.2
measurement.
• Switched communication networks can lead to unsymmetrical 2.3
delay times in receive and transmit directions. The resulting
differential current is compensated by the adaptive measuring
2.4
techniques of the differential protection.
• With a high-precision 1 s pulse from a GPS receiver the relays
can be synchronized with an absolute, exact time at each line
end. In this way, delay times in receive and transmit path can
be measured exactly. Thus the differential protection can be
used in communication networks with a maximum of sensiti- 2.5
vity even under massive unsymmetrical delay conditions.

Breaker-and-a-half schemes
Differential protection can be integrated easily into breaker-and-
a-half schemes. With corresponding hardware extension (see 2.6
standard variants), two 3-phase current inputs per device are
configurable. Thus ultimately topologies of up to 12 measure-
ment points with 6 devices can be configured. The protection of
2.7
a STUB-BUS can be assumed by the separate STUB differential 2.8
protection.
2.9
Improved communication features
The line differential protection uses the protection interfaces 2.10
in the “Differential protection” configuration (Type 1, see
Protection-data communication). Different communication 3
modules and external converters allow the interfacing and use
of all available communication media. 3.1
• Direct fiber-optic data transmission is immune to 3.2
electromagnetic interference and offers highest performance.
• Using the external communication converters via existing 3.3
pilot wires or communication networks is possible.
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 19
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Communication topologies / modes of operation

1 Ring topology
Differential protection devices may work in a ring or chain line
Device 2 / 7SD8
1.1 topology. The use of a test mode offers operating conditions and
maintenance.
1.2 • The system tolerates the loss of one data connection in a ring
I2
1.3 Device 3 topology. The ring topology is rerouted within 20 ms into a
7SD8 chain topology, while the differential protection function is
1.4 still working.
• When a chain topology is given by the communication
1.5 infrastructure, cost effective relays with only one active
interface are necessary at the chain ends.
1.6 I3
I1 • For important two-end lines a hot standby transmission is
1.7 SIP5 G-0004a.EN.ai possible by a redundant communication connection to ensure
high availability. When the main connection is interrupted,
1.8 the communication switches over from the main path to a
secondary path.
1.9 Device 1 / 7SD8
• For service or maintenance reasons individual differential
protection devices within multi-end topologies can be logged
2 Fig. 1.3 / 17 Differential protection in ring topology out by a signal via binary input. Circuit-breaker positions
and load currents get checked before a logoff is initiated. The
2.1 remaining devices are able to operate in this reduced
Chain topology topology.
2.2
Device 2 / 7SD8 • The whole configuration can be set up into a test mode. All
2.3 functions and indications are available except the breakers
Device 3 will not trip. The local relay can be tested without tripping or
2.4 7SD8 intertripping at the other relays.

STUB differential protection (ANSI 87 STUB)

Connection
to other STUB differential protection is a full-fledged line differential pro-
I3+ I1 I2 devices tection, but without communication between the line ends. It is
used with a teed feeder or a breaker-and-a-half scheme, when a
2.5 I1+ I2 I3 feeder of the line section can no longer be selectively protected
by opening the disconnector (example distance protection).
I1+ I2
The activation of the STUB differential protection occurs through
I3+ I1
the feedback of the disconnector position. The SIPROTEC 5 line
SIP5 G-0031.EN.ai

protection device must be equipped with two 3-phase current

Device 1 / 7SD8 inputs in its hardware for this. The STUB differential protection
Subtotal corresponds structurally and with regard to the setting parame-
2.6 ters to the line differential protection (ANSI 87L) in all regards,
Fig. 1.3 / 18 Differential protection in chain topology with the exception of protection data communication.
2.7 It guarantees the selective protection of the remaining line
section and rapid tripping times up to 10 ms.
2.8 Phase-selective circuit-breaker intertripping and
remote trip / indications Transformer differential protection (ANSI 87T)
2.9 • Normally the differential fault current is calculated for each The transformer differential protection is a selective short-circuit
line end nearly at the same time. This leads to fast and protection for power transformers with different types of design
2.10 uniform tripping times. Under weak infeed conditions, (standard transformers and autotransformers) and different
especially when the differential protection function is connection designs. The number of protectable windings (sides)
3 combined with an overcurrent pickup a phase-selective and the number of usable measuring points depends on the
breaker intertripping offers a tripping of all line ends. device type (see above explanations).
3.1 Therefore high-speed transfer-trip signals get transmitted to
the other line ends. They can also be initiated by an external The following properties are essential for the protection
3.2 relay via binary inputs. Therefore they can be used to function:
indicate, for example, a directional decision of the backup • Restraint tripping characteristic with freely settable characte-
3.3 distance protection. ristic sections in accordance with Fig. 1.3 / 19
3.4 • Additional remote signals can be freely assigned to binary • Integrated adaptation to the transformer ratio with different
inputs and outputs and are circulating between the different rated currents of the current transformer (primary and secon-
3.5 devices (see Protection-data communication). dary) taken into account
3.6 • Flexible adaptation to the different transformer vector groups
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristics by detection of
3.7 the transformer tapping

1.3 / 20 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

• Additional consideration given to neutral point currents with

grounded winding and thus increase of the sensitivity by one 1
third ,GLII
,,UDWHG
)DXOWFKDUDFWHULVWLFIHGIURPRQHVLGH
1.1
• Redundant stabilization procedure (2nd harmonic + curve wave 

analysis) to detect safely inrush procedures at the transformer 

1.2
B
• Further stabilization options through the evaluation of the 3rd 3

or 5th harmonic in the differential current. The 5th harmonic is


 1.3
suitable for detecting safely a steady-state overexitation of the 

transformer and thus for avoiding an overfunction

1.4


• Additional stabilization procedures against external faults with  B

1.5
current transformer saturation. The first procedure responds to 3 

high-current faults and monitors the differential current B


$GGLWLRQDOVWDELOL]DWLRQH[WHUQDOIDXOW
1.6
3
curve (differential current detected outside the add-on 

stabilization characteristic for a limited time, see Fig. 1.3 / 19).

          
,UHVW
1.7
B B ,,UDWHG
Changeover to an internal fault is safely detected. The second 3 3

procedure works with low-current faults. Phase-angle shifts

  1.8
B
3
can occur in the secondary current due to the DC component  1.9
in the short-circuit current and remanence of the current
transformer. If jumps occur in the stabilization current and if
DC components are detected in the differential current at the
2
Fig. 1.3 / 19 Restrain tripping characterisitc of the function Idiff
same time, the tripping characteristic is increased for a limited 2.1
time.
• If asynchronous motors are connected to transformers, 2.2
differential currents can occur due to the distorted transmis-
sion of the starting current. The start detection (jump in the ,GLII
2.3
stabilization current and DC component evaluation) will raise
the tripping characteristic.
2.4
• High-power internal faults are detected safely and quickly with
the high-current stage IDiff-fast (see Fig. 1.3 / 20). In order to
B
avoid an overfunction due to q-axis currents (e.g. use in
3
one-and-a-half layout), the instantaneous values of the dif-
ferential and stabilization current are evaluated. Internal and
external faults are safely detected within a few milliseconds. 2.5
The protection function was adapted to the special conditions
of the autotransformer in order to ensure the protection of
,UHVW
autotransformers. The pure node point protection can be used
as an additional sensitive protection of the autotransformer
winding. The node point protection works parallel to the classi-
cal differential protection. The autotransformer banks become
highly sensitive to ground faults and interturn faults with it. 2.6
Fig. 1.3 / 21 shows the basic idea. Fig. 1.3 / 20 Characteristics of the function Idiff-fast

2.7
S 2.8
03
,SK 2.9
2.10
87
W
03
,SK
3
87Node
03
,SK
3.1
03 3.2
,SK
V
3.3
 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ 3.4
1RGH 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQDXWRWUDQVIRUPHU
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW 3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.3 / 21 Protection of an autotransformer through two differential
protection in one device 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 21
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Differential Protection for Phase-Shifting Transformers
1
The differential protection function for phase-shifting transfor-
1.1 mers function (PST) adds to the existing transformer differential
protection function (ANSI 87T).
1.2
Phase-shifting transformers serve for controlling the reactive
1.3 and active power in high-voltage systems. Their goal is voltage
stability, an even load distribution in parallel transmission lines
1.4 and to avoid unbalance currents in the transmission system
loops. The main function of a phase-shifting transformer is to
1.5 change the effective phase shift between the input and output
voltage of a transmission line. In doing this, the function
1.6 controls the current load that can be transmitted with one line.
1.7 Phase-shifting transformers are integrated in series in the system
to influence the active power flow with additionally fed voltage.
1.8 This situation occurs, for example, when the increase in trans-
Differential ground-fault protection (ANSI 87N T)
Ground faults close to the neutral of a grounded neutral
winding can be detected by the longitudinal differential pro-
tection only to a limited extent. The ground-fault differential
protection will support you here.
The neutral point current and the calculated zero sequence
of the phase currents are evaluated in accordance with Fig.
1.3 / 23. An overfunction in the case of external ground faults
is avoided with special stabilization measures. The phase
angles of the zero sequence are monitored in addition to the
differential current and stabilization current based on the
zero quantities. The tripping quantity is the zero sequence in
the neutral point.
/ /
/
,/

/
mission capacity requires building an additional line. Specific ,/

1.9 control of the angle between line current and voltage enables / ,/
/

maximum possible utilization of both lines. A further typical

2 application is the control of the load flow or of the energy flow
direction at the coupling point of 2 systems. ,  ,/,/,/
2.1

,  ,<
,<
2.2 6,3527(&

2.3
2.4 _, _
,&KDU

2.5 

Fig 1.3 / 22 (Power output distribution between 2 lines with different

phase angle values)
r r r r
2.6 ˳, , 
There are 3 function blocks for adapting the differential protec-
tion to different types of phase-shifting transformers:
2.7 Fig. 1.3 / 23 Basic principle ground-fault differential protection
• Single-core PST are phase-angle transformers with a maximum
2.8 phase shift of 60°
When used in autotransformers an additional measure was
• Two-core PST are transformers with regulation in quadrature taken to avoid malfunction in the case of external ground
2.9 with a maximum phase shift of 90° faults. The protection function determines independently
2.10 • Special transformers are transformers with fixed wiring of the side of the autotransformer winding which is required
windings, which result in a non-integer vector group digit (e.g. for the safe operation of the protection function. The
3 SG 0.25 = 7.5°). They can be used as converter transformers, measuring point is selected which will lead to the highest
for example. stabilization current (see Fig. 1.3 / 24).
3.1 The transformer differential protection automatically considers This procedure is also used if there are several three-phase
the resulting value and angle changes. This means that the current measuring points at the star side, such as in breaker-
3.2 and-a-half layout (see also Fig. 1.3 / 23).
changes do not need to be considered in the settings of the
3.3 pickup characteristic of the differential protection. The reversing
Other protection functions are provided in the differential
switch enables sign inversion between negative and positive
protection devices. These functions can be used as additional
3.4 idling phase shift also under full load. In this case, the blocking
protection and monitoring functions and as backup protec-
settings of the I-DIFF stage of the differential protection are
tion for the upstream or downstream network. Monitoring of
3.5 adjustable.
limit values is also possible.
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 22 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

to high-current faults and monitors the progression of the

differential current (temporary departure of the differential 1
0 ,

0
current from the additional restraint range, see Fig. 1.3 / 26).
0 ,

0
Transition to an internal fault is reliably detected. The second
1.1
method works with low-current faults. In this case, phase 1.2
angle displacement in the secondary current can occur due
13 to the aperiodic component of the short-circuit current and 1.3
the remanence of the current transformer. If sudden changes
occur in the restraint current and aperiodic components are 1.4
,
simultaneously detected in the differential current, the trip
7
characteristic will increase for a limited time. 1.5
• On induction motors, differential currents can occur due to 1.6
corrupted transmission of the starting current. The tripping
([WHUQDOIDXOW0VLGH
characteristic is raised by start detection (sudden change in 1.7
,$QJ5()0 !˂˳B0 r the restraint current and aperiodic component evaluation).
,$QJ5()0 ˂˳B0 r • High-current internal faults are reliably and quickly detected 1.8
,5()7ULS ,&KDU N ,$QJ5()0 by the high-current stage Idiff (see Fig. 1.3 / 26). To avoid
unwanted operation due to transverse currents (e.g. use in
1.9
Abb. 1.3 / 24 Measuring point selection for several infeeds one-and-a-half breaker switchgear), the instantaneous values
on the star side of the differential and restraint current are evaluated. 2
Internal and external faults are distinguished in just a few
milliseconds. 2.1
Motor differential protection (ANSI 87M)
2.2
• Detects ground faults and multi-phase short circuits on motors
• Detects ground faults for the operation of motors on power ,GLII
2.3
systems with grounded neutral point
2.4
• Stable during startup procedures with current transformer-
saturation thanks to intelligent saturation methods
• Reliably trips on internal high-current faults due to an
B
additional high-current stage. 3

The motor differential protection is based on a current comparison

(Kirchhoff's current law). The basic principle is that in a fault-free 2.5
protected item the currents add up to zero. If a differential current
occurs, this is a sure sign of a fault within the protected item.
The difference is calculated by the current direction definition. ,UHVW

The current direction toward the protected item is defined as

positive. The current difference is obtained by vector addition of
Fig. 1.3 / 26 Characteristics of the function Idiff-fast
the currents.
2.6

I I
2.7
I1 Isc1 Isc2 I2 ,GLII
,,UDWHG
)DXOWFKDUDFWHULVWLFIHGIURPRQHVLGH

Protection
object

2.8
W1 W2 

3
B
2.9
I1 I2 


 2.10


Load:
Idiff = I1+I2
Idiff = I+(-I) = 0 3
 B
Short circuit: Idiff = Isc1+Isc2
3 
I I  3.1
B $GGLWLRQDOVWDELOL]DWLRQH[WHUQDOIDXOW
3

          
3.2
,UHVW
B B ,,UDWHG
Fig. 1.3 / 25 Basic principle of the differential protection
with 2 sides as an example
3

3

3.3
B
3

3.4
The protection function has the following features:
• Error-current-restrained tripping characteristic with freely
3.5
settable characteristic sections as shown in Fig. 1.3 / 26 Abb. 1.3 / 27 Restrain tripping characterisitc of the function Idiff
3.6
• Additional restraint methods against external faults with
current transformer saturation. The first method responds 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 23
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

Busbar differential protection (ANSI 87B)
1 (ANSI 87V)
Busbar protection is selective, reliable, and fast protection
1.1 against busbar short circuits in medium-voltage, high-voltage,
and extra-high-voltage installations with the most varied busbar
1.2 configurations.
1.3 The protection is suitable for switchgear with closed-core or
linear-characteristic current transformers.
1.4
It short tripping time is especially advantageous with high short-
1.5 circuit powers or if the power system stability is at risk.
The modular structure of the hardware enables the protection to
1.6 be optimally adapted to the configuration of the installation.
1.7 The protection function has the following features:
1.8 • Phase-selective measurement and display
• Selective tripping of defective busbar sections
1.9 • Additional disconnector-independent check zone as a further
tripping criterion
2 • Shortest tripping times (<10ms)
2.1 • Excellent stability on external faults, even on instrument trans-
former saturation, by means of stabilization with through-fault
2.2 currents
• Tripping characteristic with freely settable characteristic
2.3 sections as shown in Fig. 1.3 / 26
2.4 • Sensitive tripping characteristic for low-current faults can
additionally be activated, for example, in impedance-grounded
systems as shown in Fig. 1.3 / 27
• Low requirements of the non-saturated time of the current
transformers due to fast detection of internal or external faults
within 2 ms
Voltage Differential Protection for Capacitor Banks
The voltage differential protection function is used to detect
C-element faults within a capacitor bank. It can be used if a
voltage tap occurs within the capacitor installation. The function
calculates the differential voltage based on phase selectivity
between the input voltage multiplied with a scale factor and the
busbar voltage.
Fault locator (ANSI FL)
Single-ended fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance and
the distance-to-fault. The result is specified in ohms, miles,
kilometers or in percent of the line length. Parallel line and load
current compensation are also available.
Double-ended fault locator *
Due to the load current there is an angular displacement
between the voltages of both line ends. This angle and possible
differences in the source impedance angle cause the angular
displacement between both line end currents. As a result, the
voltage drop across RF (resistance of failure) is affected by this
angle between the currents RF. The single ended measurement
cannot compensate for this.
As an option for a line with two ends, a fault locator function
with measurement at both ends of the line is available. The
full line model is considered. Thanks to this feature, measuring
accuracy on long lines under high load conditions and high fault
resistances is considerably increased.

2.5 • Three intermeshing measuring methods permit very short

tripping times on busbar faults or ensure maximum stability
during large through-fault currents
The integrated circuit breaker failure protection detects failure of
circuit breakers during busbar short circuits and provides a trip
signal for the circuit breaker at the opposite end of the line. On
failure of a bus coupling circuit breaker, the adjacent busbar is
tripped.
2.6
2.7 Capacitor Bank Differential Protection (ANSI 87C)
2.8 • Acquires ground faults and multiphase short-circuits at
capacitor banks
2.9 • Acquires ground faults during the operation of capacitor banks
in systems with earthed star point
2.10
• Features the required stabilization procedures for closing
operations
3
• Secure and very fast tripping in case of internal high-current
3.1 faults using an additional high-current stage.

3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 * in preparation
1.3 / 24 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Description of the device functions

1
Region 1 Region 2 1.1
1.2
PDC 2 1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6

Struct_WAM-en.pdf
PDC 1
1.7
IEEE C37.118
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Fig. 1.3 / 28 Connection of 3 Phasor Measurement Units with two Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP

Phasor Measurement Unit (ANSI PMU)

2.5
Phasor Measurement Units make a valuable contribution to
dynamic monitoring of transient processes in energy supply
systems. The advantage to the conventional RMS values is at
first, that the phasors of voltage and current are transmitted.
Second, all measurements are precisely timestamped and so it is
possible to correlate it to the exact measuring time independent
from the communication delay. Phasors and analogs are trans-
mitted from the PMU with configurable reporting rate. 2.6
Due to the high-precision time synchronization (via GPS), the 2.7
measured values of different, widely separated substations can
be compared, and it is possible to draw conclusions about the 2.8
system condition and dynamic events such as power swings
from the phase angles and dynamic curves. 2.9
Via an own Ethernet module, the PMU function transmits its 2.10
data by means of the standardized protocol IEEE C37.118. The
analysis can be carried out with a Wide Area Monitoring System
(Fig. 1.3 / 28), for example SIGUARD PDP.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 25
 Functional Integration
Control

Control Transformer automatic voltage control (ANSI 90V)

1
The transformer voltage control functionality (ANSI 90V) is
1.1 used to control power transformers (two-winding transformers,
three-winding transformers, system coupling transformers) and
1.2 auto-transformers with motor-driven stage switch. This function
SIPROTEC 5 serves to control the following:
1.3
Protection • In case of two-winding transformers: the voltage at the
1.4 secondary side of the power transformer
 Control • In case of three-winding transformers: the voltage of the
1.5 secondary winding 1 or winding 2
Automation
1.6 • In case of system coupling transformers: selectable depending
Monitoring
on the power direction the voltage of winding 1 or winding 2
1.7 The function offers automatic voltage control, within a preset
Data acquisition and
Recording voltage band, on the secondary side of the transformers or
1.8
alternatively at a remote load point (Z compensation or R/X com-
Communication
1.9 pensation) in the system. To compensate voltage fluctuations in
the meshed system, use the LDC-Z procedure (Z compensation).
Cyber Security
Control_us.pdf For voltage drops in the line, you can use the LDC-X and R
2 procedure (R/X compensation).
2.1 The control principle is based on the fact that an up or down
command to the tap changer causes a rise or fall in voltage,
2.2 Fig. 1.3 / 29 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
depending on the voltage change (∆ V) for each step.
2.3 SIPROTEC 5 includes all bay level control and monitoring func- The voltage control functions in each step and compares the
tions that are required for efficient operation of the switchgear. measured actual voltage (Vact) with the defined target voltage
2.4 For convenient local control, the large, freely configurable (Vtarget). If the difference is greater than the set bandwidth (B),
graphics display is available for control images. an up or down command is output to the tap changer after the
defined delay (T1) has elapsed.
Frequent operations, such as starting of switching sequences or
indication of the signal list can be initiated via one of the nine The voltage control function additionally monitors the current
function keys. With key switches for the selection of local/remote on the primary and secondary sides to block the controller in
and locked/unlocked, the required safety is guaranteed. impermissible operating conditions (overcurrent/undercurrent,
2.5 overvoltage/undervoltage, reverse power).
The application templates supplied provide the full functionality
that you need for your application. Protection and control
functions access the same logical elements. From the point of
view of the switching device, protection and control are treated
with equal priority. $4$

)*7UDQVIRUPHU6LGH )* &LUFXLW%UHDNHU$4$
The modern, scalable hardware can be optimized for the system 03
,SK
,SK ,SK 50BF

2.6 conditions. You can simply put together the desired hardware 49 51
Ctrl

quantity structure. For example, a single SIPROTEC 5 can be used OLTC 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV &%
%,
%2
to control and monitor an entire breaker-and-a-half scheme.
2.7 )* 7UDQVIRUPHU6LGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLW%UHDNHU%4$
03
A new level of quality in control is achieved with the application ,SK
,SK ,SK 50BF

2.8 of communication standard IEC 61850. For example, binary 8SK

50 51 87
Ctrl

%,
information from the field can be processed and data (e.g., for 59 59N &%
2.9 interlocking across multiple fields) can be transmitted between
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV %2

)* 9ROWDJH&RQWROOHU:

2.10 the devices. Cross communications via GOOSE enables efficient 03

8SK
8SK
%,
solutions, since here the hardwired circuits are replaced with ,SK 90V Ctrl
%2
data telegrams. 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV

3 7DSSRVLWLRQ

All devices have up to 4 switching objects (switches, disconnec-

3.1 tors, grounding switches) via the base control package. Optio- %4$

nally, additional switching objects and switching sequence block

3.2 can be activated (switching sequence function chart (CFC)).
3.3 Fig. 1.3 / 30 Application example: SIPROTEC 7UT85 with differential
protection and voltage control function
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 26 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Automation and monitoring

Automation
1
An integrated graphical automation function enables you to
create logic diagrams clearly and simply. DIGSI 5 supports this 1.1
with powerful logic modules based on the standard IEC 61131-3. SIPROTEC 5
1.2
All devices have a powerful base automation package. This Protection
makes it easy to provide specific functions for automating a 1.3
switching cell or switchgear and substation.  Control

Depending on the requirements of the application the scope 1.4

Automation
of the CFC (Continuous Function Chart) function chart can be
expanded. The scope covered by the “basic function chart” is
1.5
always available while the other packages are optional extras. 1.6
• Basic function chart (CFC) Data acquisition and

• Arithmetic function chart (CFC).

Recording
1.7
Communication
With the basic function chart (CFC) package you can graphically 1.8
link all internal digital information, such as internal protection

Monitoring-us.pdf
Cyber Security
signals or operating states directly to the logic modules and 1.9
process them in real time. To evaluate and process measured Test
values, e.g. monitoring of thresholds, the arithmetic function 2
chart (CFC) package must be purchased.
Fig. 1.3 / 32 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices 2.1
Example automation applications are:
• Interlocking checks Monitoring
2.2
• Switching sequences (switching sequence function chart (CFC)) 2.3
SIPROTEC 5 devices can take on a wide variety of monitoring
• Indication derivations of switching actions tasks. These are divided into four groups:
• Indications or alarms by processing available information • Self monitoring
2.4
• Load shedding a feeder (arithmetic function chart (CFC) and • Monitoring grid stability
switching sequence function chart (CFC))
• Monitoring power quality
• Management of decentralized energy feeds
• Monitoring of equipment (condition monitoring).
• System transfer depending on the grid status
• Automatic grid separations in the event of grid stability problems. Self monitoring
Of course, SIPROTEC 5 provides a substation automation system SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with many self-monitoring pro- 2.5
such as SICAM PAS/PQS with all necessary information, thus cedures. These procedures detect faults internal to the device as
ensuring consistent, integrated and efficient solutions for well as external faults in the secondary circuits and store them in
further automation. buffers for recording and reporting. This stored information can
then be used to help determine the cause of the self monitoring
fault in order to take appropriate corrective actions.
Grid stability
Grid monitoring combines all of the monitoring systems that are 2.6
SIPROTEC 5 necessary to assure grid stability during normal grid operation.
SIPROTEC 5 provides all necessary functionalities, e.g., fault 2.7
Protection
recorders, continuous recorders, fault locators and phasor mea-
surement units (PMUs) for grid monitoring. The SIGUARD PDP 2.8
 Control
Wide Area Monitoring System is available for analyzing and
displaying the synchrophasor measurement units. The grid
2.9
Automation
monitoring functionality of SIPROTEC 5 devices allows them to
2.10
Monitoring be programmed to monitor grid limit violations (e.g., dynamic
stability assessment via load angle control) and actively trigger
Data acquisition and the appropriate responses. This data in the grid control systems 3
Recording
can also be used as input variables for online load flow calcula-
Communication tion and enable significantly faster response if statuses in the
3.1
grid change. 3.2
Automation-us.pdf

Cyber Security
Power quality
Besides availability, the end consumers demand that the electri-
3.3
Test
cal energy they receive is also of high quality. The increasing use 3.4
of power electronic components can have detrimental effects
Fig. 1.3 / 31 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices on power quality. Poor power quality can cause interruptions, 3.5
production outages, and high follow-up costs. Accordingly, it
is essential to capture and evaluate the grid variables reliably 3.6
according to generally valid quality criteria as defined in the
standard EN 50160. 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 27
 Functional Integration
Monitoring, data acquisition and recording

Monitoring (contin.)
1
For this, SIPROTEC 5 provides corresponding power quality
1.1 recorders e.g. SIPROTEC 7KE85. These can be used to detect
weak points early so that appropriate corrective measures can be
1.2 taken.
SIPROTEC 5

Protection
1.3 The large volume of data is archived centrally and analyzed
neatly with the SICAM PQS system.  Control
1.4
Equipment Automation
1.5
The monitoring of equipment (condition monitoring) is an
Monitoring
1.6 important tool in asset management and operational support
from which both the environment and the company can benefit. 'DWDDFTXLVLWLRQDQG
5HFRUGLQJ
1.7 Equipment that typically requires monitoring includes for
example: circuit breakers, transformers and gas compartments Communication
1.8 in gas-insulated switchgear (GIS).
Cyber Security

Data acqu-us.pdf
1.9 The measuring-transducer inputs (analog inputs) (0 mA to
20 mA) enable connection to various sensors and monitoring
Test
2 of non-electrical variables, such as for example gas pressure,
gas density and temperature. Thus, SIPROTEC 5 enables a wide
2.1 range of monitoring tasks to be carried out. Fig. 1.3 / 33 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
SIPROTEC 5 provides the process interfaces, buffers, recorders
2.2 and automation functions necessary for monitoring the system:
Besides the base measured values, phasor-measured units
2.3 • Process values are stored together with a time stamp in the (PMUs) can also be activated in the devices. Phasor measured
operational log values support a range of applications for monitoring grid
2.4 • The circuit-breaker statistics provide essential data for condi- stability.
tion based maintenance
For this purpose, SIPROTEC 5 devices record the necessary PMU
• Process variables (e.g., pressure, SF6 loss, speed, temperature data. These are high-precision, time-stamped phasors, power
etc.) are monitored to ensure they remain within the limits via frequency and the change in the power frequency. They can be
measurement transducers connected to the sensors transmitted to central analysis systems via the high-performance
• Further measured values can be acquired or processed via communication system.
2.5 external 20 mA or temperature measuring devices that are
Measured values are per-unit quantity both in primary and
connected serially or via Ethernet.
secondary values, and also in reference values. These values are
Data acquisition and recording also made available to other applications, e.g., transferred to the
systems control or for automation tasks.
The recorded and logged field data is comprehensive. It repre-
sents the image and history of the bay. It is also used by the Standard devices can be supplied with up to 24 analog inputs.
functions in the SIPROTEC 5 device for monitoring, inter-bay and The Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 or the busbar protection
2.6 substation automation tasks. It therefore provides the basis for SIPROTEC 7SS85 supports up to 40 analog inputs. With version 5
these functions now and in the future. the busbar protection supports up to 60 analog input.
2.7 The analog inputs of the SIPROTEC 5 devices can be selected
Measurement and PMU with a corresponding accuracy class and dynamic range suitable
2.8 A large number of measured values is derived from the input for connection to both protection and measurement cores. The
variables and presents a current image of the process. innovative current terminal technology enables the secondary
2.9 rated current to be changed via setting. The current transformer
Depending on the device design, the following base measured input can also be changed on site if for example a measurement
2.10 values are available: instead of protection class CT input is required (exchange of CT
• Operational measured values terminal module). The following precisions are typical:
3 • Fundamental phasor and symmetrical components Processing via the protection-input transformer:
3.1 • Protection-specific measured values, e.g., differential and • I ≤ Cl. 0.5 (0.5 % accuracy)
restraint current for differential protection • P, Q ≤ Cl. 1 (1 % accuracy)
3.2 • Mean values
Processing via the measuring-input transformer:
3.3 • Minimum values and maximum values
• I ≤ Cl. 0.2 (0.2 % accuracy)
• Energy measured values
3.4 • P, Q ≤ Cl. 0.5 (0.5 % accuracy).
• Statistical values
3.5 • Limiting values.

3.6
3.7
1.3 / 28 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Data acquisition and recording

Separate measuring transducers (analog inputs) are therefore You´ll find the description for the fast scan recorder, slow scan
unnecessary. The highly precise measured data enables recorder, continuous recorder and the trigger functions in the 1
extended energy management and makes commissioning much chapter of the Fault Recoder SIPROTEC 7KE85.
easier. SIPROTEC 5 thus provides the following measured values
1.1
for analysis and further processing: Time synchronization
1.2
• The base measured values with high dynamic range and high High-precision time synchronization of all devices is necessary to
accuracy (protection-class current transformer) allow the recordings of digital fault recorders at different loca- 1.3
• The base measured values with very high accuracy (instrument tions to be compared with each other. Hence, the time synchro-
transformer) nization is an important property and must be performed with 1.4
high accuracy. Especially the use of the Phasor Measurement
• Phasor measurement with highly precise time stamping for
Unit (PMU) requires precise time stamping.
1.5
subsequent task such as grid stability monitoring.
Time synchronization can occur through 1 or 2 timers. Depen- 1.6
Recorder ding on time source, precision of 1 ms is attained. Events are
In SIPROTEC 5, various data logs and recorders provide recording logged with a date and time with 1 ms resolution. 1.7
large volumes of data. They feature a large number of analog
Time synchronization is implemented by either: 1.8
and binary inputs, and a high sampling frequency. An extremely
• DCF77 signal
wide range of records can be converted. Either continuously or 1.9
as determined by various trigger criteria. • IRIG-B
Besides storing the data fail-safe on internal storage devices, • SNTP protocol 2
SIPROTEC 5 devices can also transfer the data to central analysis • Substation automation protocol (e.g. IEC 60870-5-103,
systems. Consequently, you are able to monitor networks with IEC 61850) 2.1
regard to typical characteristics. • IEEE 1588 protocol (accuracy 1 μs) 2.2
Fault recorder • Second pulse (for especially precise applications)
• DIGSI 5 protocol (not cyclical)
2.3
The fault recording stores analog and binary traces during a fault
event, e.g., in the event of phase or ground faults, and preserves • Timing master over protection interface 2.4
the records, including high-precision time stamps for subsequent • Internal time with integrated Quartz
analysis. Calculated measured values, e.g., power or frequency
can also be incorporated into the fault recording function. Time synchronization in the device is battery-buffered. Thus the
Analysis takes place after the data is read out from the device by internal clock continues to run with the Quartz precision of the
DIGSI using SIGRA. Recorded data is archived to prevent data loss device even in case of failure of the auxiliary voltage.
in the event of supply voltage failure. Analog and binary tracks The recommended GPS time signal receiver (7XV5664-1)
for recording are freely configurable, and pre-trigger and seal-in from Meinberg (Fig. 1.3 / 34) synchronizes the internal time 2.5
times can be programmed within a very wide range. SIPROTEC 5 of all connected protection devices. The internal clock of the
fault recording provides long recording times with outstanding protection devices are updated using the respective telegram
accuracy. (IRIG-B, DCF77). Optical fiber can also be used to transmit time
• Recording of up to 24 analog channels signals (telegrams or second intervals) without interference
• Sampling frequencies programmable between 1 kHz and 8 kHz even over larger distances and in electromagnetically polluted
environments.
• High recording capacity for individual records of 20 s for
24 channels with 8 kHz sampling frequency
2.6
SIPROTEC 5 devices generally support redundant time synchro-
• Storage capability for up to 128 fault records nization. The time information can be provided by two external
clocks. One functions as the primary time source. If it fails, 2.7
• The recording duration for all records is limited by the available
switchover to the second (secondary) clock is performed.
storage capacity of the device, and depends on the 2.8
number of configured channels and sampling frequency.
Example: 2.9
– Line protection with 8 analog channels (4 I, 4 V),
– Sampling frequency 1 kHz, 6 measured value channels and
2.10
20 binary channels: resulting recording capacity of the
device about 890 s! 3
• Up to 100 freely configurable binary and 50 additional measu-
red value tracks
3.1
• Due to the large number of up to 120 measured values, 3.2
SIPROTEC 7SS85 has a differing recording duration
• The SIPROTEC 7KE85 fault and power quality recorder has yet 3.3
more features:
3.4
– Extended trigger criteria: Gradient trigger (∆M / ∆t),
binary trigger, network trigger … 3.5
– Higher-frequency sampling of 16 kHz for up to 40 analog
channels 3.6
– Longer recording duration due to internal mass storage.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 29
 Functional Integration
Data acquisition and recording

Operational log 2000 Cyclical recording of operational

1 *36DQWHQQD
indications indications (e.g., control processes)
1.1 /LJKWQLQJ
Fault log 1000
indications
Event-controlled recording of faults.
Maximum of 128 faults can be stored.
SURWHFWLRQ
per fault Maximum of 1000 indications per fault
1.2 can be recorded
56 *36

1.3 User-specific log 200

indications
Option of cyclical or event-drive
recording of user-defined signals
1.4 )2
2XW
)2
2XW
)2
2XW
Ground-fault log 100 Event-controlled recording of ground-
indications faults. Maximum of 10 ground faults
7RV\QFWUDQVIRUPH
1.5 ,5,*%RU'&)WHOHJUDP RUVWDUFRXSOHU
per
ground-
can be stored.
Maximum of 100 indications per
fault ground-fault can be recorded
1.6 )2 )2
5 5 % Logs of para- 200 Recording of all parameter changes
1.7 6\QFWUDQV;9 meter setting
history (cannot
indications and configuration downloads
; ;
be erased)
1.8 9
Communication 500 Recording of status of all configured
1.9 buffer indications communication connections, such
as e.g., faults that arise, testing and
3RUW$   3RUW*  
diagnostic operation and communica-
2 tion loads
Security log 500 Recording of successful and unsuccess-
2.1 (cannot be indications ful access attempts to areas of the
WRPD[
erased) device with restricted access rights
2.2 6,3527(& 6,3527(& Diagnostic 500 Recording and display of concrete
buffer indications instructions for action in case of
2.3 )2
*36
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
*OREDOSRVLWLRQLQJV\VWHP
necessary maintenance (e.g., battery
monitoring), detected hardware
2.4 Fig. 1.3 / 34 SIPROTEC 5 device with IRIG-B or DCF77 time defects or compatibility problems
synchronization Table 1.3 / 2 Overview of typical operational logs

Event-log buffer
Event-log buffers mark important events with a time stamp
(accurate to 1 ms) for subsequent analysis.
2.5
The long recording length is achieved with large event-log
buffers and separate buffers for different event categories. The
events to be logged are freely configurable and for improved
manageability.
Configuration of user-specific event-log buffers for cyclical or
event-driven recording is also supported.
2.6
Convenient and thorough analysis
2.7 Event-log buffers of different categories enable easier, targeted
analysis. Changes to parameters and configuration data are
2.8 recorded.
2.9 Ease of maintenance

2.10 Hardware and software are constantly monitored and irregu-

larities are detected immediately. In this way, extremely high
3 levels of security, reliability and availability are achieved at the
same time. Important information about essential maintenance
3.1 activities (e.g., battery supervision), hardware defects detected
by internal monitoring or compatibility problems are recorded
3.2 separately in the diagnostic buffer.

3.3 All entries include specific instructions for taking action.

Table 1.3 / 2 provides an overview of typical operational logs.
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.3 / 30 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Functional Integration
Communication and Cyber Security

Communication Establishment of connection after password testing

1
SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with high-performance If the optional connection password has been activated for
communication interfaces. These are integrated interfaces or remote access, remote access via the Ethernet cannot take place 1.1
interfaces that are extendable with plug-in modules to provide until the password has been successfully verified. Only once the
a high level of security and flexibility. There are various com- connection has been established, the user has read/write access 1.2
munication modules available. At the same time, the module is to the device.
independent of the protocol used. This can be loaded according 1.3
Access control with confirmation code
to the application. Particular importance was given to the
realization of full communication redundancy:
1.4
Security prompts must be answered for security-critical actions,
• Multiple serial and Ethernet based communication protocols e.g., changing parameters, in order to obtain write access to the 1.5
device. These prompts can be configured by the user, and may
• Redundant, independent protocols with control center possible
(e.g. IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3 serial and TCP, Modbus TCP,
be different for different application areas. 1.6
IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2) Secure Logging 1.7
• Full availability of the communication ring when the switching
cell is enabled for servicing operations Unsuccessful and unauthorized access attempts are also recor- 1.8
ded and an alarm can be triggered by an independent telecon-
• Seamless Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR trol link. In addition, security-critical operations are recorded in 1.9
• Various numbers of plug-in modules with different communi- the device. These logs are safeguarded against deletion.
cation protocols.
Integrity Protection for Files
2
All files that can be loaded into the device via DIGSI 5 are digi- 2.1
tally signed. In this way, corruption from outside by viruses or
trojans of, e.g. firmware files, is reliably prevented. 2.2
SIPROTEC 5
Secure Standard Configuration 2.3
Protection

By default only the connection to DIGSI 5 is enabled in the 2.4

 Control
device. Consequently, by default all other Ethernet services and
their respective ports are inactive in the device.
Automation

Monitoring

Data acquisition and

Recording 2.5
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ SIPROTEC 5
Communication-us.pdf

Protection
Cyber Security

 Control
Test

Automation
2.6
Fig. 1.3 / 35 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices Monitoring

Data acquisition and 2.7

Recording
Cyber Security 2.8
Communication
A multi-level security concept for the device and DIGSI 5 provides
the user with a high level of protection against communication
2.9
&\EHU6HFXULW\
Cyber Sec-de.pdf

attacks from the outside and conforms to the requirements of 2.10

the BDEW whitepaper and NERC CIP. Test

Authenticity, Integrity and Confidentiality 3

In general, secure authentication takes place between the device Fig. 1.3 / 36 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
3.1
and DIGSI 5. This precludes another program from accessing the
devices and reading or writing data there. 3.2
Through this secure transport protocol the integrity and
confidentiality of the transported data are ensured. This hinders 3.3
manipulation and unauthorized access of the data.
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.3 / 31
 Functional Integration
Test

Test
1
To shorten testing and commissioning times, extensive test and
1.1 diagnostic functions are available to the user in DIGSI 5. These
are combined in the DIGSI 5 Test Suite.
1.2 SIPROTEC 5

The test spectrum includes, among other tests: Protection

1.3 • Hardware and wiring test
 Control
1.4 • Function and protection-function test
• Simulation of digital signals and analog sequences by integra- Automation
1.5 ted test equipment
• De-bugging of function charts Monitoring
1.6
• Circuit-breaker test and AR (automatic reclosing) test function Data acquisition and
1.7 • Communication testing
Recording

• Loop test for active connections Communication

1.8
• Protocol test. Cyber Security
1.9
The engineering, including the device test, can therefore be

Test-de.pdf
done with one tool. A browser can be used for diagnostics
2 of services and protocols on Ethernet modules. Via a module
2.1 website these diagnostic data are available to the user in the
Fig. 1.3/ 37 Possible functional expansion of SIPROTEC 5 devices
network.
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
The modular, flexible structure of the hardware and
3.5 software ensures perfectly customized solutions for all
your requirements in the network. With SIPROTEC 5, you
3.6 have flexibility throughout the entire product lifecycle,
and your investment is thus protected.
3.7
1.3 / 32 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Hardware building blocks

The SIPROTEC 5 hardware building blocks offer a freely The flexible hardware building blocks offer you: 1
configurable device. You have the choice: • Base modules and expansion modules, each with
different I / O modules 1.1
Either you use a pre-configured device with a quantity
• Various on-site operation panels
structure already tailored to your application, or you build 1.2
a device yourself from the extensive SIPROTEC 5 hardware • A large number of modules for communication,
building blocks to exactly fit your application. measured value conversion 1.3
1.4
1.5
Flexible and modular
With SIPROTEC 5, Siemens has also taken a new path with the 1.6
design. Proven elements have been improved and innovative
ideas have been added. When looking at the new devices, the
1.7
modular structure is evident. In this way, the scope of the 1.8
process data can be adapted flexibly to the requirements in the
switchgear assembly. You can choose: Either you use a pre- 1.9
configured device with a quantity structure already tailored to
your application, or you build a device yourself from the
extensive SIPROTEC 5 hardware building blocks to exactly fit 2
your application. Pre-configured devices can be extended or
adapted as needed.
2.1
With the devices SIPROTEC 7xx85, 7xx86 and 7xx87 you can 2.2
also combine different base and expansion modules, add
communication modules and select an installation variant that
2.3
fits the space you have available. The devices SIPROTEC 7xx82 2.4
and 7xx84 can not be extended with expansion modules.
With this modular principle you can realize any quantity
structures you desire. In this way, hardware that is tailored to Fig. 1.4 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 device built in modules
the application can be selected. Fig. 1.4 / 1 shows a modular
device consisting of a base module and 4 expansion modules.
User-friendly operation panel
SIPROTEC 5: The advantage of modular building blocks •  Eight freely assignable function keys for frequently required 2.5
The SIPROTEC 5 hardware module building blocks provides the operator control actions
cumulative experience of Siemens in digital protection devices •  Separate control keys for switching commands
and bay controllers. In addition, specific innovations were •  Context-sensitive keys with labeling in the display
realized that make the application easier for you, e.g. recorder
•  Complete numeric keypad for simple entry of setting values
and PQ functionalities.
and easy navigation in the menu
The SIPROTEC 5 hardware building blocks offer: •  Up to 80 LEDs for signaling, 16 of which are in two colors. 2.6
Durability and robustness Application-friendly design
2.7
• Tailored hardware extension •  No opening of device necessary for installation and servicing
•  Robust housings – Easy battery replacement on the back of the device 2.8
•  Excellent EMC shielding in compliance with the most recent – Simple exchange of communication modules with plug-in
2.9
standards and IEC 61000-4 technology
•  Extended temperature range – Electronically settable (no jumpers) threshold for binary 2.10
–25 °C to + 70 °C / –13 °F to + 158 °F. inputs
– Rated current (1 A / 5 A) of current transformer inputs 3
Modular principle configurable electronically (no jumpers)
•  Freely configurable and extendable devices •  Removable terminal blocks 3.1
– Pre-wiring of terminals is possible
•  Large process data range (up to 24 current and voltage 3.2
transformers for protection applications and up to 40 for – Simple replacement of current transformers, e.g. with
central busbar protection as well as more than 200 inputs sensitive ground current transformers if neutral grounding 3.3
and outputs for recording applications possible) method is changed.
•  Operation panel that is freely selectable for all device types – Increased safety, since open current transformer circuits are 3.4
(e.g. large or small display, with or without key switches, no longer possible (safety CT plug).
3.5
detached operation panel)
•  Identical wiring of flush-mounting and surface-mounting 3.6
housings.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.4 / 1
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Operation

Hardware building blocks with system

1
SIPROTEC 5 offers a modular, freely configurable device design.
1.1 This maximum fl exibility is guaranteed by the SIPROTEC 5
modular system. This contains coordinated components which
1.2 you can combine to configure your individual device:
1.3 •  Base modules and expansion modules, each with different I/O
board
1.4 •  Various front operation panels, e.g. with large display
•  A large number of modules for communication, measured
1.5 value conversion.
1.6 With reference to SIPROTEC 5, the term device always designa-
tes all the basic, extension and plug-in modules as well the
1.7 matching front panels combined together.
1.8 A base module together with a front operation panel is already
a standalone device in itself. In order to obtain additional
1.9 functionality, and above all more connections for process
integration, you can supplement a base module with expansion
2 modules. Fig. 1.4 / 1 shows you a single line sample configura- Fig. 1.4 / 2 Rear view of base module with 4 expansion modules
tion with a base module and 4 expansion modules.
2.1 Such a device can be ordered pre-configured from the factory.
Base and expansion modules
In this context you can choose between the standard variants
2.2 A SIPROTEC 5 device can consist of exactly one base module, predefined by Siemens and the devices you have combined
and in the case of a two-tier device, optionally up to 9 expan- yourself. Every SIPROTEC 5 device can also be converted or
2.3
sion modules and a power-supply module. Base and expansion extended according to your wishes. The modular concept
2.4 modules are distinguished firstly by their width. A base module absolutely ensures that the final device meets all standards,
takes up a third of the width of a 19-inch frame, while an particularly with regard to EMC and environmental require-
expansion module takes up a sixth. The larger width of the base ments.
module creates sufficient space at the rear for connection to
the process (terminals) as well as plug-in modules. Expansion On-site operation panels
modules can provide either additional process or communica- The on-site operation panel is a separate component within the
tion connections and are available for 7xx85, 7xx86, 7xx87 and SIPROTEC 5 modular system. This allows you to combine a base
2.5 6MD8. or expansion module with a suitable front operation panel,
Fig. 1.4 / 2 shows the rear side of a device consisting of a base according to your requirements. The modular system offers 3
module in which the power supply, the CPU module and an I/O different on-site operation panels for selection, both for base
board are permanently installed, as well as 4 expansion modules and for expansion modules.
modules for extending the I/O quantity structure, and commu- The following variants are available for base modules
nication modules. Each expansion module contains an I/O (Fig. 1.4 / 3):
board. The components are connected by bus connector plugs
2.6 • With a large display, keypad and 16 multi-colored LEDs
and mechanical interlockings.
• With a small display, keypad and 16 multi-colored LEDs
2.7 • 16 multi-colored LEDs.

2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 1.4 / 3 Operation panels with (from left) large and small display, and operation panel without display

1.4 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Operation

On-site operation panels (continued) Elements of the on-site operation panels

The following variants are available for expansion modules
(Fig. 1.4 / 4):
•  Without operating or control elements
•  With 16 LEDs (single-colored)
•  With 16 LEDs (single-colored) and key switch.
The SIPROTEC 5 module is flexible with regard to selection of
the operation panel. You can order any device type with a large,
graphical display or with a smaller, economical standard display.
For applications without device operation an operation panel
without display is also available. The operation panel with a
small display seven lines for measured values or menu texts as
well as the graphic representation of for example single busbar.
All operation and control keys are available to the user,
i.e. he can also control switching devices.
1
The operator elements are illustrated with the example of the
on-site operation panel with a large display. 1.1
The central element is the generously sized display for text and 1.2
graphics. With its high resolution, it creates ample space for
symbols in graphical representations (Fig. 1.4 / 5). 1.3
Below the display there is a 12 key keypad. In combination with 1.4
4 navigation keys and 2 option keys you have everything you
need to navigate conveniently and quickly through all informa- 1.5
tion that is shown in the display. 2 LEDs on the upper border
of the operation panel inform you about the current device 1.6
operating state.
1.7
16 additional LEDs, to the left of the keypad, ensure quick,
targeted process feedback. The USB interface enables fast data 1.8
transfer. It is easily accessible from the front and well protected
with a plastic cover. 1.9

2
1 Labeling field for LEDs
2.1
2 16 LEDs (red)
3 Key switch S5
2.2
1 1
2 2 “Remote / Local” 2.3
4 Key switch S1
“Interlocking Off / Normal” 2.4

3 2.5
4

Fig. 1.4 / 4 Designs of the expansion modules

2.6
The operation panel with large display also enables representa-
tion of a more complex control display (Fig. 1.4 / 5) and thus 2.7
offers more room for measured values and the display of event
lists. This operation panel is therefore the first choice for bay 2.8
controllers, busbar protection or combined protection and
control devices. 2.9
As a third option is available without keypad and display. This 2.10
variant is appropriate for devices that are seldom or never used
by the operational crew.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Fig. 1.4 / 5 Display of measured values in the large display
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.4 / 3
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Installation variants

Elements of the on-site operation panels (continued) Surface-mounting device with the on-site operation panel
1 detached
The keys O and I (red and green) for the direct control of
1.1 equipment, a reset key for the LEDs, and the control key for If the operation panel is to be installed detached from the
switching to the control display (mimic diagram), complete the device, it can be installed as a separate part and connected to
1.2 operation panel (Fig. 1.4 / 6). the device with a 2.5 or 5 m long connecting cable. In this way,
the SIPROTEC 5 device can be situated, for example, in the
1.3 Options low-voltage fi xture and the operation panel can be installed
precisely at the correct working height in the cabinet door. In
1.4 You can order any SIPROTEC 5 device, regardless of its indi-
this case, the device is fastened like a surface-mounting device
vidual configuration, in 3 different installation variants:
1.5 on the cabinet wall. An opening must be provided in the door
• As flush-mounting device for the operation panel.
1.6 • As surface-mounting device with integrated on-site operation
panel
1.7 • As surface-mounting device with the on-site operation panel
detached.
1.8
The construction of the flush-mounting devices will be recog-
1.9 nizable from the previous sections. We would like to briefl y
introduce you to the two other variants here.
2 Surface-mounting device with integrated on-site
operation panel
2.1
For wall-installation the SIPROTEC 5 devices can be ordered in
2.2 the surface-mounting housing (Fig. 1.4 / 7). Thanks to a new
concept, these devices have terminal connection diagrams that
2.3 are identical to the corresponding flush-mounting devices. This
is achieved by installing the devices using the principle “with
2.4 the face to the wall” and then attaching the operation panels to
the terminal side. With the brackets that are used, sufficient
space remains for the wiring, which can be routed away upwards
and downwards.
Fig. 1.4 / 7 Device in surface-mounting housing with integrated
operation panel

2.5
1 Graphical display
2 Labeling field for LEDs
3 16 LEDs (green or red, settable parameters)
4 16 LEDs (red)
5 LED reset
2.6
2 2 6 USB interfaces
2.7 1 7 Labeling field for function keys
3
1 8 Numerical keys and function keys
2.8
9 Control/command keys
2.9 10 Context-sensitive keys
2.10 11 Cursor keys
12 Key switch S5 “Remote / Local”
3 5
10 10 13 Key switch S1 “Interlocking Off / Normal”
11
3.1
7
3.2 8 9
12

3.3 6 13

3.4
3.5
3.6 Fig. 1.4 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 operation panel
3.7
1.4 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – SIPROTEC 5 terminals

Hardware features
1
7xx82 7xx85, 86, 87, 6MD8 1.1
Hardware expandable no yes 1.2
Binary Inputs 11/23 flexible
Binary Outputs 9/16 flexible
1.3
Transducer 0-4 flexible, 0-12 1.4
Current Inputs 4/8 flexible
Voltage Inputs 4/0 flexible 1.5
Case (x19“) 1/3 1/3 to 2/1
Small display (lines) 8 8
1.6
Large display 320 x 240 320 x 240 1.7
Pushbuttons 9 9
Key switch no optional 1.8
LEDs 16 flexible, 16-82
Power Supply DC 24-48 and DC 60-250 / AC 115-230 DC 24-48 and DC 60-250 / AC 115-230
1.9

2
Table 1.4 / 1 Hardware features
2.1
2.2
The SIPROTEC 5 terminals
2.3
Innovative terminals offering many advantages were developed
for the SIPROTEC 5 family (Fig. 1.4 / 2 – page 1.4 / 2). 2.4
All terminals are individually removable (Fig. 1.4 / 9). This
enables pre-wiring of the systems, as well as simple device
replacement without costly re-wiring.

Current terminals (safety CT plug):

The 8-pole current terminal with 4 integrated current transfor- 2.5
mers is available in 3 designs:
• 4 protection-class current transformers
• 3 protection-class current transformers +
1 sensitive protection-class current transformer
• 4 instrument transformers.
The terminal design enables the following advantages for the 2.6
connection of currents: Fig. 1.4 / 8 Voltage and current terminal block with bridges
• Exchange of the current transformer type also possible 2.7
retroactively on-site (e.g. protection-class current transformer
for instrument transformer, sensitive for normal ground 2.8
current transformers in cases of network conversions)
• Additional safety during tests or device replacement, since
2.9
the secondary current transformer circuits always remain 2.10
closed.

Voltage terminal: 3
The voltage transformers and the binary input and output 3.1
signals are connected via the 14-pole voltage terminal.
The cable entry to the terminal enables clear access to the 3.2
terminal connection. Bridges precisely matching the current
and voltage terminals are available for bridging contacts with 3.3
common potential (see spare parts / accessories, page 3.6 / 1
and Fig. 1.4 / 8).
3.4
3.5
Fig. 1.4 / 9 Removed current terminal block
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.4 / 5
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Modules

Selection of the input / output boards Module CB202

1
Which and how many process connections a base or expansion Module CB202 represents a special case. CB202 (CB = Carrier
1.1 board has depends on the choice of a particular input/output Board) provides 3 positions for plug-in modules.
board. The modular building block concept includes different These can be used to plug in up to 2 communication modules
1.2 input/output boards. or up to 3 measurement transducer modules. Combinations are
also possible, e.g. 2 communication modules and one measure-
1.3 The IO202 input/output board is used e. g. as a base measuring
ment transducer module.
module. By equipping several modules with this module, you
1.4 can achieve up to 40 measuring channels per SIPROTEC 5 The power supply is integrated, so that the CB202 can be
device. powered independently of the main device. Communication
1.5 with the main device is assured via an RJ45 connector and
In the module there are connections for:
the bus connection on the front of the module.The CB202 is
1.6 •  4 voltage transformers always integrated in an expansion module (Fig. 1.4 / 11).
1.7 •  4 current transformers, optionally protection-class current
transformer, sensitive protection-class current transformer or
1.8 instrument transformers
•  8 binary inputs (BI)
1.9 •  6 binary outputs (BO), designed as 4 fast speed (Typ F)
normally-open contacts and 2 fast speed change-over
2 contacts.

2.1 The connections are distributed on (Fig. 1.4 / 10):

•  1 x 8-pole current terminal block
2.2 •  3 x 14-pole voltage terminal blocks
2.3 Select the modules suitable for your purposes so that you can
build the SIPROTEC 5 device that precisely matches your
2.4 application. You will find an overview of the modules that are
available and their quantity structures in Table 1.4 / 3 Module
quantity structures.

Second module tier

If the number of inputs and outputs of a unit with 4 expansion
2.5 modules is not enough, a second tier can be added. This
requires a PS203 power supply in the second tier on the first
mounting position. The remaining 5 positions can be filled with
expansion modules from the SIPROTEC5 module range. Excep-
tion: The CB202 must always be in the first tier and only one Fig. 1.4 / 11 Expansion module based on the example of the CB202
can be used with each unit.

2.6 Process bus module PB201

Expanding SIPROTEC 5 devices is simple with the SIPROTEC 5
2.7 expansion module PB201. The module offers 24 channels for
sampled measured values in accordance with IEC 61850-9-2.
2.8 Integrated resampling enables the use of Merging Units with
different sampling frequencies. To ensure network redundancy,
2.9 the IEC 62439 redundandy protocols PRP and HSR have been
integrated. In addion, the PB201 provices an integrated web
2.10 server for advanced daignosis functionality.

3 Interfaces:

3.1 • A: 2 LC Duplex interfaces channel C A

• B: 2 LC Duplex interfaces channel CB
3.2
• C: 2 LC Duplex interfaces channel C
3.3 • Service: 1 LC Duplex interface service port.
3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.4 / 10 Rear view of an expansion module IO202
3.7
1.4 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 Hardware

Plug-in modules
1
Plug-in modules are available for communication or analog
inputs. The communication modules are described in the 1.1
“Communication” section.
1.2
Measuring-transducer module ANAI-CA-4EL
1.3
The analog input module has four 20 mA inputs. It can be
plugged into one of the slots in the PS201 or CB202. Multiple 1.4
measured value modules can be used with each device (one
in each available slot), but as a rule slots are needed for 1.5
communication modules. The connections are created via an
8-pole screwed terminal block (Fig. 1.4 / 13). 1.6
The technical data for the measuring-transducer module 1.7
is provided in Section “Summary of technical data”
(see chapter 3.5). 1.8
1.9

2
2.1
Fig. 1.4 / 12 Process-bus PB201
2.2
Measuring ranges of the current transformer modules 2.3
The measuring range (full modulation) of the current transfor-
mers can be set to different values electronically – depending
2.4
on the field of application. In all cases, you can choose between
protection-class and instrument transformers. Only protection
transformers can be used for busbar protection because
of the large dynamic range involved. The possible measuring Abb. 1.4 / 13 Measuring-transducer module ANAI-CA-4EL
ranges according to rated current are shown in the following
Table 1.4 / 2 “Measurement ranges according to rated current”.
Arc protection module ARC-CD-3FO
2.5
A large dynamic range is necessary for network protection
applications, so that short-circuit currents can be recorded Up tp 3 optional point sensors can be connected per arc
without distortion. A value of 100 × I rated has proven optimal. protection plug-in module, which means a total of up to 15
For 5 A transformer rated current, this corresponds to a setting sensors on modular SIPROTEC 5 devices. Point sensors are
avialable with connection cable lengths between 3 m and 20 m.
of 500 A, and consequently of 100 A for 1 A transformers. For
applications in generator protection, while it is true that there
are very large primary currents, a dynamic range of 20 × I rated 2.6
is still quite sufficient. Thus a measuring range of 100 A is
obtained for a setting I rated = 5 A and a measurement range of
20 A for I rated = 1 A.
2.7
A smaller dynamic range means that greater accuracy is 2.8
achieved in the rated current range. Consequently, the dynamic
range for instrument transformers and sensitive protection-
2.9
class current transformer input for ground fault currents is
2.10
extremely limited. In this case, limited means that the input
current is chopped on the analog side. Of course, the inputs in
this case are protected against overdriving. 3

Rated current Measuring

Measuring 3.1
range 7xx82
Irated range
devices Abb. 1.4 / 14 Arc protection module ARC-CD-3FO 3.2
Protection-class 5A 500 A 250 A
current 1A 100 A 50 A 3.3
transformers
Instrument 5A 8A 8A 3.4
transformers 1A 1,6 A 1,6 A
Sensitive 5A 8A 8A 3.5
ground-current 1A 1,6 A 1A
input 3.6
Table 1.4 / 2 Measuring ranges according to rated current 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.4 / 7
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Modules

Number of slots for

common potential)

Availabe in the ex-

BO normally-open

BO normally-open

BO normally-open

ducer 20 mA/10 V
Measuring trans-
contacts type HS
BI (connected to

plug-in modules

pansion module

Implemented in
BO change-over

BO change-over
contacts type F

Available in the
BO power relay
contacts type F
1.1

Power supply
base module
Designation

BI (isolated)
Description

device row
1.2

contacts

contacts
U-input

I-input
1.3
1.4 PS101 Power supply module for all 7xx82 devices 3 1 2 2) 2 X X 1
IO101 Base module for all 7xx82 devices
4 1 7 4 2 X – 1
1.5 that require current measurement
IO102 Base module for all 7xx82 devices that
1.6 require current and voltage measurement 4 4 1 7 4 2 X – 1

IO103 Base module for all 7xx82 devices that require

1.7 current measurement
8 8 4 X – 1

IO110 Module for additional binary inputs and

1.8 outputs for all 7xx82 devices without IO103 12 7 X – 1

PS201 Power supply module for the first device row 3 1 2 2) 2 X X 1

1.9
PS203 Power supply module for the second device
row X X 2
2 CB202 Module with 3 additional slots for modules 3 – X X 1
PB201 Prozessbus-Baugruppe X 1
2.1
IO201 Base module for protection applications that
require no voltage measurement 4 8 4 2 X X 1,2
2.2
IO202 Base module for all devices that require
4 4 8 4 2 X X 1,2
2.3 current and voltage measurement
IO203 Module for device numerous current inputs 8 4 4 X X 1,2
2.4 IO204 This module contains 4 power relays for
direct control of the operating mechanism
motors of grounding switches and 10 4 4 X 1,2
disconnectors
IO205 For protection applications with binary
inputs and binary outputs 12 16 X 1,2

IO206 For protection applications with binary

6 7 X 1,2
2.5 inputs and binary outputs
IO207 Geared toward bay controllers due to the
predominant number of binary inputs 16 8 X 1,2
(feedback from switchgear)
IO208 It is a typical module for protective
applications. In contrast to the IO202, it is 4 4 4 3 6 2 X X 1,2
equipped with more relay outputs
IO209 This module is used when extremely fast
2.6 tripping times (4 normally-open contacts,
8 4 X 1,2
0.2 ms pickup time) are required, such as,
e.g. power system for very high voltages
2.7 IO211 Module for devices that require a numerous
voltage inputs 8 8 8 X 1,2
2.8 IO214 Base module for all devices that require
current and voltage measurement. In con-
2.9 trast to the IO202 it has a reduced quantity 4 4 2 4 1 X X 1,2
structure of binary inputs and outputs
2.10 IO215 Special module for connecting special high-
resistance voltage dividers over 10 V voltage 41) 4 8 4 2 X 1,2
inputs
3
IO230 Module for acquisition of large volumes of
3.1 data, for example, in the bay controller or
busbar protection. Process connection is 48 X 1,2
effected via special terminals
3.2
Differentiation of relay types:
3.3 Type F – fast relay with monitoring (pickup time < 5 ms)
Type HS – high-speed relay (contact with solid-state bypass) with monitoring (pickup time < 0.2 ms)
3.4 1) 10 V voltage input for high-resistance RC-splitter
2) of which 1 life contact
3.5 The connection diagrams of the individual modules are included in the chapter “appendix”.
3.6 Table 1.4 / 3 Module overview

3.7
1.4 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Modules

Standard variants
1
To make it easier to select the correct devices, Siemens offers
you pre-configured devices, which are called standard variants. 1.1
These combinations of a base module and one or more expan-
sion modules are intended for specific applications. In this way, 1.2
you can order exactly the right device with a single order
number. And standard variants can also be modifi ed easily 1.3
and quickly with additional expansion modules. Thus, it is
just as easy to add modules as it is to replace certain modules
1.4
with others. The available standard variants are listed in the 1.5
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator.
Fig. 1.4 / 15 shows one possible standard variant for the 7SL87.
1.6
This variant describes a 1/2 x 19“ wide device having the 1.7
following quantity structure:
• 15 binary inputs 1.8
• 20 binary outputs
1.9
• 8 analog current inputs
• 8 voltage inputs.
2
The modules used in the device can be seen on the results page
of the SIPROTEC 5 configurator (see chapter Engineering 2.1
Fig. 1.4 / 15 Standard variants for 7SL87
Fig. 1.5 / 1 for more details).
2.2
In our example, the following modules are used in positions
1 to 3 (Fig. 1.4 / 14): 2.3
• Position 1: IO208
2.4
• Position 2: PS201
• Position 3: IO202.
The individual terminations are defined by the mounting
location of the module and the terminal designations of the
module (see chapter 3.2, Connection diagrams).
As an example the connection points of the first 4 current 2.5
inputs, that are on the IO208 at position 1, are designated
as follows:
• I1: 1A1 and 1A2
• I2: 1A3 and 1A4
• I3: 1A5 and 1A6
• I4: 1A7 and 1A8. 2.6
The additional 4 current inputs are at the 3rd mounting position
on the module IO202, and are designated as follows: 2.7
• I1: 3A1 and 3A2 2.8
• I2: 3A3 and 3A4
• I3: 3A5 and 3A6
2.9
• I4: 3A7 and 3A8. 2.10
Regardless of whether you choose a standard variant or
configure your devices freely – you always receive a thoroughly 3
tested, complete device.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.4 / 9
 Hardware
Perfectly tailored fit – Standard variants

1 Mounting position: 6 5 4 3 2 1
1.1 Module: IO2xx IO2xx IO2xx IO2xx PS201 IO2xx

1.2 1

1.3
3A 1A
1.4 6A 5A
2
1.5 2B

1.6 4B 3B 1B
6B 3
1.7 G
E 4
1.8 H 1C
6C 4C 3C 5
1.9 6
J 7
2 6D 5D 4D 3D
F 1D
K 8
2.1
SIP5-0060.EN.ai

2.2 9
10
2.3 2 3 1 0RXQWLQJSRVLWLRQ
(1) Current terminal A
PS101 IO11x IO10x 0RGXOH
2.4 (2) Voltage terminal A, B, C, D
[[GHYLFHV
(3) Terminal for time synchronization G
(4) Plug-in module E, F
(5) Terminal for detached on-site operation panel H 
(6) Battery compartment
 1A
(7) Terminal for integrated Ethernet interface J
(8) Terminal for COM link K
2L
2.5 (9) Base module 1/3 of 19 in  
(10) Expansion module 1/6 of 19 in
(11) 10-pole terminal M 3M 1B 
(12) 15-pole terminal N
 G
E 

2.6  3N 
F 1D
2.7
 J
2.8
2.9 
2.10 Fig. 1.4 / 16 Connection designations and Counting method

3 Advantages of the flexible hardware module:

• With the flexible hardware module, you conveniently
3.1 configure the optimal hardware scope for your
application
3.2
• For many applications, the appropriate device
3.3 specification (standard variant) is already pre-defined
• The hardware design is appropriate for your switching
3.4 cell
3.5 • The innovative SIPROTEC 5 terminal with integrated
current transformers offers increased safety in
3.6 systems testing and flexibility when exchanging the
transformer type
3.7
1.4/10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – Order configurator

Project engineering with SIPROTEC 5 places your workflow For you, holistic workflow means optimal, integrated 1
in the center. It supports you from the beginning with the support for all project phases:
single line diagram of the primary system on to ordering, • Project specification 1.1
engineering and parameter setting all the way through • System engineering
to testing and commissioning. For you, this means: fewer 1.2
• Device engineering
errors, higher quality and higher efficiency.
• Commissioning 1.3
• Operation and service
1.4
1.5
Product selection via the order 1.6
configurator
1.7
The order configurator assists you in the
selection of SIPROTEC 5 products. The 1.8
order configurator is a Web application
that can be used with any browser. The 1.9
SIPROTEC 5 configurator can be used to
configure complete devices or individual
components, such as communication
2
modules or extension modules. 2.1
At the end of the configuration process,
the product code and a detailed presen- 2.2
tation of the configuration result are
provided. It clearly describes the product
2.3
and also serves as the order number. 2.4
All functions from the library
The SIPROTEC 5 devices always have a
base functionality available depending
on device type. You can extend these
flexibly with any desired functions from
the library. 2.5
Additional functions are paid with your
credit balance, which is refl ected in
function points. The function points
calculator assists you in finding the
correct function points value for your
application. This guarantees that the
selected device has the required func- 2.6
tionality.
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
Fig. 1.5 / 1 Result representation of the configuration, hardware details
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.5 / 1
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – Order configurator

In the SIPROTEC 5 system, the main

1 function is determined by selection of
the device type, while the scope of
1.1 additional functionality is determined by
1.2 a single property, the function points
value. This means that the functionality
1.3 does not have to be fi xed in detail during
product selection. In the later engineer-
1.4 ing phase, any optional additional
function can be selected from the
1.5 device-specific function library. You must
simply ensure that your balance of
1.6 function points ordered for the device is
not exceeded. Extra function points can
1.7 simply be reordered at any time.
1.8 Clearly presented result representation
1.9 The successful configuration of a device
is represented on a clearly organized
2 result page. You can also save the result
as a .pdf file (Fig. 1.5 / 2). The specified
2.1 product code can then be adopted
directly into the information system
2.2 or the ordering system or DIGSI 5
(www.siemens.com/siprotec).
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
Fig. 1.5 / 2 Result representation of the configuration, functional scope
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.5 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

DIGSI 5 without detours a device is selected. In the next step, the device is assigned an
application template tailored to the application. Function 1
The product code calculated with the SIPROTEC 5 configurator
adaptations are possible at any time after the selection of the
can be adopted directly into the engineering program DIGSI 5.
application template. The high-performance copying functions
1.1
In this way you create your selected devices directly in DIGSI 5.
with consistency tests enable rapid project engineering. Then 1.2
Since all device characteristics are uniquely specified via the
the system configuration (routings, implementation of corre-
product code, engineering work with DIGSI 5 starts on a
consistent basis, without the need for a time-consuming
sponding logic into function charts (CFC)) and the parameter- 1.3
ization must also be performed.
re-entry of the device characteristics.
The new program structure of DIGSI 5 is designed to optimally
1.4
From planning to engineering up to testing – DIGSI 5 support the required work steps during a project. The applica- 1.5
The all-in-one engineering tool DIGSI 5 assists you in your tion-oriented engineering approach guarantees that you are
workflow from planning to operation of your systems with always aware of the workflow. DIGSI 5 makes you more produc- 1.6
SIPROTEC 5 devices. With DIGSI 5 you have full control over tive – from design to engineering and even with installation,
the engineering. The functional scope of the tool covers all commissioning and operation. 1.7
tasks – from device configuration and device setting to
commissioning and evaluation of fault data. This is how a
1.8
modern, efficient engineering process looks in short form: 1.9
In the rough planning, the system layout is documented using
CAD. This system layout is created in the single line editor 2
based on the detail planning. Depending on the application, the
required functionality (protection functions, control and 2.1
automation scope as well as auxiliary functions) is defined and
2.2
2.3
Project navigation showing Working area showing all editors Add all new elements
offline configurations from the library
2.4
and accessible devices

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
SIP5-0054.EN.ai

3.2
Properties and status information 3.3

Fig. 1.5 / 3 Structure of the DIGSI 5 user interface

3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.5 / 3
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

The project view leads through the

1 entire workflow
1.1 In DIGSI 5 processing and maintenance
of all components of IEDs and of all
1.2 associated data is carried out in a
project-oriented fashion. This means that
1.3 the topology, devices, parameter values,
communication settings, process data
1.4 and much more are stored in one project.
1.5 All device data are a click away. By simply
opening the device in the project tree
1.6 and the entire contents is made available.
When you begin with a device, you can
1.7 process your tasks simply and intuitively.
1.8 The user interface of DIGSI 5 is divided
into several areas (Fig. 1.5 / 3, page 1.5 / 3).
1.9 In the project tree on the left everything
is displayed that belongs to your project,
for example devices and global settings.
2 With a double-click on an entry, an editor
opens up in the main area of the window.
2.1 This can be, for example an editor for
2.2 changing protection parameters, for
configuring communication mappings or
Fig. 1.5 / 4 Graphical definition of the topology of a substation in single line
2.3 for creating function charts (CFC).
In the lower area of the screen view, you
2.4 can quickly and conveniently access the
properties of all elements (e.g. with circuit breakers or signals).
This area also contains lists with warnings and errors.
From the application to the solution:
The libraries are particularly important in DIGSI 5. They are Application templates and their modification
located on the right and contain everything that is used in the
editors. Here you select the required scope and insert it into your After the topology has been defined, the next step is to add the
project. When configuring the hardware, you can select required device. You simply adopt the ordering code from the
2.5 different hardware components, e.g. a communication module. configurator in DIGSI 5 and your device specification is already
On the other hand, if you are working with function charts known. In the following step, you select the application
(CFC), you select the corresponding logical building blocks and template appropriate for your application and adapt it accord-
choose the required functionality while configuring the ing to your requirements.
protection scope. For this you move the elements to the
Remove functions that are not needed and add the desired
position of the editor where you need them.
functions. The library offers you an extensive selection that you
Visual definition of the primary topology in single lines can use for this. The consistency of the device confi guration is
2.6 continually checked.
The single line diagram describes the primary topology of your
2.7 system (Fig. 1.5 / 4). For this, simply select the correct single line Finally, you can graphically connect the application template
template from the library. Further processing, e.g. extension, with the primary elements of the single line diagram (voltage
2.8 is possible without difficulty. DIGSI 5 contains a library with and current transformers as well as circuit breakers) (Fig. 1.5 / 6,
elements that are familiar to you from the ANSI and ISO page 1.5 / 5). Thus a topological reference is created. Setting
2.9 standards. values of the transformers (primary and secondary rated
values, as well as the neutral point formation with current
2.10 transformers) can then be adopted from the single line dia-
gram.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.5 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

Design of user defined control displays

1
With the display editor you can create
or change the factory-preset displays, 1.1
known as control displays. The editor
assists you in a typical workflow. You sim- 1.2
ply decide which fields of your already
created single line diagram are to be 1.3
used for the display pages – and that is
all there is to it. Naturally, the displays
1.4
can also be completely newly created 1.5
or imported.
For this, drag a signal from the library to
1.6
a dynamic element in the display and the 1.7
connection is created.
Besides the use of symbols in accordance 1.8
with the IEC and ANSI standards, you can
create your own static or dynamic sym-
1.9
bols in a symbol editor.
2
Routing and assignment
The routing matrix is one of the most
2.1
important functionalities of DIGSI 5. It is
2.2
conveniently divided between 2 editors:
“Information routing” and “communica- Fig. 1.5 / 5 Graphical linkage of primary and secondary equipment 2.3
tion assignment”. Both views are de-
signed such that you can quickly com- 2.4
plete your task. With pre- or self-defined
filters you reduce the displayed informa-
tion to a minimum. As in Excel, you can
select which information is to be dis-
played for each column (Fig. 1.5 / 6).
In the matrix, all signals are sorted 2.5
according to function and function
groups. Sources and destinations are
displayed as columns. The scope reaches
from the compressed form of representa-
tion to a detailed representation of
information in which you can view and
change each piece of information
(routing to binary inputs and outputs, 2.6
LEDs, buffers etc.) in different columns.
In this way, all information can be 2.7
configured very simply.
2.8
For communication assignment all
necessary settings are already populated 2.9
for the selected protocol. You can adapt
these simply and quickly to your needs. 2.10
With a large selection of filters and the
option to open and close rows and Fig. 1.5 / 6 The entire flexibility of the information routing editor
3
columns you will find it easy to display
3.1
only the information that you need.
Saving time is a priority with DIGSI 5. All table-based data 3.2
displays furnish the functionality to fill adjacent cells with a
single mouse-click – in the same way you know from Excel.
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.5 / 5
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

Better protection of the system

1 against invalid operation
1.1 In SIPROTEC 5 devices, a PLC (Program-
mable Logic Controller) is integrated, in
1.2 which e.g. standard interlockings can be
executed. If you want to change or adapt
1.3 these, use the function chart (CFC) editor
that is included as a component in
1.4 DIGSI 5 Standard and Premium. Thanks
1.5 to the fully graphical user interface, even
users without programming knowledge
1.6 can fully utilize the functional scope and
thus flexibly adapt the functionality of
1.7 the device (Fig. 1.5 / 7).

1.8 For this, an entire library is available to

you with building blocks that are compat-
1.9 ible with IEC 61131-3. This library
contains simple logical operators, such
as AND, but also complex functions such
2 as timers relays, command chains for
switching sequences, and much more.
2.1
The use of the editor is more efficient
2.2 than ever before. You thus need fewer
building blocks in order to achieve your Fig. 1.5 / 7 Simple creation of automation with the CFC editor
2.3 objectives. This decisively improves the
readability of the function chart (CFC).
2.4
New display modes also increase clarity.
The new modes offer you a compressed
view of the building blocks and connec-
tion points, so that you can see all the
information you need without having
to scroll through it.
2.5 Even the use of signals in a function chart
(CFC) is designed to be simpler. Drag a
signal via drag & drop from the signal
library to the input or output port of a
building block – and you are finished.
Created logic plans can be tested even
without devices (offline) with DIGSI 5.
2.6 This ensures the necessary quality for
commissioning and gives you a time
2.7 advantage.
2.8 Setting the parameters of the device

2.9 All parameter settings are represented in

the same way. This occurs in the parame-
2.10 ter editor, which displays all parameters
of a function. Here you have the choice
3 between different views of the settings.
Fig. 1.5 / 8 Setting parameters was never simpler
On the one hand there is a primary view,
3.1 in which you can directly enter the
primary setting values.
3.2
In this way, the conversion using conver-
3.3 sion factor ratios, which can lead to setting errors, can be
avoided. The same applies for the “per unit” view, where setting
3.4 parameters refer to object rated values. If you decide on the
secondary view,
3.5 the setting parameters must be converted to secondary values.

3.6
3.7
1.5 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

For setting special protection characteris-

tics, the graphical representation of the 1
characteristics is advantageous. In the
parameter editor all characteristic
1.1
variants of the function are represented. 1.2
Through this you can immediately
graphically check the effects of changes 1.3
in the settings. Setting values of different
parameter groups can quickly and easily 1.4
be compared in a common window,
differences can be detected and compen- 1.5
sated for (Fig. 1.5 / 8).
1.6
Cooperating in teams
1.7
Improve your engineering performance
by cooperating in teams. While one crew 1.8
works on the settings of the routing,
others can define the protection parame- 1.9
ters or set the parameters of the system
interface. The individual areas can be 2
updated at any time with new entries of
colleagues. For example, when the 2.1
protection parameter crew has updated
its data this data can be adopted into the 2.2
project.
Fig. 1.5 / 9 Definition of test sequences for comprehensive tests of device configurations 2.3
Comprehensive testing support during
commissioning and operation 2.4
The testing and diagnostic functions
assist you in the commissioning phase.
You can thus quickly and simply test
the wiring or observe the effect that a
message carried over the system inter-
face has in the superordinate station. The 2.5
error messages that are recorded in the
case of a fault of the protection object in
the relay are listed in DIGSI 5 and can be
displayed, saved and printed for docu-
mentation purposes.
The new testing options are an innova-
tion (also see test). Multi-level test 2.6
sequences can be defined (even for
phasor) via a sequencer functionality.
2.7
These are loaded into the device with
DIGSI 5 and simulate the physical inputs 2.8
there. These are then executed in the
device via the integrated test sequencer, 2.9
which simulates the analog process
values. In this way, you can define and 2.10
execute complex checks for testing your
project engineering and logic already at
Fig. 1.5 / 10 Graphical configuration of network connections between devices 3
an early stage.
3.1
With the test and diagnostic functions,
extensive test equipment is no longer 3.2
necessary or their tests are reduced to a The function chart (CFC) editor also offers new analysis
minimum. Processes that were developed for testing special functions. DIGSI 5 thus enables offline debugging of logic plans 3.3
protection principles, e.g. for line differential protection, can be as well as tracing of measured values – both in the representa-
found in the respective device manual. tion of the logic plan and in the representation of lists. Accord- 3.4
ingly, overall testing effort is reduced during commissioning.
The results of the function chart (CFC) analysis can also be 3.5
represented after completion of the test sequence, e.g. with
the assistance of SIGRA. Thus even complex runtime relations 3.6
can be analyzed simply.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.5 / 7
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5

Direct online access of all accessible devices
1
DIGSI 5 also assists you in your workflow if your devices engi-
1.1 neered offline are connected with the devices in your plant in
your system. In DIGSI 5, all devices accessible via communication
1.2 interfaces are displayed immediately next to your offline devices.
The preferred communication in networks is Ethernet. Naturally,
1.3 you can individually access devices via a USB interface. In order
to work with a physical device, connect the online device and
1.4 offline configuration via drag & drop and you are done.
1.5 Besides transferring the device configuration to individual
devices, you can also automatically transfer all device configu-
1.6 rations to your devices.
1.7 Besides online access, in addition to reading fault records and
message buffers, you can also display measured values and
1.8 messages. You can save snapshots of measured values and mes-
sages in archives for subsequent analysis or for documenting
1.9 tests of temporary operating states or commissioning.
2 as well as data for the protection function test.
Openness through import and export
DIGSI 5 offers a broad spectrum of exchange formats. These
include the standard formats of IEC 61850, as well as the
uniform data exchange format TEAX of Siemens Energy
Automation Tools. This XML-based format is the foundation for
all import-export scenarios and ensures efficient workflows in
the engineering process. Since data must only be entered once,
engineering effort is reduced and you profit from consistent
data quality at all levels of automation.
Besides efficient data exchange for the levels of energy auto-
mation, the XML data format also supports the simple exchange
of data with other applications.
Via the import interface, you can read data from other applica-
tions into DIGSI 5. This thus enables external project engineer-
ing of the devices. Similarly, you can export the settings data
to other applications for further processing. It is thus easy to
exchange data with other power distribution applications, e.g.
network calculations, protection data administration/evaluation

2.1 With Siemens ENEAS Generic Solutions, Siemens is taking the

next step forwards and offers a modular system with defined
2.2 templates, consisting of precise definitions and ready-made
project engineering and documentation solutions for configura-
2.3 tions, SIPROTEC field devices, SICAM station units, operating
management, for functions and communication. The result is
2.4 that all project phases from planning to commissioning, as well
as all upgrades, extensions and maintenance, are more efficient.

2.5

Grid controller
level Load
5PPMT

2.6 Advantages for system engineering:

*NQPSU
&YQPSU t
$PNNPO
EBUB
CBTJT
GPS
QSPCMFNGSFF
2.7
EBUB
FYDIBOHF
Station level
2.8 Load
5PPMT t
%BUB
POMZ
IBT
UP
CF
FOUFSFE
PODF

2.9
*NQPSU t
1MBVTJCJMJUZ
DIFDLT
FOTVSF
DPOTJTUFOU
2.10 &YQPSU
FOHJOFFSJOH
EBUB

3 t
6TFS
GSJFOEMJOFTT
PG
UIF
UPPMT
TBWFT

USBJOJOH
FGGPSU
%*(4*

3.1 Field level GPS
TZTUFN
BOE
4*1&/BJ

Load EFWJDF
FOHJOFFSJOH
3.2
3.3
3.4
Fig. 1.5 / 11 Open exchange formats allow reuse of data on all levels
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.5 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – Effective fault analysis with SIGRA

Effective fault analysis with SIGRA

1
After a protection trip following a
network fault, it is important that the 1.1
disturbance is quickly and completely
analyzed. With the fault records saved in 1.2
the SIPROTEC 5 devices you can investi-
gate and resolve even complicated faults. 1.3
The high-performance tool SIGRA assists
you in your evaluation. Besides the usual
1.4
time-signal representation of the 1.5
recorded measured variables, it is also
designed to display vector diagrams, 1.6
circle diagrams and bar charts, as well as
represent harmonics and data tables. 1.7
From the measured values recorded in
the fault records, SIGRA calculates 1.8
further values, e.g. missing variables
in the 3-phase system, impedances, 1.9
symmetrical components etc. Defect
tracing can be evaluated simply and 2
conveniently using 2 measuring cursors.
2.1
You are also able to evaluate several
fault records in parallel with SIGRA. For
Fig. 1.5 / 12 SIGRA time signals
2.2
example, the records from the ends of
a line differential protection: you can 2.3
synchronize these on a common time
basis, then process as usual and save as 2.4
a new record (representation in one
diagram). Thus, the defect trend can be
well documented.
SIGRA also has an offline fault locator.
In this context, the fault record from the
line ends are evaluated. Through the 2.5
precise determination of the fault
location you save time, which you can
then use to investigate the fault on-site.
SIGRA can be used for all fault records
present in the COMTRADE- and
SIPROTEC-file format. The software
product is available as an optional 2.6
package in addition to DIGSI 5 Standard,
as a standalone variant, and is a compo- 2.7
nent of DIGSI 5 Premium.
2.8
2.9
Fig. 1.5 / 13 SIGRA vector diagram 2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.5 / 9
 Engineering
Holistic workflow – Effective fault analysis with SIGRA

Overview of functions
1
•  6 diagram types:
1.1 – Time-signal representation (standard)
– Circle diagrams (for example for RX)
1.2 – Vector diagrams (reading of angles)
– Bar chart
1.3 (for example for visualizing
1.4 harmonics)
– Table (with values of several signals
1.5 at the same point in time)
– Fault location determination
1.6 (display of fault location)
•  Calculation of additional values, such
1.7 as e.g. positive sequence impedances,
1.8 RMS values, symmetrical components,
phasors etc.
1.9 •  2 measuring cursors that are
synchronized in all views
2 •  High-performance panning and zoom
functions (e.g. section enlargement)
2.1 •  User-friendly project engineering via
drag & drop Fig. 1.5 / 14 SIGRA circle diagrams
2.2
•  Innovative signal routing in a clearly
2.3 structured matrix
•  Time-saving user profiles, which can
2.4 be assigned to individual relay types or
series
•  Addition of further fault records and
synchronization of multiple fault
records with a common time basis
•  Simple documentation through
2.5 copying of the diagrams e.g. into
MS Office programs
•  Offline fault location determination
•  Commenting of fault records,
commenting of individual measuring
points in diagrams and free placement
of these comments in diagrams
2.6 • Application of mathematical operations
to signals.
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10 Fig. 1.5 / 15 SIGRA harmonics

3
3.1
3.2 DIGSI 5 and SIGRA assists you in an optimal and holistic manner for your
SIPROTEC 5 project:
3.3 • Powerful and effective analysis of fault records
• Integrated system and device engineering
3.4
• Graphical user interface simplifies and accelerates project engineering
3.5 • Application templates and function groups as image of the primary
application and the primary objects, such as the line or circuit breaker,
3.6 guarantee a user-oriented working method and perspective
• Test and simulations tools offer optimal plausibility checks
3.7
1.5 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Integrated interfaces

SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with high-performance For you, Designed to communicate in SIPROTEC 5 means: 1
communication interfaces. These interfaces are integrated • Up to 8 interfaces available
or extendable via plug-in modules to offer a high degree • Data exchange via the IEC 61850 protocol for up to 1.1
of flexibility. The concept of plug-in modules and loadable 6 clients
protocols enables exchangeability and retrofitting. 1.2
• Flexibly retrofittable plug-in modules for communication
• Many protocols available 1.3
1.4
SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with high-performance, USB connections on the front side 1.5
pluggable communication interfaces and thus support optimal
Access to the device with the DIGSI 5 operating program is
migration concepts in system modernizations.
achieved via the USB-B socket at the front of the base module
1.6
using a standard USB cable. The complete configuration and 1.7
setting of the device can carried out via this connection.

Integrated interfaces on the rear of the base module

1.8
The base module offers various, permanently installed 1.9
interfaces on the rear. For even greater flexibility, 2 slots are
available for plug-in modules. For this, please observe the 2
connection diagrams in the appendix, chapter 3.2.
2.1
Integrated Ethernet interface (port J)
This electrical RJ45 interface serves to connect DIGSI 5 via a
2.2
local Ethernet network. In this way, several devices can be oper- 2.3
ated from DIGSI 5 via an external switch. DIGSI 5 detects the
devices even without an IP configuration on the local network 2.4
and can then assign them network addresses.
Optionally, the IEC 61850 protocol for connections with up to 6
clients can be activated on this interface. On SIPROTEC 7Sx82
units, GOOSE messages are also supported on this interface.

Time-synchronizing interface (port G)

2.5
Fig. 1.6 / 1 Front view of the device with USB interfaces Via the 9-pole Sub-D socket (connection compatible with
SIPROTEC 4), the time in the device can be synchronized. The
set clock telegram IRIG-B005 (007) of a GPS receiver can be fed
with 5 V, 12 V or 24 V levels. In addition, the Central European
DCF77 format with summer and winter time changes is sup-
ported. An additional second pulse input enables microsec-
ond-precise synchronization of the device from a highly precise
time source, e.g. a special GPS receiver. This accuracy is needed
2.6
for special protection and measuring tasks. In this way, devices
can be precisely synchronized to the microsecond supra-region- 2.7
ally. For this, Siemens provides a pre-fabricated complete
solution with time receiver, optical fiber converters and 2.8
appropriate connection cables.
2.9
G

H 2.10

J
3
K
3.1
3.2
Fig. 1.6 / 2 Rear view of the device with integrated interfaces and 3.3
module slots (left side: basic module; right side: CB202)
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6 / 1
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Plug-in modules for communication

Connecting a detached operation panel (port H)
1
A detached operation panel provided together with the
1.1 connection cable can be connected to this interface. The
maximum distance is 2.5 or 5 meters.
1.2
Connecting the extension unit CB202 (port K)
1.3
The base module offers slots for 2 plug-in modules. If further
1.4 plug-in modules are needed, these can be provided via a special
expansion module CB202. This module is connected via port K.
1.5 The expansion module is delivered with an appropriate cable
and is connected with port L on the module. The CB202 has its
1.6 own wide-range power supply. A great advantage here is that
the switch integrated in an Ethernet module can execute its
1.7 data forwarding function for neighboring devices even if the
power supply of the base device is switched off provided the
1.8
CB202 is still supplied. Thus an Ethernet ring is not discon-
1.9 nected when a device is in service.
Via plug-in modules the devices can be extended with protocol
2 interfaces and analog inputs. The devices can be ordered with
assembled modules or be extended with modules retroactively.
2.1 An expansion module CB202 (right photo in Fig. 1.6 / 2,
page 1.6 / 1) can also be assembled with plug-in modules.
2.2 The modules are easy to service, and can be plugged in without
having to open the device. Since the modules have their own
2.3 processor, the base functions of the device, e.g. the protection
functions and the protocol application, are largely independent.
2.4
Modules are delivered without configured protocols or applica-
tions. One or more appropriate modules are suggested in the
order configurator corresponding to the desired protocol on a
module. There are serial modules with 1 or 2 electrical and
optical interfaces. Different applications can run on both
interfaces, e.g. synchronous protection communication of a
2.5
differential protection on one interface and an IEC 60870-5-103
protocol on the second interface. Electrical and optical modules
for Ethernet are still available. For example, the IEC 61850
protocol as well as auxiliary services may be executed for each
module.
Plug-in module positions of the device
The base module can be extended via module slots E and F. All
available modules can be installed there. The expansion module
CB202 is designed for 3 additional plug-in modules if the two
slots in the base module are not sufficient. Any additional
plug-in modules can be installed in slots N and P. Analog
expansion modules can be plugged into slot M. This slot does
not support serial or Ethernet modules.
Serial plug-in modules
Serial electrical plug-in modules are used for asynchronous
serial protocols, e.g. IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3. Optical
820-nm/1300-nm and 1550-nm modules can also be configured
as protection interface for the point-to-point connection.
Serial electrical RS485 module
This module has either 1 (USART-AB-1EL) or 2 (USART-AC-2EL)
RS485 interfaces. The use of RJ45 sockets enables the construc-
tion of an economical serial RS485 bus with patch cables,
which are simply looped through. This saves on wiring time
and cable costs. Fig. 1.6 / 3 shows an electrical serial module
with 2 interfaces on which 2 independent serial protocol
applications are executed.
Serial optical 820-nm module
This module exists with 1 (USART-AD-1FO) or 2 (USART-AE-2FO)
optical 820-nm interfaces (Fig. 1.6 / 4), with which distances
between 1.5–2 km can be bridged via 62.5-/125-µm multimode
optical fibers. The optical connection is made via ST connec-
tors. Apart from serial protocols, the synchronous serial
protection interface can be operated on the module, and
enables optical direct connections via multimode optical fibers.
2 devices can thus either exchange data, e.g. of the differential
protection via a short direct connection, or they can be con-
nected through communication networks via a 7XV5662
converter. Additionally, the module can be connected directly
with an optical multiplexer input in accordance with standard
IEEE C37.94.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 1.6 / 3 Serial electrical double module (USART-AC-2EL) Fig. 1.6 / 4 Serial optical 820 nm double module (USART-AE-2FO)
3.7
1.6 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Plug-in modules for communication

Serial optical 1300 nm / 1550 nm module

1
Long distance modules are used for synchronous serial data
exchange of protection communication via multimode optical 1.1
fibers or single mode fibers. They are available with 1 or
2 interfaces (Table 1.6 / 1). The optical connection is made via 1.2
LC duplex plugs.
1.3
Long distance modules for different distances for
point-to-point connections of protection interfaces 1.4
Optical Module designation Application 1.5
wavelength with 1 or 2 interfaces
1300 nm USART-AF-1LDFO, max. 24 km via 2 single mode 1.6
USART-AU-2LDFO fibers or
max. 4 km via 2 multimode 1.7
optical fibers
1300 nm USART-AG-1LDFO, max. 60 km via single mode 1.8
USART-AV-2LDFO fibers
1550 nm USART-AK-1LDFO, 100 km via single mode fibers 1.9
USART-AY-2LDFO Fig. 1.6 / 5 Serial, optical double module for wide-range connections
via optical fibers (for module designation see tables
Table 1.6 / 1 Long distance modules for different distances for 1.6 / 1 and 1.6 / 2) 2
point-to-point connections with 2 fibers
2.1
Use of modules in pairs
Special modules enable bi-directional data exchange via one
2.2
optical fiber. This saves one fiber per data connection on optical 2.3
fiber lines, without functional limitations in comparison with
connections with two fibers. These modules transmit at 2.4
1300 nm or 1550 nm, but must be used in pairs (see table 1.6 / 2
and Fig. 1.6 / 5). The optical connection is made via LC simplex
plugs.
Optical Module designation with Application
wavelength 1 or 2 interfaces

USART-AH-1LDFO <–>
max. 40 km via a single mode
2.5
1300 nm / USART-AJ-1LDFO
fiber (with integrated fiber optic
1550 nm USART-AX-2LDFO <–>
multiplexer)
USART-AY-2LDFO

Table 1.6 / 2 WAN modules for point-to-point connections with one fiber Fig. 1.6 / 6 Electrical Ethernet module (ETH-BA-2EL)

Plug-in modules for Ethernet

2.6
Ethernet modules are used for Ethernet-based protocol applica- 2.7
tions e.g. IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 TCP, time synchro-
nization via SNTP, network management via SNMP, DIGSI 5 via 2.8
TCP etc. Several applications can run in parallel, whereby
unused applications can be switched off for security reasons. 2.9
Electrical Ethernet module 2.10
The ETH-BA-2EL module has 2 RJ45 interfaces (Fig. 1.6 / 6).
It can be configured with or without an integrated switch.
3
The maximum electrically permitted distance via CAT 5 patch 3.1
cables is 20 m.
3.2
Optical Ethernet module
The ETH-BB-2FO module has 2 optical LC duplex 1300 nm 3.3
Fig. 1.6 / 7 Optical Ethernet module (ETH-BB-2FO)
interfaces (Fig. 1.6 / 7). It can be configured with or without an
integrated switch. The maximum optically permitted distance
3.4
via 50/ 125-µm or 62.5/ 125-µm multimode optical fibers is 3.5
2 km. The optical transmission and receiving level is measured
in the module and can be displayed with DIGSI 5. 3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6 / 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Plug-in modules for communication

Port G: Time synchronization

Module type: USART-AD-1FO

Module type: USART-AE-2FO

Module type: USART-AC-2EL
Module type: USART-AB-1EL
1.1

Port J: Integrated Ethernet

Module type: ETH-BB-2FO

Module type: ETH-BA-2EL
1.2
Port or plug-in module
1.3

Front interface
1.4
1.5
1.6 Physical connection
1.7 USB-A •
9-pole SUB-D socket •
1.8 1 x electrical Ethernet 10 / 100 Mbit / s, RJ45 •
1.9 1 x electrical serial RS485, RJ45 •
2 x electrical serial RS485, RJ45 •
2 1 × optical serial, 1.5 km, 820 nm, ST connector •
2.1 2 × optical serial, 1.5 km, 820 nm, ST connector •
2 x electrical Ethernet 100 Mbit / s, RJ45, 20 m •
2.2 2 × optical Ethernet 100 Mbit / s, 2 km, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug •
Applications
2.3
DIGSI 5 protocol × × × ×
2.4 IRIG-B, DCF77, highly accurate 1-s pulse ×
IEC 61850-8-1 server (incl. GOOSE, reporting to 6 clients) × ×
IEC 61850-8-1 server (without GOOSE, reporting to 6 clients) ×
IEC 60870-5-103 (extended) × × × ×
IEC 60870-5-104 × ×
2.5 IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850-8-1 server (incl. GOOSE, reporting to 2 clients) × ×
DNP3 (serial) × × × ×
DNP3 TCP × ×
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850-8-1 server (incl. GOOSE, reporting to 2 clients) × ×
Modbus TCP × ×
Modbus TCP + IEC 61850-8-1 Server (incl. GOOSE, reporting to 2 clients) × ×
2.6 Synchrophasor protocol (IEEE C37.118-IP) × ×
Protection interface (Sync. HDLC, IEEE C37.94) * × ×
2.7 Slave Unit protocol (conection to 20 mA box or temp.box) × × × ×
2.8 Further Ethernet protocols and services
DHCP, DCP (automatic IP confi guration) × × ×
2.9 RSTP, PRP and HSR (Ethernet redundancy) × ×
SNTP (time synchronization over Ethernet) × × ×
2.10
SNMP V3 (network management protocol) × ×
3 IEEE 1588 (Zeitsynchronisation über Ethernet) × ×
Diagnostic: Ethernet - module homepage (http) × ×
3.1 Note: The plug-in modules of the type USART and ETH can be used in slots E and F in the base module,
as well as in slots N and P in the expansion module CB202.
3.2 They are not intended for use in slot M in the CB202 expansion module.

3.3 * Additional plug-in modules for protection interface: see table 1.6 / 4

Table 1.6 / 3 Communication applications and plug-in modules

3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.6 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Plug-in modules for communication

Module type: USART-AH-1LDFO 1)

Module type: USART-AX-2LDFO 3)

Module type: USART-AY-2LDFO 4)

Module type: USART-AJ-1LDFO 2)
Module type: USART-AG-1LDFO
Module type: USART-AU-2LDFO

Module type: USART-AV-2LDFO

Module type: USART-AK-1LDFO

Module type: USART-AF-1LDFO

Module type: USART-AY-2LDFO

1.1
1.2
Plug-in module
1.3
1.4
1.5
Physical connection
1.6
1 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug,
24 km (single mode fiber), 4 km ( multi mode fiber) • 1.7
2 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug,
24 km (single mode fiber), 4 km ( multi mode fiber) • 1.8
1 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug, 60 km (single mode – fiber) • 1.9
2 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug, 60 km (single mode – fiber) •
1 × optical serial, 1550 nm, LC duplex plug, 100 km (single mode fiber) • 2
2 × optical serial, 1550 nm, LC duplex plug, 100 km (single mode fiber) • 2.1
1 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber,
1300 nm/1550 nm, LC simplex plug, 40 km (single mode fiber) 1) • 2.2
1 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber,
1550 nm/1300 nm, LC simplex plug , 40 km ( single mode fiber) 2) • 2.3
2 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber,
1300 nm/1550 nm, 2 x LC simplex plug, 40 km (single mode fiber) 3) • 2.4
2 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber,
1550 nm/1300 nm, 2 x LC simplex plug, 40 km (single mode fiber) 4) •
Application
Protection interface × × × × × × × × × ×
Note: The plug-in modules of the type USART can be used in slots E and F in the base module, as well as in slots N and P in the expansion module CB202.
They are not intended for use in slot M in the CB202 expansion module.
1) USART-AH-1LDFO only in connection with USART-AJ-1LDFO or USART-AY-2LDFO on the opposite side 2.5
2) USART-AJ-1LDFO only in connection with USART-AH-1LDFO or USART-AX-2LDFO on the opposite side
3) USART-AX-2LDFO only in connection with USART-AJ-1LDFO or USART-AY-2LDFO on the opposite side
4) USART-AY-2LDFO only in connection with USART-AH-1LDFO or USART-AX-2LDFO on the opposite side

Table 1.6 / 4 Plug-in modules for applications with protection interface

2.6

Module type: ARC-CD-3FO

Module type: ANAI-CA-4EL

2.7
Plug-in module 2.8
2.9
2.10
Physical connection
3
8-pole screw-type terminal strip •
3 x optical (for point sensors) • 3.1
Application 3.2
Measuring transducer, 4 inputs, DC ± 20 mA ×
Arc protection × 3.3
Note: The plug-in module types ANAI and ARC can be used in both slots in the base module (ports E and F),
as well as in all slots in the expansion module CB202 (ports M, N and P)
3.4
Table 1.6 / 5 Plug-in module for additional applications 3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6 / 5
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Protocols

Plug-in modules are delivered without a protocol application. Areas of use of IEC 61850 GOOSE
1 According to table 1.6 / 3 (page 1.6 / 4) a module can be initial- inside and outside of the substation
ized via DIGSI 5 with a protocol application. Every interface is
1.1 assigned the desired application via software. Assignments can
GOOSE has been established as a worldwide standard for
cross- communication between devices, in order to transfer
1.2 be erased and re-configured. This enables a high degree of
messages and measured values between devices. In addition to
flexibility when configuring the modules.
GOOSE between devices within a substation, GOOSE is also
1.3 supported between devices in different substations. The
DIGSI 5 protocol
exchanged information is described in data terms via stan-
1.4 The DIGSI 5 protocol works with TCP services, which can be dard-conforming SCL files, which are defined in Edition 2 of
routed via IP networks. Worldwide remote access to devices via IEC 61850. The exchange itself occurs via high-performance
1.5 secure connections is an integral component of the communi- ethernet network connections. This data exchange can also be
1.6 cation concept. Notes on secure access via networks can be realized via an Ethernet module used exclusively for this
found in chapter 1.9 of this catalog. The protocol is available purpose.
1.7 on the USB interface and all Ethernet interfaces. Optionally,
With GOOSE messages time-critical signals can be transferred
DIGSI 5 can also be operated via its own Ethernet module if
1.8 systems control functions and access for operating and within a few milliseconds. In this case, GOOSE connections
main-tenance are to be kept strictly separate. replace transfer via contacts and binary inputs; for protection
1.9 signals, transfer times under 10 ms are required, and under 20
IEC 61850 client-server communication via the integrated ms for switch positions and interlockings. Measured and
Ethernet interface (port J) metered values are transferred in less than 100 ms. For this,
2 GOOSE applications are generated in the system configurator.
This interface can be used in addition to DIGSI 5 as a simple
These data are exchanged in a high-performance manner via
2.1 IEC 61850 systems control interface. It supports a client-server
GOOSE messages.
connection with a reporting function (GOOSE is not supported
2.2 on port J). Messages, measured values and fault records can be Receivers of GOOSE messages can constantly monitor the
read from an IEC 61850 client. Parameters in the device can be reception of indications and measured values for a break of the
2.3 changed via the client and the time of the device can be set via connection. The state of missing indications is automatically
an SNTP server. updated at the receiver, in order to attain a safe state. This
2.4
allows a constant, high-quality monitoring of GOOSE communi-
On SIPROTEC 7Sx82, this interface also supports GOOSE
cation to be realized. GOOSE messages transmitted during the
messages of IEC 61850.
test mode of a device are ignored in the receivers if these are
IEC 61850 client-server communication on Ethernet modules in normal operation. A test of a device can be performed with
disconnection from the communication network.
Messages, measured and metered values can be transferred via
the client-server communication in static and dynamic reports Serial IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
2.5 to a maximum of 6 clients (substation controller). Dynamic
The serial protocol is transferred via RS485 or an optical
reports are created and read by the client without resetting the
820 nm interface. The compatible or Siemens specific extended
parameters of the device. The static reports are created in the
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is supported. The implementation is
device via system configurator and are permanently saved in
compatible with existing solutions, e.g. with SIPROTEC 4
the device as indication lists. Fault records can also be retrieved
devices, which will enable a trouble-free exchange and exten-
in Comtrade format. Extensive control functions are available
sion of devices even in the very long term. In addition to
from the client, e.g. for the safe switching of a circuit breaker.
2.6 indications, measured values and fault records, metered values
The setting parameters of the device can be read and also
and customer-specifically defined indications of control func-
changed via the IEC 61850 protocol. The devices can be
tions are also available in protocol extensions. Control com-
2.7 integrated in interoperable, intelligent smart grids without
mands for switching devices can also be transferred via the
difficulty. Changing the device settings during operation is
protocol. Setting values in the device can also be read or
2.8 possible through systems control equipment, in order to adapt
changed via the generic services of the protocol. Information
selected setting parameters to the operating conditions.
2.9 about the device can be routed to the protocol interface by the
Redundant solutions can be realized with 2 Ethernet modules as
user with DIGSI 5. Information types and function numbers can
well as with network redundant protocols like PRP and HSR.
2.10 be freely configured here. This enables adaptation to existing
solutions and the interchangeability of devices without changes
3 in the substation controller. This is an important contribution to
investment security.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.6 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Protocols

IEC 60870-5-104 protocol Redundant connection to 2 serial substation controllers can

be established via 2 modules or 1 serial double module. With 1
The IEC 60870-5-104 substation and power system automation
Ethernet, 2 Ethernet modules that can work independently
protocol is supported via the electrical and optical Ethernet
from one another via 1 or 2 networks are to be provided for a
1.1
module. Indications (single and double), measured values,
redundant connection. 1.2
metered values can be transmitted to one or two (redundant)
masters. IEC 104 file transfer is also supported and fault For DNP3, the network topologies shown in Figs. 1.6 / 18 to
recordings can be read out of the device in Comtrade format. 1.6 / 20, page 1.6 / 11 can also be used for Ethernet-based or 1.3
In the command direction, secured switching of switching serial communication.
objects is possible via the protocol. Time synchronization can
1.4
be supported via the T104 master or via SNTP across the Protokoll Modbus TCP
1.5
network. Redundant time servers are supported. All auxiliary The Modbus TCP communication protocol is supported by the
services on Ethernet such as the DIGSI 5 protocol, network electrical or optical Ehternet module. Modbus TCP and Modbus 1.6
redundancy, or SNMP for network monitoring can be activated RTU are very similar, with Modbus TCP using TCP/IP packets for
concurrently with T104. Moreover, GOOSE messages of data transfer. 1.7
IEC 61850 can be exchanged between devices. Modbus TCP can be used to transmit indications (single- and
double-point indications), measured values, metered measure-
1.8
Serial DNP3 or DNP3 TCP
ands to one or two (redundant) masters. Switchgear can be 1.9
DNP3 is supported as a serial protocol via RS485 or an optical switched in command direction via the protocol. Time synchro-
820 nm interface, and as an Ethernet-based IP variant via nization can be implemented via SNTP or IEEE1588 via the
the electrical or optical Ethernet module. In conjunction with network, supporting redundant time servers. All additional 2
Ethernet, the switch integrated in the module can be used services on Ethernet like the DIGSI 5 protocol, network redun-
such that redundant ring structures for DNP3 can be realized. dany or SNMP for network monitoring can be activated at the 2.1
In this way, e.g. connection to a DNP3 device via a redundant same time as Modbus TCP and GOOSE messages of IEC 61850
optical Ethernet ring can be established. Information about a can be sent over the network between the devices.
2.2
device can be routed and transferred to the DNP3 protocol, and 2.3
also the fault records of the device. Switching commands can
be executed in the control direction (Fig. 1.6 / 9). 2.4

DIGSI 5 DIGSI 5
Station controller
Station controller Station controller DNP3 TCP, Station controller
2.5
IEC 61850 Client IEC 60870-5-103 Master IEC 60870-5-104 IEC 60870-5-103 Master

Ethernet Star coupler Ethernet Star coupler

Switch Switch
Serial optical Serial optical 2.6
USART module USART module

DNP3 TCP 2.7

"IEC 60870-
Client-Server 5-104" 2.8
communication via
the integrated
Ethernet interface Ethernet module Ethernet module
2.9
GOOSE ring with integrated with integrated
switch SIP5-0046.EN.ai switch SIP5-0057.EN.ai 2.10
Fig. 1.6 / 8 Separate client-server and GOOSE communication via Fig. 1.6 / 9 DNP3 TCP/IEC 60870-5-104 communication with serial 3
IEC 61850 with further serial connection to an connection to IEC 60870-5-103 master
IEC 60870-5-103 master 3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6 / 7
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Protocols

Synchrophasors – protocol via Ethernet (IEEE C37.118)
1
SIPROTEC 5 devices optionally calculate synchrophasors and
1.1 work as a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU). These measured
values, which are synchronized across large geographic areas
1.2 via a highly-accurate second pulse, allow for assessment of grid
stability. These values are transferred via an Ethernet network
1.3 with the IEEE C37.118 protocol to a data concentrator. Transfer
occurs via an optical or electrical Ethernet module (Fig. 1.6 / 10).
1.4
SUP – Slave Unit Protocol
1.5
This Siemens-specific protocol is used to read out external
1.6 20 mA devices (20 mA Box) or temperature sensing devices
(thermo box) serially or via Ethernet. These devices are availa-
1.7 ble as accessories to expand SIPROTEC 5 devices with analog
interfaces. The measured values of these devices can be further
1.8 processed in the SIPROTEC 5 device or are used for protection
1.9 functions such as overload protection or hot spot calculation of
transformers.
2 Further Ethernet-based protocols and services
Besides the actual protocol application, these services can run
2.1
in parallel on an Ethernet module, and can be switched on and
2.2 off by the user with DIGSI 5.
2.3 Ethernet redundancy with RSTP, PRP and HSR
The electrical and optical Ethernet module supports with the re-
2.4 dundancy protocol (RSTP, HSR) the construction of redundant
ring structures. With HSR, uninterruptible ring redundancy is
achieved with up to 50 devices in the ring. PRP enables uninter-
ruptible communication via parallel networks. These methods
can be activated via parameters. They are independent of the
substation automation protocol or the chosen auxiliary ser-
vices.
2.5
Time synchronization with SNTP
The device can poll the absolute time from 1 or 2 time servers
via an SNTP server, e.g.in the hardened unit 7SC80. In redun-
dant operation, both servers are read and the time of the 1st
server is used for setting the device clock with a precision of 1
ms. If this server fails, time synchronization takes place via the
second server. In addition to Ethernet modules, SNTP can also
be used via the integrated Ethernet interface (port J).
Time synchronization with IEEE 1588
For greater precision of time synchronization via Ethernet, the
IEEE 1588 protocol is available. It can be activated on electrical
or optical Ethernet modules. The precondition is that the
network components, e.g. switches, support the protocol and
special IEEE 1588 time servers are present in the network. With
IEEE 1588, the signal propagation times of the time synchroni-
zation telegrams in the Ethernet network are measured so that
the terminal devices, e.g. SIPROTEC 5 receive time information
that is corrected by the signal propagation time, providing more
precise timing than SNTP. The Power Profile IEEE 1588 C37.238
is supported and the devices function as ordinary clocks
(terminals) in the network.
Network monitoring with SNMP
The device can be integrated in network monitoring or network
management systems via the SNMP V3 protocol. Extensive
monitoring variables, e.g. the state of the Ethernet interfaces,
their data throughput etc., can be made known to the monitor-
ing system via MIB (Management Information Base) files.
These variables are described in data-specific terms in MIB files
and can be cyclically read out and monitored by the monitoring
system. No values can be changed in the device via SNMP.
It serves exclusively as a diagnosis interface.

Data: Tools:
Fault records
SICAM PQS
Power Quality Data
SIGUARD PDP
Phasor Measurement
2.6
2.7
2.8
7KE85 6MD8/7SL8 6MD8/7SL8 7KE85 7SJ8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1 Distribution
Generation
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
G
3.6
3.7 Fig. 1.6 / 10 Central evaluation of fault records and phasors

1.6 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Protocols

Transfer of data via the protection interface

Protection topology 1
The protection interface and protection topology enable data
exchange between the devices via synchronous serial point-to- 1.1
4 ends differential protection
point links from 64 kBit/s to 2 MBit/s. These links can be estab-
lished directly via optical fibers or via other communication 52 PI 1
Type x
and binary input signals PI 1
Type x
52 1.2
media, e.g. via dedicated lines or communication networks. 1 2
PI 2
Type x
PI 2
Type x
1.3
A protection topology consists of 2 to 6 devices, which SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
communicate point-to-point via communication links. It can be 1.4
struc- tured as a redundant ring or as a chain structure
(see Fig. 1.6 / 11), and within a topology the protection links can 52
PI 1 PI 1
52
1.5
Type x Type x
have different bandwidths. A certain amount of binary informa-
tion and measured values can be transmitted bi-directionally
3 4 1.6
between the devices depending on the bandwidth. The connec- SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5 1.7
tion with the lowest bandwidth determines this number. SIP5-0023.EN.ai
The user can route the information with DIGSI 5. 1.8
This information has the following tasks: Fig. 1.6 / 11 Protection communication of the differential protection
and transfer of binary signals
1.9
•  Topology data and values are exchanged for monitoring and
testing the link
•  Protection data, for example differential protection data or
2
direction comparison data of the distance protection, 2.1
is transferred.
•  Time synchronization of the devices can take place via 2 km with 62.5 μm/125 μm
2.2
the link, in which case a device of the protection topology multimode optical fiber Communications converter
assumes the role of timing master.
X21 2.3
G703.1
•  The link is continuously monitored for data faults and failure, 52
Com-
52 2.4
and the runtime of the data is measured. PI
o
e munication e
o PI
network
Protection links integrated in the device have previously been
used for differential protection (Fig. 1.6 / 11) and for teleprotec- SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
tion of the distance protection. In addition to these protection Module type:
USART-AD-1FO USART-AD-1FO
applications, you can configure protection links in all devices in

SIP5-0024.EN.ai
USART-AE-2FO USART-AE-2FO
SIPROTEC 5. At the same time, any binary information and
measured values can be transferred between the devices. Even
2.5
connections with low bandwidth, e.g. 64 kBit/s can be used for
this. Protection links that mainly serve to transfer data for the
differential protection are designated type 1 links and are used Fig. 1.6 / 12 Protection communication via a communication network
in the 7SD8 and 7SL8 devices. Links for transferring any data with X21 or G703.1 (64 kBit/s / G703.6 (2 Mbit)) interface
that can be configured in the other devices (e.g. 7SA8, 7SJ8),
are type 2. Protection interfaces must be of the same type on
both sides. 2.6
Figs. 1.6 / 12 to 1.6 / 17 show possible communication variants
for establishing protection communications. 2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Fig. 1.6 / 13 Protection communication via a copper connection 3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6 / 9
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Protocols

1
2 km with 62.5 μm/125 μm
1.1 multimode optical fiber Communications converter 52 52
X21 9 μm/125 μm single mode optical fiber
1.2 G703.1 PI
FO direct connection
PI
52 52
Com-
1.3 PI
o
e munication e
o PI SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
network
1.4 Module type:
SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5 Single module USART-AF-1LDFO/4 km/duplex LC
Module type:
1.5 USART-AD-1FO USART-AD-1FO
Double module USART-AW-2LDFO/4 km/2 x duplex LC
Single module USART-AG-1LDFO/60 km/duplex LC

SIP5-0024.EN.ai
USART-AE-2FO USART-AE-2FO

SIP5-0029.EN.ai
1.6 Double module USART-AU-2LDFO/60 km/2 x duplex LC
Single module USART-AK-1LDFO/100 km/duplex LC
1.7 Double module USART-AV-2LDFO/100 km/2 x duplex LC

1.8
Fig. 1.6 / 14 Protection communication via an IEEE C37.94 (2 MBits/s) Fig. 1.6 / 16 Protection communication via direct fiber optic connections
1.9 interface – direct fiber optic connection to a multiplexer

2
2.1
2.2 40 km with 9 μm/125 μm with
52 52
a single mode optical fiber
2.3 PI FO direct connection PI

2.4 SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5

Single module USART-AH-1LDFO/simplex LC

SIP5-0030.EN.ai
Single module USART-AJ-1LDFO/simplex LC

2.5
Fig. 1.6 / 15 Protection communication via single mode fiber Fig. 1.6 / 17 Protection communication via a single mode fiber
and repeater

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.6 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Applications for communication

Ethernet – Network topologies

1
Regardless of the selected protocol (IEC 61850, DNP3) the
electrical and optical Ethernet module are supported by 1.1
different network topologies.
1.2
If the module works without an integrated switch that can be
switched off through DIGSI 5, it is connected to external 1.3
switches individually or redundantly. In the case of a double
connection, only one interface processes the protocol applica- Switch Switch 1.4
tions (e.g. IEC 61850). The second interface works in Hot
Standby and the connection to the switch is monitored. In the 1.5
case of failure of interface 1, a switch is made to interface 2
within just a few milliseconds (Fig. 1.6 / 18).
1.6
Electrical or optical rings with a maximum of 40 devices can be 1.7

SIP5-0031.ai
established with an integrated switch (Fig. 1.6 / 19). Both
interfaces of the module transmit and receive simultaneously. SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
1.8
Mixed operation with SIPROTEC 4 devices is possible in the ring
with a maximum of 30 devices. A special ring redundancy
1.9
process, based on RSTP, ensures short recovery times in case of
failure of a device, so that the protocol applications continue Fig. 1.6 / 18 Simple or redundant connection to external switches 2
running nearly interruption-free. This configuration is also
independent of the protocol application that runs on the 2.1
Ethernet module.
2.2
Seamless redundancy PRP and HSR
2.3
New technologies reduce the time for reconfiguration of
communication networks in case of interruptions to about 2.4
Redundant substation control connection
nothing. These technologies are:
PRP = Parallel Redundancy Protocol
HSR = High Available Seamless Ring Redundancy Switch Switch

Both systems have the same principle and are specified in Ethernet ring
IEC 62439-3.
The same information (Ethernet frame) is being sent over two
2.5

SIP5-0032.EN.ai
ways. The receiver takes the first that comes in and discards the
second one. If the first does not get through, the second one is
still available and will be used. The mechanism is based deeply SIPROTEC 5
in the Ethernet stack, means one MAC and one IP address for
both.
• PRP uses two independent Ethernet systems. This means
double amount of network equipment and respectively cost,
Fig. 1.6 / 19 Circuit operation with integrated switch and ring redundancy 2.6
but it is simple.
• HSR is using the same principle, but in one Ethernet network
2.7
in a ring configuration. The same information (Ethernet IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 60870-5-103/
2.8
frame) will be sent in the two directions into the ring, and the DNP3 DNP3
Master Master
receiver gets it from the two sides of the ring. This means 2.9
some more effort in the devices but saves the costs for a Serial connections
second Ethernet network. 2.10
The methods can be activated via a setting parameter and do Star coupler Star coupler
not have any further parameters. They are therefore easy to set. 3
The number of network nodes is limited to 512 in both
methods.
3.1
HSR and PRP can be combined by so called Redboxes IEC 103 via serial
3.2
(Redundancy Boxes). This cost-effective solution of Fig. 1.6 / 21 double module,
can be achieved by: or independent
3.3
SIP5-0033.EN.ai

serial modules
• 2 switches at the control room 3.4
SIPROTEC 5
• 2 switches in the field
Device 1 Device 2 Device n 3.5
• 2 Redboxes (RB) per HSR ring
• Up to 50 devices per HSR ring 3.6
Fig. 1.6 / 20 Redundant optical connection of devices to
• Easy expansion by additional HSR switches. IEC 60870-5-103 or DNP3 master (e.g. SICAM PAS) 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6/11
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Applications for communication

1
1.1
1.2
1.3 Switch
PRP-A

1.4 PRP-B
Switch
1.5
1.6 A B
up to 50 devices on the ring
1.7 RB RB
1.8
1.9
Switch Switch
RB RB
2
2.1 RB RB

2.2 Redbox

2.3
RB = Redbox non HSR devices
2.4

Fig. 1.6 / 21 Most cost-effective seamless n-1 structure

Serial redundancy Redundancy in communication

2.5 Redundant connection to 2 substation controllers, e.g. You as the user can realize different levels of redundancy.
SICAM PAS, is possible via 2 independent, serial plug-in The number of independent protocol applications running in
modules or a serial double module. The serial IEC 60870-5-103 parallel is limited by the 4 plug-in module positions.
protocol or the serial DNP3 protocol, for example, can run on A serial protocol can be run 2 times on a double module. But
the modules. Mixed operation is also possible. Fig. 1.6 / 20 it can also be realized on 2 modules. Different serial protocols
shows a serial optical network that connects each of the serial can be run in the device simultaneously, e.g. DNP3 and
protocol interfaces of the device to a master. The transfer IEC 103. Communication occurs with one or several masters.
2.6 occurs interference-free via optical fibers. For the IEC 60870-5-
103 protocol special redundancy processes are supported in the
device. Thus, a primary master can be set that is preferred over
2.7 the 2nd master in the control direction. The current process
2.8 image is transferred to both masters.

2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.6 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Applications for communication

Redundancy in communication (contin.)

DIGSI 5 1
The Ethernet module can be plugged into the device one or
more times. This allows the same or different protocol applica- Station controller Station controller 1.1
tions to be executed multiple times. For IEC 61850 several IEC 61850 Client IEC 60870-5-103 Master
networks are possible, e.g. one for client-server communication 1.2
to a substation controller and a 2nd for the GOOSE connections
between the devices that could be assigned to the process bus 1.3
(Fig. 1.6/22). Through the client-server architecture of Ethernet
IEC 61850, one server (device) can simultaneously send reports Switch
Star coupler
1.4
to a maximum of 6 clients. The doubling of the interfaces on Serial optical
USART module 1.5
the Ethernet module enables the establishment of redundant
network structures, e.g. optical rings or the redundant 1.6
connection to 2 switches.
Client-Server 1.7
Protection links can be implemented in double. If one connec- communication via
tion fails, a switch is made to the 2nd connection. the integrated 1.8
Ethernet interface Ethernet module
Integrated setting of communication in DIGSI 5 GOOSE ring with integrated
switch SIP5-0046.EN.ai
1.9
A communication protocol is confi gured with DIGSI 5. According
to module type, DIGSI 5 offers the user the selection of the Fig. 1.6 / 22 Separate client-server and GOOSE communication 2
respective, permissible protocols/applications. The protocol via IEC 61850 with further serial connection to an
IEC 60870-5-103 master
parameters are set (e.g. baud rate, IP address etc.). Then the 2.1
module is initialized with the protocol application and, for
example, a serial module with the IEC 60870-5-103 and DNP3 2.2
protocol and the communication parameters are loaded.
2.3
For an application template of a device there is an appropriate
communication mapping (Fig. 1.6 / 23). In a communication 2.4
matrix, the user modifies this mapping and erases and com-
pletes his own information. This mapping file is finally loaded
by DIGSI into the device, and determines the scope of informa-
tion that is provided via the protocol. Protocol mappings can
be copied between devices, if they contain the same functions,
and can be exported into substation control applications.
2.5
Time synchronization
Time synchronization can occur through 1 or 2 timers. Depend-
Fig. 1.6 / 23 Communication assignment with DIGSI 5 for the
ing on time source, precision of 1 ms is attained. Events are IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
logged with a date and time with 1 ms resolution (Fig. 1.6 / 24).
The following sources are possible, and can be configured
independently as a 1st or 2nd timer:
•  Port G for IRIG-B- or DCF77 telegram. 2.6
A highly precise second pulse can also be launched there for
special applications 2.7
•  Protocol interfaces via plug-in modules
(SNTP, IEEE 1588, IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3 etc.)
2.8
•  SNTP via port J 2.9
(integrated Ethernet interface (plug or integr.Port J))
•  Via a protection interface from the timing master 2.10
•  Via the DIGSI 5 protocol (not cyclical)
3
•  Internal time with integrated Quartz
Time synchronization in the device is battery-buffered. Thus Fig. 1.6 / 24 Time settings in DIGSI 5 3.1
the internal clock continues to run with the Quartz precision
of the device even in case of failure of the auxiliary voltage.
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6/13
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Process bus

1 Process bus – IEC 61850-9-2

The process bus measures current and voltage in a device
1.1 (merging unit). The measured values are digitalized in the
merging unit and transported to the protection devices via
1.2 optical Ethernet connections with help of the IEC 61850-9-2
1.3 communication protocol. The protection devices no longer
work with analog measured values, but directly use the
1.4 digitalized measured values from the sampled values data
stream.
1.5 The merging units are positioned in close proximity to the
transformer to minimize wiring work. The sampled values data
1.6 stream generated by the Merging Units can be transmitted to
one or several protection devices.
1.7 The PB201 Extension Module for SIPROTEC 5 enables simple
upgrading from SIPROTEC 5 devices to process bus solutions.
1.8
Arrangement relative to parallel operation in the feeder
1.9 with process bus
To test the process bus, a simple protection can be used for a
2 feeder. Modern protection devices such as the SIPROTEC 5 Fig. 1.6 / 25 Separate client-server and GOOSE communication
series have a modular expandable design. For instance, an via IEC 61850 with further serial connection to an
2.1 existing SIPROTEC 7SJ85 overcurrent protection device can be IEC 60870-5-103 master
expanded with process bus inputs. This enables a cost efficient
2.2 piloting. As another benefit, state-of-the-art protection devices
2.3 are capable of efficiently protecting more than one object. One
SIPROTEC 7SJ85, for example, is sufficient to protect up to The current measured by the merging unit is subsequently
connected to the protection device via the process bus. The
2.4 seven feeders. These two features and the fact that overcurrent
protection device receives the measured current values twice.
protection only requires the currents of a merging unit enable
effective parallel operation. If a system with less than seven Once, it measures the values itself and the second time it
feeders is protected with one device, this device will still have receives the current values via the process bus. The protection
available capacity. This allows for a parallel arrangement with function is instantiated twice. The protection device protects
the process bus. For this purpose, the device is fi tted with a pro- the same feeder via the conventional setting and via the
cess bus input module and the feeder current is simultaneously process bus. This enables direct comparison of the process bus
and the direct measurement.
2.5 measured in a merging unit.

7SJ85

2.6 4$ )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

2.7  11  &WUO

2.8 7SC805
0HUJLQJ8QLW )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
2.9
08  11  &WUO
2.10
3
3.1 Fig. 1.6/ 26 Arrangement relative to parallel operation in the feeder with process bus

3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.6 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Communication
Designed to communicate – Applications for communication

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

2
2.1
2.2
Fig. 1.6/ 27 Communication protocols in the Substation automation and power control systems 2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
For you, designed to communicate in SIPROTEC 5 means:
• Adaptation to the topology of your communication 3.3
structure using settings (ring, star or network)
• Scalable redundancy in hardware and software 3.4
(protocols) to match your requirements
3.5
• Pluggable, upgradeable communication modules
• Extensive routines for testing connections, functions 3.6
and operating workflows
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.6/15
 IEC 61850 – Simply Usable
Simply usable – Engineering in user language

1 IEC 61850 is more than just an Ethernet-based substation
control protocol. It comprehensively defines the
1.1 engineering process, data and service models, conformity
testing, and end-to-end communication in control
1.2 systems.
In Edition 2, the influence of the standard is extended to
1.3 more sectors of the energy industry.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7 Ethernet-based substation automation protocol
IEC 61850 is more than just a substation automation protocol.
1.8 The standard comprehensively defines data types, functions
and communication in station networks. In Edition 2, the
1.9 influence of the standard is extended to more sectors of the
energy industry. Siemens actively participated in designing the
2 process of adapting Edition 1 for Edition 2 for the purposes of
the standardization framework. Edition 2 fills in certain omis-
2.1 sions and defines additional applications. As a global market
leader with Edition 1 SIPROTEC 4 devices, between Editions 1
2.2 and 2 we have solved the issues of interoperability, fl exibility
and compatibility: Cooperation with Edition 1 devices is
2.3 possible without difficulties.
2.4
The internal structure of SIPROTEC 5 devices conforms to
IEC 61850. The net result is that first time integrated, end-to-
end system and device engineering – from the single plant
line to device parameterization – conforming to the guiding
principles of IEC 61850 is possible.
For you, IEC 61850 – simply usable means:
• IEC 61850 system specification and system description
• DIGSI 5 helps to make the IEC 61850 data model easy to
manage
• DIGSI 5 supports the IEC 61850 engineering process and
the system specification
• Flexible data object engineering enables simple,
efficient operating concepts
• Interoperability with IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2
DIGSI 5 with integrated IEC 61850 engineering covers the
complexity of the standard with a sophisticated operator
guidance system. In standard engineering, you as the user will
not be required to deal with the details of IEC 61850: you will
be addressed in your user language.
In the user language, distance protection is distance protection
with zones and dependent functions, not a collection of logical
nodes. Reports are message lists in which information about
the systems control is configured. GOOSE connections are
simply configured in the system configurator with source and
target information. You work in your language, with functions
and messages associated with a device. If you wish, you can
view the allocated IEC 61850 objects in the IEC 61850 protocol
language. This bilingualism is supported throughout the user
interface by DIGSI 5 and the export files on the substation
control system. As the user you can even add comments to the
data points you define in your language, and then export them
for data purposes in the ICD and SCD description.

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2 Fig. 1.7 / 1 System specification and configuration in DIGSI 5 – Fig. 1.7 / 2 Creating the IEC 61850 station
the complexity of IEC 61850 does not reach the interface
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.7 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2
 IEC 61850 – Simply Usable
Simply usable – Flexible engineering

Flexible engineering offers IEC 61850 experts a wide range A high degree of flexibility in communication is offered for
of freedom with regard to designing their own IEC 61850 configuration GOOSE messages and reports. Addresses, dataset 1
structure, including with user-defined functions and objects. names etc, can be set by you the user.
Flexible object modeling, freedom in addressing objects and
1.1
Flexible engineering offers a high degree of design freedom on
flexible communication services assure the highest possible 1.2
many levels, enhancing interoperability for more complete
degree of interoperability and effective exchange and expan-
communication interchangeability.
sion concepts. 1.3
With the single line diagram, you as the customer can view the
The name of the logical device (ldName) is freely editable. For
example, the standard-conforming name CTRL can be changed
topological structure of the system. DIGSI 5 has been prepared 1.4
so that it can export this topological structure of a system to
to CONTROL. Structural changes can also be made by changing 1.5
the IEC 61850-conforming SSD file. This description as an
the logical device (LD), so that the interface structure can be
extension of the SCD file represents the primary system for
flexibly adapted to the user’s own requirements. Rigid manufac-
technical data purposes. In the future, the objects of the device
1.6
turer specifications are a thing of the past. Prefix and instance
with which processes of the primary system are controlled can 1.7
of the logical node (LN) can also be edited.
be adapted flexibly to reflect the customer’s specifications.
The standard fixes the length and rules that are checked by Flexible engineering is the key to bringing the system view into 1.8
DIGSI 5 when they are entered. harmony with the IEC 61850 structure of the device.
Function levels of a device, which the standard maps to Logical
1.9
Nodes (LN), can be deleted, copied, and extended with the
user’s own objects. Messages can be added to a switching 2
object such as the LN XCBR, e.g., monitoring messages for a
circuit breaker that have not been defined in the original LN. 2.1
As the user, you can organize all of the information associated
with a given switching object in a Logical Nodes (LN). 2.2
Logical Nodes (LN) can be added from a library. These instruc- 2.3
tions can be supplemented with your own objects. You can also
define and create generic nodes. For example, there are Logical 2.4
Nodes (LN), whose functionality is extended by the user. These
user-defined functions can be loaded into the device and run
there. Monitoring functions can be created and expanded as
required.

2.5

Fig. 1.7 / 3 Editor for adapting the IEC 61850 structure in the
SIPROTEC 5 view

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
“IEC 61850 – simply usable” with SIPROTEC 5 means:
• Converting the complexity of the IEC 61850 data model 3
into your familiar user language
3.1
• Integrated, consistent system and device engineering
(from the single line to the complete system and device 3.2
parameterization on the basis of the IEC 61850 data
model) 3.3
• Flexible object modeling, freedom in addressing
objects and flexible communication services assure 3.4
the highest possible degree of interoperability and
effective exchange and expansion concepts
3.5
• Full compatibility and interoperability with IEC 61850 3.6
Edition 1
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 2 1.7 / 2
 Test und Diagnostics
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5 Test Suite

1 SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with extensive test and The DIGSI 5 Test Suite offers:
diagnostics functions. These are available to users in • Hardware and wiring test
1.1 SIPROTEC 5 in conjunction with DIGSI 5 and they shorten • Testing for functions and protection functions
the testing and power-up phase significantly.
1.2 • Circuit-breaker test and AR test functions
• Communication test including loop test
1.3 • Protocol test
1.4
1.5 The integrated test sequencer Hardware and wiring test

1.6 The objective of the extensive test and diagnostic functions In the hardware test, the state of the binary inputs can be read
that are made available to the user with SIPROTEC 5 together out by DIGSI 5, and contacts and LEDs can be switched or
1.7 with DIGSI 5 is to shorten testing and power-up times. All test routed through DIGSI 5 for test purposes.
functions are integrated in DIGSI 5. This enables engineering
1.8 The parameters measured at voltage and current inputs are
including the device test to be carried out with one tool. The
represented in vector diagrams – divided according to magni-
most important functions should be listed as examples here.
1.9 There are also other specific test functions depending on the
tude and phase angle (Fig. 1.8 / 1). Thus it is easy to detect and
check if the connections in the measurand wiring are trans-
device type.
posed, as well as the vector group or the direction between
2 An innovative concept enables functions to be tested via the current and voltage. In devices that are connected via protec-
test sequencer integrated in the device. Normally, the device re- tion interfaces, even analog measurement points of remote
2.1
ceives analog and binary signals from the process or from an ends can be represented as vectors. This makes it easy to check
2.2 external secondary test equipment. Previously, the protection the stability of a differential protection.
functions and communication were tested with variables such
In the wiring test, the wiring connections between devices are
2.3 as these. With SIPROTEC 5 devices these variables can now
tested. If the devices are connected to a network via Ethernet,
be substituted with values supplied from an integrated test
2.4 this test can be carried out with unprecedented ease. For this,
equipment in a simulation mode. For this, the analog and
the contact on a device is closed with the aid of DIGSI 5.
binary inputs are decoupled from the process and connected
This contact is connected to a binary input of one or more
to the integrated test sequencer.
SIPROTEC 5 devices via a wire connection. These automatically
The tester uses DIGSI 5 to create a test sequence, e.g., a send a report to DIGSI 5 to the effect that the binary input has
short-circuit sequence, loads it into the device and runs it in been activated by the closing of the contact. The tester can
simulation mode. The test sequencer in DIGSI 5 is capable of then log this test and check the wiring between the devices.
2.5 handling test sequences consisting of up to six test steps. When
loaded into the device, this test sequence is run in real time and
simulates the functions of the device like a real process at
binary and analog inputs. Protection functions, control, logic
functions, and communication can thus be tested in real time
without secondary test equipment.
The test sequence is started manually from DIGSI 5 or con-
2.6 trolled via a binary input. This also makes it possible to test the
interaction between several devices.
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
Fig. 1.8 / 1 Display of analog measuring points in vector diagrams
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.8 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Test and Diagnostics
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5 Test Suite

Testing device functionality and protection functions

1
The graphical representation of characteristic curves or dia-
grams of protection functions not only help the engineer who 1.1
parameterizes the test functions, but also the engineer who
tests them (Fig. 1.8 / 2). 1.2
In this test, the operating point of a protection function is 1.3
represented graphically in the diagrams, e.g., the calculated
impedance of a distance protection in the zone diagram. 1.4
Additionally, messages relating to the protection function are
logged, e.g. pickup or operate. 1.5
This test can be carried out with signals from the process or 1.6
with the test equipment integrated in the device.
1.7
Circuit-breakter test and AR test function
1.8
Switching sequences can be initiated via DIGSI 5 to test the
automatic reclosing (AR). However, this is only possible if 1.9
remote switching via the key switch is permitted. In addition, a Fig. 1.8 / 2 Test of protection function with operating point of the
security prompt (confirmation ID) must be entered for switch- protection function in response characteristic curve
ing authorization via DIGSI 5. There are additional security 2
prompts for non-interlocked switching. This provides protection
against unauthorized use or inadvertent actuation during
2.1
Rx Tx Auxiliary conductor Optical
operation. 2.2
Fiber connection loop
A circuit-breaker test can also be deactivated and activated optic
without an interlocking check.
Communication
converter
Communication
converter
2.3

SIP5-0034.EN.ai
Copper 1 Copper 2
Communication testing 2.4
LOOP #1 LOOP #2
Since communication is an integral component of the devices
and they are interconnected either directly or via a substation
Fig. 1.8 / 3 Loop test for protection interfaces
control system, they must be thoroughly tested at commission-
ing and monitored continuously during operation. The inte-
grated test tools assist the user in ensuring that the communi-
Online monitoring of communication connections
cation paths are tested and monitored efficiently. 2.5
The data flow at communication interfaces can be constantly
Loop test for the protection interface
monitored. To do this, the number of telegrams that are sent,
This test is launched by DIGSI 5 for a communication module received and corrupted per time unit for serial connections and
and a selected interface. It is used to detect faults in subsec- Ethernet intefaces during operation is constantly measured and
tions when inspecting the physical connection of the communi- displayed. If faults occur, an alarm can be issued.
cation path (Fig. 1.8 / 3). Test telegrams are sent from the
A network management and monitoring system performs
transmitting side Tx of an interface, and these are measured
detailed monitoring of Ethernet modules via the SNMP proto- 2.6
again at the receiving interface Rx. The user thus has the
col.
capability to insert loops at various points in the communica-
tion network and to test the connection of the loop. The
2.7
For protection interfaces the delay time of the signals is also
number of telegrams sent, received and corrupted is displayed monitored, and it is calculated during synchronization by means 2.8
continuously in DIGSI 5, so that the quality of the connection of a highly precise second pulse in the transmit and receive
can be monitored. direction. Additionally, the communication topology is also 2.9
monitored constantly there and displayed in DIGSI 5.
2.10
GOOSE connections can be monitored permanently at the
receiving site during operation. This means that an outage is
detected within a few seconds.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.8 / 2
 Test und Diagnostics
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5 Test Suite

Protocol test
1
For the protocol test, specific signal
1.1 values are set and reset using DIGSI 5
(Fig. 1.8 / 4). The test mode itself is con-
1.2 figurable. The device sends the selected
value to the client using the configured
1.3 communication protocol e.g., IEC 61850.
In this case, a report is generated or a
1.4 GOOSE message is sent automatically
1.5 when this information is switched
correspondingly.
1.6 The device can be used to test substation
1.7 control information for all protocols (e.g.,
IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, serial DNP3,
1.8 DNP3 TCP) without the going through the
process of generating signal states with a
1.9 test equipment. Signals that are trans-
mitted across protection interfaces can
also be tested.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3 Fig. 1.8 / 4 Protocol test for substation automation technology or for GOOSE and
protection interfaces
2.4
Test and display of external timers
If the system time of the device is set
externally using 1 or 2 timers, this time
can be read out in the device or with
DIGSI 5. When the time protocol returns
2.5 these values, it indicates which timer
is setting the system time and issues a
statement regarding the quality of the
time source. Synchronization via external
clocks can thus be monitored and
displayed during operation (Fig. 1.8 / 5).

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1 Fig. 1.8 / 5 Test of external timers

3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.8 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Test and Diagnostics
Holistic workflow – DIGSI 5 Test Suite

Analysis of function charts

(CFC debugging) 1
Logic plans prepared in the form 1.1
of function charts (CFCs) can be tested
offline in DIGSI 5. To this end, test 1.2
sequences can be generated with the
DIGSI 5 Sequencer to act on logical 1.3
inputs of the function chart or the analog
and binary inputs of the device. This
1.4
makes it possible to test not only the 1.5
function chart but also its interaction
with upstream and downstream func- 1.6
tions. During this test, the values of
variables are displayed and changes over 1.7
time are logged in records that can be
analyzed later, e.g., with SIGRA. This 1.8
enables even complex temporal depen-
dencies to be analyzed with ease. 1.9
Function charts (CFC) can thus be
created offline in the office and tested 2
without using a device.
2.1
2.2
Fig. 1.8 / 6 Easy analyzing of function charts 2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
For you, using the DIGSI 5 Test Suite means:
• Considerably shorter testing and commissioning time 3.4
• Commissioning support personnel in the adjacent substation is no longer 3.5
required
• All test routines performed are documented 3.6
• Testing without secondary test equipment is also possible
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.8 / 4
 Safety Concept
Safety and security inside – Safety

1 Safety for personnel and equipment are first priority, but Safety and Cyber Security includes:
availability is also critically important. And as the plant • Security concept in device design
1.1 landscape becomes more and more open and complex, the • Information security against IT attacks
conventional security mechanisms are no longer adequate. (IT threats from the outside)
1.2
For this reason, a security concept has been implemented
1.3 in the SIPROTEC 5 device architecture that is designed to
address the multidimensional aspects of security in a
1.4 holistic approach.

1.5 Multilayer safety mechanisms in all links of the safety

chain provide you with the highest possible level of safety
1.6 and availability.

1.7
1.8
Security/IT Security: Safety:
1.9 Prevention of threats presented by people and the Prevention of dangers presented by a
environment during operation technological system

2
2.1 People/Environment
People/Environment
2.2
2.3
2.4
Technological system

SIP5-0059.EN.ai
Technological system

Fig. 1.9 / 1 Graphic of distinction between safety and security

2.5
Multilayer safety mechanisms
Safety comprises all aspects of protection for personnel and
primary equipment installations. The devices and DIGSI 5
support this from the functional standpoint. Cyber Security
measures ensure secure operations in networks.
2.6
The manufacturer can support the user with these measures.
The responsibility to implement a comprehensive Cyber Security
2.7 concept lies with the operator of the system. The concept must
2.8 consider all system components with regard to all technical
aspects of Cyber Security.
2.9 Safety in the hardware design
2.10 •  The device system consisting of confi gured hardware building
blocks, each with its own cooling system, reduces thermal
3 load, prolongs service life and enables error-free operation in
a wide ambient temperature range.
3.1
•  High availability is achieved with the auxiliary power supply
concept. Central wide range supply ensures the provision of
3.2 a common voltage to all components. Individually required
voltage levels are created in the modules concerned. Thus,
3.3
the possible outage of a local voltage level causes only one
3.4 module to malfunction, not the entire device. This selective
outage is reported.
3.5 •  Crossover wiring of internal analog/digital converters enables
the device’s analog inputs to be monitored effectively and
3.6 potentially threatened functions to be blocked early, like
3.7 differential protection if a current channel fails.
•  Storage of calibration data in the analog acquisition module
enables completely safe exchange or extensions within the
module unit.
•  Fully pluggable terminals and plug-in module mean that a
wiring test is no longer necessary when devices or modules
are replaced.
•  Now that the current transformer is integrated in the terminal
block (Safety CT-Plug), open secondary current circuits cannot
occur anymore during replacement of a device or a module.
When the terminal is pulled out, the transformer is always
opened on the safe, secondary circuit.
•  The device does not need to be opened to adjust binary
input thresholds or adapt them to the rated current of the
transformer (1 A, 5 A). The device does not need to be
opened to replace the battery or change the plug-in modules.
Monitoring functions
Comprehensive monitoring functions ensure secure operation
by fast detection of irregularities and automatic initiation of
appropriate measures to avert incorrect responses. Depending
on the severity of the irregularity detected, a warning may be
issued, the functions concerned be blocked, or the entire
device may be isolated by disconnecting the life contact. In all
cases, the diagnostic buffer outputs the cause and appropriate
take-action instruction.

1.9 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Safety Concept
Safety and security inside – Safety

Hardware monitoring Monitoring of protection interfaces

1
All hardware in the device is continuously monitored. This •  32-bit CRC checksum monitoring compliant with CCITT / ITU
includes for example the CPU, the auxiliary voltage, the battery for detecting corrupted telegrams 1.1
status, the internal clock, the storage modules, the analog •  Invalid telegrams are flagged and are not used by the
inputs, the bus connections, the expansion and communication protection system 1.2
modules. •  Sporadic interference is ignored, persistent interference 1.3
Monitoring of the analog inputs triggers blocking of the affected protection (differential
protection) and control functions 1.4
As a data source for the protection functions, monitoring of the
•  Propagation times are measured and taken into account for
analog inputs is assured in multiple stages. Some monitoring
purposes of differential protection
1.5
functions are primarily dedicated to the commissioning
(incorrect or missing connections) and only generate a warning •  The topology of the protected area is monitored. Outages 1.6
indication. These include: in the communication connections automatically trigger
•  Current and voltage balance
switching to other communication paths (ring to chain 1.7
operation or hot standby), or otherwise to blocking the entire
•  Current and voltage sum protected area. The same applies if outage of a device in the 1.8
•  Phase-rotation supervision. topology is detected.
1.9
Other monitoring functions detect outages during operation Monitoring of IEC 61850 GOOSE messages
and rapidly initiate blocking of the affected functions: •  CRC checksum monitoring, sequence number monitoring and 2
•  Fuse failure monitor (loss of voltage) repetition time monitoring for detecting incorrect or missing
•  Fast current sum supervision and broken wire monitoring for telegrams 2.1
the power circuits. •  Applications consider the state of GOOSE messages that are
corrupt or transmitted under test conditions and switch to 2.2
In addition, the proper working method of all analog-digital safe mode.
converters is assured by plausibility monitoring at the sampling 2.3
level. Load management
2.4
Tripping circuit monitoring (ANSI 74TC) The free configurability of protection functions and function
charts (CFC) enables them to be adapted to an enormous range
The circuit-breaker coil and its feed lines are monitored via two
of applications. During engineering with DIGSI 5, the integrated
binary inputs. If the tripping circuit is interrupted, and alarm
load model calculates the resulting device load. This ensures
indication is generated.
that only viable configurations can be loaded into the device.
Communication connections
Standardized management of device modes 2.5
Telegrams are monitored for correct transmission. Faults
Test modes and the health status of information are forwarded
are reported via warning messages. Data associated with
and handled uniformly and consistently throughout the entire
protection and control is transmitted via protection interfaces
system. Analysis functions take the modes into consideration
and IEC 61850 GOOSE messages. The transmitted information
and guarantee secure operation. This is particularly critical
is also monitored constantly on the receiving side.
when protection and control-related data is transmitted via
protection interfaces and IEC 61850 GOOSE messages. But it
applies equally for signal processing in the function charts (CFC). 2.6

Input signals (analog) Input signals (discrete) 2.7

iA
Monitoring
2.8
iB
ADU1 iA (SC); iB (SC); iC (SC); iN (SC) 2.9
iC Current:
iN (SC)= iA (SC) + iB (SC)+ iC (SC) 2.10
iN

Voltage: 3
1
V0 (SC)=
3
(VA (SC)+ VB (SC)+ VC (SC)) 3.1
3.2
VA 3.3
ADU2 VA (SC); VB (SC); VC (SC); V0 (SC)
SIP5-0058.EN.ai

Condition satisfied:
VB
Measuring circuit OK
3.4
VC
3.5
Vda-dn
(V0) 3.6
Fig. 1.9 / 2 Monitoring of analog input circuits for malfunctions during analog-to-digital conversion 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.9 / 2
 Safety Concept
Safety and security inside – Cyber Security

Cyber Security
1
With the increasing integration of field devices in Ethernet- been integrated in SIPROTEC 5 and DIGSI 5, and these are
1.1 based communication networks, communication must be described in the next section.
secured against internal faults and attacks from outside.
1.2 Standards such as NERC CIP (North American Electric Reliability
Corporation – Critical Infrastructure Protection) and the BDEW
1.3 Whitepaper contain requirements for the safe operation of
devices in the critical communications infrastructure, and are
1.4 directed at both manufacturers and operators (requirements
1.5 for secure control and telecommunication systems by the
Bundesverband der Energie- und Wasserwirtschaft e.V. – German
1.6 Association of Energy and Water Industries).

1.7 Cyber Security must be incorporated into the design of devices

right from the start. This has been carried out systematically in
1.8 the case of SIPROTEC 5. Measures in the hardware ensure that
key material for protecting the communication and datasets of Fig. 1.9 / 3 Isolatable communication services during access
1.9 a device is stored in absolute security. Communication stacks via Ethernet networks
that are hardened against cyber attacks, a multistage access
concept in operation and permanent logging of all authorized
2 and unauthorized access attempts and of critical Cyber Security
2.1 actions provide the operator with a high degree of Cyber
Corporate /
Security when the devices are integrated in the operator’s transfer / network Remote
2.2 network. DIGSI PC
By default only the connection to DIGSI 5 is enabled in the
2.3 device. Consequently, by default all other Ethernet services and
2.4 their respective ports are inactive in the device. For example, if
the RSTP ring redundancy protocol is the only protocol to be
used, then the user has to activate the protocol with DIGSI 5 Substation Server Network
(Fig. 1.9/3). This approach of secure default settings gives a
DIGSI 5 PC
potential attacker no open interfaces, and only services that are Device Lan on
really in use are activated in a network. Substation SICAM PAS w.
Control Network NTP Server
Product Security Blueprint
2.5
The Product Security Blueprint in conjunction with the
“Application Note SIP5-APP-009” for SIPROTEC 5 devices provide
you with valuable notes in integrating devices in your network
and operating them securely. An overall security concept
should be drawn up and maintained in a “Spanning Security
Blueprint”. This documents typical network configurations, the
2.6 services used, and their ports. Measures for updating those
components that are critical for Cyber Security, password
protection and antivirus protection are also described.
2.7
Fig. 1.9 / 4 shows a recommendation of this kind for protecting a SIP5-0055.EN.ai
2.8 switchgear. The SIPROTEC 5 devices are integrated in optical
Ethernet rings via switches. In these rings, the respective Fig. 1.9 / 4 Secure operation of devices within a switchgear with
2.9 Ethernet-based substation automation protocol, e.g., IEC 61850 remote access from an external network
or DNP3 and the systems control run without loss of perfor-
2.10 mance. Accesses from a non-secure external network are
allowed via a gateway that is responsible for safeguarding the
3 network. The accessing party is authenticated, e.g., by DIGSI 5,
in the gateway, and communication is encrypted via VPN. This
3.1 is fully supported by the communication services of DIGSI 5.
3.2 The technical control network and the network for remote
access can also be separated entirely by appropriate selection
3.3 of an independent Ethernet port for communication between
the device and DIGSI 5. This falls within the scope of the
3.4 operator’s philosophy. With their concept of pluggable
3.5 modules, the devices also enable solutions with separate
networks. An extensive range of Cyber Security features have
3.6 Fig. 1.9 / 5 Settings dialogs for passwords and security prompts

3.7
1.9 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Safety Concept
Safety and security inside – Cyber Security

Multilayer access security for device and DIGSI 5
•  Secure authentication takes place between the device and
DIGSI 5. This precludes another program from accessing the
devices and reading or writing data there.
•  If the optional connection password has been activated for
remote access, remote access via the Ethernet cannot take
place until the password has been successfully verified. Only
once the connection has been established, the user has
read/write access to the device. This connection password
conforms to the Cyber Security requirements for assigning
passwords defined in NERC CIP. It has 8–30 characters and
must include upper and lower case letters, digits and special
characters. Subsequent data exchange then takes place via an
encrypted, uninterceptable connection through an Ethernet
module.
•  Then, confirmation codes are requested for safety relevant
actions that have write access to the device, for example
changing parameters. These can be configured by the user
and there are various confirmation codes for the protection
and control functionality (Fig. 1.9 / 5, page 1.9 / 3).
These Cyber Security measures during remote access to the
device with DIGSI 5 ensure secure communication. The query
for password when logging into the device and the queries for
confirmation codes when executing safety-relevant actions
protect both the application and the user equally.
Incorrect password entries are identified and logged. An alarm
can be triggered via an independent telecontrol link. Cyber 1
Security critical operations such as remote access or reparame-
terization are recorded continuously. These entries cannot be
1.1
deleted from the device. They can be transmitted to the 1.2
substation automation unit and archived there. All files that can
be loaded into the device via DIGSI 5 are digitally signed. In this 1.3
way, corruption from outside by viruses or trojans of, e.g.
firmware files, is reliably prevented. 1.4
An additional aspect to consider is, that it is often not desirable
to have to enter the connection password or confirmation 1.5
codes during the configuration and testing phases. In contrast,
during this phase the reading of data in the operating state is at 1.6
the focus. Comprehensive access security can be deactivated in
the device until commissioning has been completed, and then
1.7
finally activated for operation. 1.8
Security Patch Management (Security updates) for DIGSI 5
1.9
In response to the requirements for protecting power equip-
ment, “patch management” was introduced for DIGSI 5. This
means that regular security patches for the software compo- 2
nents from third-party vendors integrated into DIGSI 5 or used
by DIGSI 5 are tested for compatibility with DIGSI 5. A list of
2.1
available security updates and compatibility notes is made
2.2
available for downloading in the Internet and is updated at
monthly intervals. 2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
For you, safety and Cyber Security mean:
• Long-lasting, rugged hardware with outstanding 3
EMC immunity and resistance to weather and
mechanical loads 3.1
• Sophisticated self-monitoring routines identify and
report device malfunctions immediately and reliably
3.2
• Conformance with the stringent Cyber Security 3.3
requirements defined in the BDEW Whitepaper and
NERC CIP 3.4
• Encryption along the entire communication segment
between DIGSI 5 and the device
3.5
• Automatic recording of access attempts and security- 3.6
critical operations on the devices and systems
3.7
4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 1.9 / 4
 Safety Concept
Notes

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
1.9 / 5 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

SIPROTEC 5 – Devices

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices

1
Chapter
1.1
Device Types 2.1
1.2
Relay Selection Guide 2.2
1.3
Application Examples 2.3
1.4
Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82, 7SJ85 2.4
1.5
Line Protection 2.5
1.6
Distance protection
1.7 SIPROTEC 7SA82, 7SA86, 7SA87
Line differential protection
1.8 SIPROTEC 7SD82, 7SD86, 7SD87
1.9 Combined line differential and distance protection
SIPROTEC 7SL82, 7SL86, 7SL87
2 Breaker management
SIPROTEC 7VK87
2.1 Overcurrent protection
SIPROTEC 7SJ86
2.2
Transformator Protection 2.6
2.3 SIPROTEC 7UT82, 7UT85, 7UT86, 7UT87
2.4 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85 2.7

Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 2.8

Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86 2.9

Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 2.10

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Device Types

1
*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ 1.1
1.2
6- .(
0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6- 1.3
87 6$
6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6- 1.4
6. 6$

6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6.

1.5
.( 6'
1.6
0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.
1.7
0 1.8
1.9
*
2
0
2.1
* 2.2
2.3
Fig. 2.1/ 1 Application areas of SIPROTEC 5 devices
2.4
Fig. 2.1/ 1 provides an overview of the application of Protection functions Device types
SIPROTEC 5 devices in the grid. This is a simplified illustration. Overcurrent protection
Particularly with the advent of regenerative suppliers, energy is
Overcurrent protection with PMU and control 7SJ82, 7SJ85
being injected into the grid at all voltage levels.
Line protection
The protection objects are the busbars, the overhead lines or Distance protection with PMU and control 7SA82, 7SA86, 7SA87 2.5
cables, and the transformers. The corresponding protection Line differential protection with PMU and 7SD82, 7SD86, 7SD87
devices have been assigned to these objects. control
Combined line differential and distance 7SL82, 7SL86, 7SL87
On the next pages you´ll find beside the SIPROTEC 5 relay
protection with PMU and control
selection guide the application examples for SIPROTEC 5
Circuit-breaker management device with PMU 7VK87
devices. and control
Device types Overcurrent protection for lines with PMU 7SJ86
Transformer differential protection
2.6
Now that you have been introduced to the innovation high-
Transformer differential protection with PMU, 7UT82, 7UT85, 7UT86,
lights of the SIPROTEC 5 devices, the following text will control and monitoring 7UT87 2.7
describe the devices. They are easily identified with the aid of a
fi ve-digit abbreviation code. Motor protection 2.8
Motor protection with PMU and control 7SK82, 7SK85
The first digit (6 or 7) stands for the digital equipment. 2.9
The two letters describe the functionality, and the last two Busbar protection
digits identify typical properties. For further details, please Busbar protection 7SS85 2.10
refer to the catalog section of the respective device description. Bay controller

Fig. shows the definition of device types based on designation Bay controllers for control/interlocking tasks 6MD85, 6MD86 3
with PMU and monitoring, optionally with
protection function 3.1
Main protection functions Fault recorders and power quality recorders
Fault Recorder with PMU 7KE85 3.2
Distinguishing features
Table 2.1/ 1 Available device types of the SIPROTEC 5 system 3.3
7 XX YY
3.4
Fig. 2.1/ 2 Definition of device types 3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.1/ 1
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

„ = basic

Distance protection
1
– = not available

Line differential
1.1

protection
1.2
1.3
1.4

7SD82

7SD86

7SD87
7SA82

7SA86

7SA87
Type
1.5 ANSI Functions Abbr.

1.6 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „ „

Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole - - „ - - „
1.7 Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O - „ „ - „ „
1.8 21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< /I>/ (V,I) „ „ „ - - -
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „ „ „ - - -
1.9 87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I - - - „ „ „
87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends ∆I
2 (dependent on Significant properties)
- - - „ „ „
14 Locked rotor protection I> + n< - - - - - -
2.1
24 Overexcitation protection V/f - - - - - -
2.2 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ „ „ „ „
2.3 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „ „ „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „ „ „ „ „ „
2.4 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „ „ „ „ „ „
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „ „ „ „ „ „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „ „ „ „ „ „
37 Undercurrent I< „ „ „ „ „ „
38 Temperature Supervision „ „ „ „ „ „
2.5 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> - - - - - -
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> - - - - - -
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „ „ „ „ „ „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ „ „ „ „ „
48 Starting-time supervision for motors I²start - - - - - -
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „ „ „
2.6 49 Thermal overload protection for RLC filter elements of a θ, I²t
- - - - - -
capacitor bank
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t - - - - - -
2.7
49R Thermal overload protection, rotor θR - - - - - -
2.8 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.9 50N/51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.10 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „ „ „ „ „ „
50N/51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ „ „ „ „ „
3 50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with INs>
resonant or isolated neutral „ „ „ „ „ „
3.1
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „ „ „ „ „ „
3.2 50/51 Emergency overcurrent protection, phases I> - - - - - -
50N/51N Emergency overcurrent protection, ground faults IE> - - - - - -
3.3
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection for RLC filter elements of a I>
- - - - - -
3.4 capacitor bank
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „ - „ „ -
3.5 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP - - „ - - „
3.6 50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „ „ - „ „ -

3.7 Further functions continued on the next pages

2.2 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

distance protection 1

Busbar protection
Motor protection
differential and

Circuit breaker
Combined line

Fault Recorder
1.1

Bay controller

management
Transformer
Overcurrent

differential
protection

protection
1.2
1.3
1.4

6MD85

6MD86

7VK87
7UT82

7UT85

7UT86

7UT87

7KE85
7SK82

7SK85

7SS85
7SL82

7SL86

7SL87

7SJ82

7SJ85

7SJ86
1.5
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - „ „ „ „ -
1.6
- - „ - - - - - - - - - „ - - „ -
- „ „ - „ „ - „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.7
„ „ „ - - - - - - „ „ „ - - - - - 1.8
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.9
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
- - - - - - „ „ - - - - - - - - -
2.1
- - - „ „ - „ „ - „ „ „ - - - - -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - „ „ „ - 2.2
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.3
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ - - „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.4
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - - - - -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
„ „ - „ „ - „ „ „ „ - „ - „ „ - - 2.5
- - - „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - - - „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ - - „ -
- - - - - - „ „ - - - - - - - - -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ - -

- - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.6
- - - - - - - - „ „ „ „ - - - - -
2.7
- - - - - - „ „ - - - - - - - - -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.8
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
2.9
- - - - - - - - - - - - - „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - 2.10
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
3
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - -
3.1
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3.2
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3.3
- - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - -
3.4
„ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ - -
3.5
- - „ - - - - - - - - - „ - - „ -

„ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - 3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.2 / 2
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

„ = basic

Distance protection
1
– = not available

Line differential
1.1

protection
1.2
1.3
1.4

7SD82

7SD86

7SD87
7SA82

7SA86

7SA87
Type
1.5 ANSI Functions Abbr.
50EF End fault protection
1.6 - - - - - -
50L Load-jam protection I>L - - - - - -
1.7 51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „ „ „ „ „ „
1.8 59C Peak overvoltage protection, 3-phase, for capacitors V> cap. - - - - - -

1.9 59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ „ „ „

59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „ „ „ „ „ „
2 59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.1 59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „ „ „ „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.2 60C Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks Iunbal> - - - - - -
2.3 66 Restart inhibit for motors I²t - - - - - -

2.4 67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „ „ „ „

67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in IN>, ∠ (V,I)
grounded systems „ „ „ „ „ „
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) - - - - - -
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with
resonant or isolated neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, „ „ „ „ „ „
c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.5 Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> - - - - - -
68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „ „ - - -
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ „ „ „ „ „
78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „ „ „ - - -
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „ - „ „ -

2.6 79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR - - „ - - „

81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.7 81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „ „ „ „
2.8 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „ „ „ „ „ „
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ - - -
2.9 85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ - - -
2.10 85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „ - - -
86 Lockout „ „ „ „ „ „
3 87B Busbar differential protection ∆I - - - - - -
3.1 Bay - - - - - -
87T Transformer differential protection ∆I - - - - - -
3.2
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle ∆I
- - - - - -
3.3 regulating transformer (single core)
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle ∆I
- - - - - -
3.4 regulating transformer (two core)
87T Transformer differential protection for special ∆I
3.5 transformers
- - - - - -

87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for ∆I Node

3.6 Autotransformer)
- - - - - -

3.7 Further functions continued on the next pages

2.2 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

distance protection 1

Busbar protection
Motor protection
differential and

Circuit breaker
Combined line

Fault Recorder
1.1

Bay controller

management
Transformer
Overcurrent

differential
protection

protection
1.2
1.3
1.4

6MD85

6MD86

7VK87
7UT82

7UT85

7UT86

7UT87

7KE85
7SK82

7SK85

7SS85
7SL82

7SL86

7SL87

7SJ82

7SJ85

7SJ86
1.5
- - - - - - - - - - - - „ - - - - 1.6
- - - - - - „ „ - - - - - - - - -
1.7
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - „ „ - -
- - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.8
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
1.9
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -

„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - „ - 2
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ - - „ -
2.1
„ „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - - „ „ „ - -
2.2
- - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - 2.3
„ „ „ „ „ - „ „ - „ „ „ - - - „ -
2.4
„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - „ -

- - - „ „ - „ „ - „ „ „ - - - - -

„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - - - - -

- - - „ „ - „ „ - - - - - - - - - 2.5
„ „ „ - - - - - - „ „ „ - - - - -

„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -

„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

„ „ - „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - - „ - -
- - „ - - - - - - - - - - - - „ -
2.6
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -

„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.7
„ „ „ „ „ „ - - - „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
2.8
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2.9
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - - - 2.10
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
3
- - - - - - - - - - - - „ - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - „ - - - - 3.1
- - - - - - - - „ „ „ „ - - - - -
3.2
- - - - - - - - „ „ „ „ - - - - -
3.3
- - - - - - - - - - - „ - - - - -
3.4
- - - - - - - - „ „ „ „ - - - - - 3.5
- - - - - - - - „ „ „ „ - - - - - 3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.2 / 4
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

„ = basic

Distance protection
1 – = not available

Line differential
1.1

protection
1.2
1.3
1.4

7SD82

7SD86

7SD87
7SA82

7SA86

7SA87
Type
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.5
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „ „ „ „ „ „
1.6 87M Motor differential protection ∆I - - - - - -

1.7 87C Differential protection, capacitor bank ∆I - - - - - -

87V Voltage differential protection, capacitor bank ∆V - - - - - -
1.8 87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power ∆I
transformer
- - - „ „ „
1.9 Option for line differential protection:charging-current ∆I
compensation
- - - „ „ „
2 Broken-wire detection for differential protection - - - „ „ „
2.1 87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-
- „ „ - „ „
breaker applications)
2.2 90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „ „ „ „ „ „
2.3 90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „ „ „ „ „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „ „ „ „ „ „
2.4 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „ „ „
21FL Fault locator, two-ended measurement FL-two - - - - - -
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for PMU
max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) „ „ „ „ „ „
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „ „ „ „ „ „
2.5 Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ „ „ „ „ „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „ „ „ „ „ „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „ „ „ „ „ „
2.6 Switching sequences function „ „ „ „ „ „
Inrush current detection „ „ „ „ „ „
2.7 External trip initiation „ „ „ „ „ „
Control „ „ „ „ „ „
2.8 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „
2.9 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „ „
2.10
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „ „ „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ „ „ „
3 Disconnector „ „ „ „ „ „
Protection functions for 2-pole tripping 2-pole - - - - - -
3.1 SSR Slow-scan recorder SSR - - - - - -

3.2 CR Continuous recorder CR - - - - - -

FSR Fast-scan recorder FSR - - - - - -
3.3 ExTrFct Extended trigger functions ExTrFct - - - - - -

3.4 Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables

„ „ „ „ „ „
'PSL-PSC'
3.5 Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „ „ „ „ „ „
3.6
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „ „ „ „ „ „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „ „ „ „ „ „
3.7 Table 2.1/ 2 SIPROTEC 5 Function overview
2.2 / 5 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Relay Selection Guide
Function overview SIPROTEC 5

distance protection

Busbar protection
1

Motor protection
differential and

Circuit breaker
Combined line

Fault Recorder
Bay controller

management
1.1

Transformer
Overcurrent

differential
protection

protection
1.2
1.3

6MD85

6MD86
1.4

7VK87
7UT82

7UT85

7UT86

7UT87

7KE85
7SK82

7SK85

7SS85
7SL82

7SL86

7SL87

7SJ82

7SJ85

7SJ86
1.5
„ „ „ „ „ „ - - „ „ „ „ - - - „ -
- - - - - - - „ „ „ „ „ - - - - - 1.6
- - - „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.7
- - - - „ - - - - - - - - - - - -
1.8
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1.9
„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

„ „ „ - - - - - - - - - „ - - - -
2
- „ „ - - - - - - - - - „ - - - - 2.1
„ „ „ „ „ „ - - - „ „ „ - „ „ „ - 2.2
„ „ „ - „ „ - „ - „ „ „ - - - „ -
2.3
„ „ „ - „ „ - „ - „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
2.4
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - - - „ -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ - „ „ „ „
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.5
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ „
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.6
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 2.7
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
2.8
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.9
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
2.10
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ -
„ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ - 3
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - „ 3.1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - „ 3.2
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - „
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - „ 3.3
„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - „ - 3.4
„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - „ - 3.5
„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - „ -
3.6
„ „ „ - - „ - - - - - - - - - „ -
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.2 / 6
 Application Examples
Medium-voltage applications

Medium-voltage applications for all system grounding types Fast fault clearance in double-feed lines (closed) rings
1
1.1
1.2  

1.3
1.4 7SJ82/85 7SJ82/85
 )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW
1.5  11  1  11  1
7SJ82/85
1.6   )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
QA1 QA2  11   
1.7 Ctrl Ctrl
1 1V FL
1.8 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
3URWHFWLRQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ 3URWHFWLRQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ

PI PI
1.9  Ctrl

2
Fig. 2.3 / 1 Medium-voltage application for all system grounding types Fig. 2.3 / 3 Fast fault clearance in double-feed lines (closed) rings
2.1
2.2 Properties Properties
2.3 • Reliable detection of transients and static ground faults • Directional DMT/IDMTL protection without grading times

2.4 • Cost saving due to integrated transient function • Fast fault clearance
• Directional and non-directional protection and control • Low-cost due to integrated protection interface
functions • Monitored data exchange
• Acquisition and transmission of PMU variables possible. • Adaptable to different communication infrastructures.

2.5 Protection and control of multiple feeders Central control of multiple feeders and
with one device dedicated protection

QA1 QA2 QA3

  
  
2.6 QA1 QA2 QA3
7SJ85
)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
&WUO

 11  Ctrl )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

2.7 &WUO

)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

2.8  11  Ctrl

0
&WUO

2.9 )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW )* 0RWRU
 11  Ctrl
   
  
2.10 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
&WUO &WUO &WUO

3
3.1
Fig. 2.3 / 2 Protection and control of multiple feeders with one device Fig. 2.3 / 4 Central control of multiple feeders and dedicated protection
3.2
3.3 Properties Properties
3.4 • Reduced investment because 1 device for multiple feeders • Protection for each bay
• Simple parameterization • Central control for multiple feeders
3.5
• Shorter commissioning times • High availability because backup protection functions can be
3.6 • Cost savings because up to 7 feeders possible with 1 device. activated in the controllers.

3.7
2.3 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Application Examples
Motor protection applications

Induction motor: protection and control Motor protection and simplified differential protection
1
1.1

1.2

4$ )* 0RWRU
4$ )* 0RWRU
27 32 38 46 48 6 5
1.3
27 32 38 46 48 6 5
 59 1 66 1V
1.4
 59 1 1V 66
)* 0RWRU
1.5
)* $QDORJXQLWV 0 1.6
57'
)* $QDORJXQLWV 1.7
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ 57'
1.8
&WUO
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

&WUO
1.9
0 RTD 0 RTD

2
Fig. 2.3 / 9 Induction motor: protection and control Fig. 2.3 / 11 Protection and control of multiple feeders with one device
2.1

Properties Properties
2.2
• Reduced investment because protection and control in one • High sensitivity and short tripping times due to differential 2.3
device protection function
2.4
• Thermal motor protection functions for reliable motor • Cost saving due to integration of the differential protection
monitoring function in a separate function group.
• Thermal motor protection functions with direct connection of
temperature sensors.

Motor protection with differential protection Motor differential protection with Krondorfer starter 2.5


 4$
4$ )* 0RWRU
)* 0RWRUVWDWRU )* 0RWRUGLII
27 32 38 46 48 6 5
51 0
2.6
 59 1 66 1V )* 0RWRUVLGH


2.7
)* 0RWRU )* 0RWRUVLGH
4$
0 2.8
 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU

)* $QDORJXQLWV 4$ &WUO 2.9

0 57'
0
2.10
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

&WUO 
3
4$
3.1
Fig. 2.3 / 10 Motor protection with differential protection Fig. 2.3 / 12 Motor differential protection with Krondorfer starter
3.2
Properties Properties
3.3
• Autonomous differential protection functions • Acquisition, monitoring and control of all circuit breakers 3.4
• High sensitivity and short tripping times due to differential • Differential protection function also available during starting.
protection function
3.5
• Separate acquisition and monitoring of the current 3.6
transformers.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.3 / 2
 Application Examples
Transformer protection applications

Two-winding transformer Autotransformer bank

1
1.1
1.2

4$
1.3 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* $XWRWUDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

49 59 81 %) &WUO
49 + %) &WUO
1.4 )* $XWRWUDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
)* 7UDQVIRUPHU
)* 7UDQVIRUPHU
1.5 87

7 71RGH
%) &WUO

$XWRWUDQVIRUPHU

1.6 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

)* FRPSHQVDWLRQVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

 %) &WUO

 %) &WUO
1.7 $XWRWUDQVIRUPHUJURXQG
)* VLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

1.8 
%) &WUO

4$

1.9
2
Fig. 2.3 / 5 Two-winding transformer Fig. 2.3 / 7 Autotransformer bank
2.1
2.2 Properties Properties
2.3 • Clear assignment of the functions to the primary element • Reduced investment due to integration of the differential and
• Reduced investment node protection function in one unit (87 and 87 Node)
2.4
• Simple parameterization • High sensitivity with single line to ground faults.
• Reduced wiring and faster commissioning.

2.5 Two-winding transformer with 2 incoming feeders

(e.g. double circuit-breaker switchgear) protection

 
4$ 4$

)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

2.6 49 1 %) &WUO Properties

)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW • Separate acquisition, monitoring and control of all circuit

2.7 11
breakers
)* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
• High sensitivity with single line to ground-fault differential
2.8 87 %) &WUO protection
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH

2.9 
• Cost savings due to 87T and 87T N in one unit.

2.10  )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

4$
21 %) &WUO

3
3.1
Fig. 2.3 / 6 Two-winding transformer with 2 incoming feeders
3.2 (e.g. double circuit-breaker switchgear)

3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.3 / 3 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Application Examples

Protection and backup protection solution for 3-winding 3-winding transformer with differential protection 87T and
transformers distance protection 21 1
1.1


1.2
1.3
7SA86
87
1.4
 1 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH

4$  1 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ 1.5
&75/ %)

7UT86
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW
1.6
1 )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
<1\G
 7
7UT86 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH
  1  &75/ %) 1.7
 7
 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
1.8
7SJ85 &75/ %)
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH

 
1.9
 
4$ 4$
7SA86 )* /LQH
2
 1   1 


2.1
2.2

2.3
2.4
Fig. 2.3 / 8 Protection and backup protection solution for 3-winding Abb. 2.3 / 8 3-winding transformer with differential protection 87T and
transformers distance protection 21

Properties Properties

• Free design of the protection and backup protection concept • Backup protection function integrated for the grid
• Inclusion of line protection devices • Simple engineering 2.5
• Increased availability. • Increased flexibility for different plant configurations

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.3 / 4
 Application Examples
Line protection applications

Protection and control separate Distance protection of two parallel lines with one device
1
1.1
1.2
1.3   
4$ 4$ 4$
1.4 )* /LQH )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

 
1.5 /  %) Ctrl
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

1.6 %) Ctrl )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

  %) Ctrl
1.7
)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQW
1.8  11 /LQH /LQH

1.9 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
 %) Ctrl

2
Fig. 2.3 / 13 Protection and control separate Fig. 2.3 / 15 Distance protection of two parallel lines with one device
2.1
2.2 Properties Properties
• Clear assignment of protection and control in separate devices • Low-cost due to protection of both lines in one device
2.3
• Less external components by detection and selection of • Stable due to consideration of the influences of the parallel
2.4 busbar voltage in the device line for the distance protection function.
• High reliability due to backup protection functions in the
6MD8 bay controller
• High availability due to emergency control in the
7SL8 protection device.

2.5 Low-cost protection and device redundancy Self-restoring multi-leg configurations

7SD8 7SD8 7SD8

  / / /

4$ 4$
)* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ 3URWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH
 Ctrl  Ctrl  Ctrl
/  %) Ctrl 3,

2.6 )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

PI PI PI

  %) Ctrl
2.7
2.8 )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ 3URWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH

/  %) Ctrl 3,

2.9 7SD8 7SD8 7SD8

)* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$  Ctrl  Ctrl  Ctrl

2.10   %) Ctrl

/ / /

3 /LQH /LQH 3URWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH

PI PI PI

3.1
Fig. 2.3 / 14 Low-cost protection and device redundancy Fig. 2.3 / 16 Self-restoring multi-leg configurations
3.2
Properties Properties
3.3
• High availability due to protection and device redundancy • High availability because differential protection is also active
3.4 • Low-cost because only 2 devices required for 2 lines when a communication link fails
3.5 • Reliable because of parallel processing of the protection • Self-restoring due to automatic switchover from ring to chain
functions in the devices. topology
3.6 • High ease of maintenance because single line ends can be
taken out of the differential protection confi guration for
3.7 commissioning and servicing.

2.3 / 5 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Application Examples
Line protection applications

Impedance Protection on Transformer LV side Dual Breaker Applications

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
6$
6$  
1.4
)* /LQH
)* /LQH
   1.5
7 / 5,

1 6WXE 1.6
4$
N9 1.7
  
4$ 4$ 4$
1.8
1.9
2
Fig. 2.3 / 17 Impedance Protection on Transformer LV side Fig. 2.3 / 18 Dual Breaker Applications
2.1
Properties Properties 2.2
• With 21T, the impedance protection for transformers, an • With separate measurement of the CT current from both
effective back-up protection with zones reaching into the breakers a Stub protection is possible.
2.3
transformer is achieved • Separate measurement of CT currents improves stability 2.4
• A 2nd impedance protection, 21L, can be applied in the during heavy through fault current fl owing from one bus to
same FG to achieve proctection of the LV bus using reverse the other when both breakers are closed.
interlocking (85-21 RI)
• The 21L also provides the essential back-up protection for
the MV feeders with very sensitive fault detection and
stability during heavy load conditions.
2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.3 / 6
 Application Examples
Breaker-and-a-half application

Modular and distributed protection and control solution Low-cost device and protection redundancy in
1 breaker-and-a-half switchgear
1.1
%%
1.2
)* /LQH
1.3  /
)* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$  &WUO
1.4 %)  &WUO
 )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

1.5 QA1
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
 &WUO

%)  &WUO QA1  )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

1.6 /LQH
&WUO

1.7 /LQH
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
1.8 &WUO 

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ QA2 
1.9 QA2
&WUO 

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
2
&WUO  /LQH
/LQH
2.1 )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
 &WUO
2.2 )* /LQH  QA3
)* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
 /
  &WUO
2.3 QA3 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

2.4 %)  &WUO &WUO

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
%)  &WUO

%%

Fig. 2.3 / 19 Modular and distributed protection and control solution Fig. 2.3 / 20 Low-cost device and protection redundancy in
2.5 breaker-and-a-half switchgear

Properties Properties
• Clarity due to clear assignment of protection and control • Clear assignment of the primary protection function (line
• High availability due to protection redundancy differential protection 87) to a line in one device (Main 1)
(Main 1 and Main 2) • The distance protection function (21) is implemented in the
2.6 • Simple reliable central control of the entire diameter protection device of the other line by a 2nd “line” function
group
• Reliable due to emergency control in every line in the
2.7 protection device • High availability and reliability due to device and protection
redundancy
• Reduced wiring due to integrated voltage selection
2.8 • Low cost.
• System-wide diameter bus based on IEC 61850
2.9 – electrically isolated data exchange,
– reduced wiring
2.10 – easy expansion.

3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.3 / 7 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Application Examples
Applications for capacitor banks

Protection of a capacitor bank in an H-circuit Protection of a MSCDN-capacitor bank

(MSCDN=mechanically switched capacitor damping 1
networks)
1.1
%% 1.2
7SJ85
1.3
%% 
)*&DSDFLWRUEDQNVLGH
4$ 1.4
     1
4$ 7SJ85  & & 1.5
)* &DSDFLWRUEDQN
)*&DSDFLWRUEDQNVLGH 1.6

&DSDFLWRUEDQN
 1   & &
 & & 1.7
&DSDFLWRUEDQN

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

%) &WUO )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH 1.8

 1.9

)LOWHUVHFWLRQ
)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH
2
 
2.1
* * )* 6LGH
2.2
Fig. 2.3 / 21 Protection of a capacitor bank in an H-circuit
2.3
Properties
)* 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
• Precisely adapted due to dedicated function group and
2.4
application-specific protection function, such as peak 
overvoltage protection (ANSI 59C) and sensitive current-
unbalance protection (ANSI 60C) )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

• Low cost due to integration of all required functions into %) &WUO
one device.
2.5
Fig. 2.3 / 22 Protection of a capacitor bank in an H-circuit and
of an associated filter circuit

Properties
• Optimum protection of complex banks and filter circuits by
flexible hardware and flexible function design 2.6
• Low cost due to integration of all necessary functions into
one device with up to 7 3-phase measuring points 2.7
• Calculation of current sum and current differential at the 2.8
current interface of the protection function group “V/I
3-phase”. 2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.3 / 8
 Application Examples
Busbar protection

Double busbar with coupling

1
1.1 %XV
%D\ FRXSOHU  %D\
ED\ %%
1.2 %%

1.3 4% 4%

1.4 
4% 4% 4% 4%
4$
1.5
%,
1.6
7SS85
1.7
)* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4%
1.8  )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4%

4$ 4$
1.9
)* &XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU%( )* &XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU%( )* &XUUHQWWUDQVIRUPHU%(

2
%, %,
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$ )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
2.1 %) () &WUO %) () &WUO %) () &WUO

2.2
)* %XVEDU
2.3 % ,QKHUHQW&%)3

&KHFN]RQH
2.4
%XV]RQH

%XV]RQH

6XSHUYLVLRQ

Fig. 2.3 / 23 Double busbar with coupling

2.5

Properties
• Central busbar protection
• Grouping of all primary components of a bay in the
“bay image”
2.6 • Configurable busbar function group
• One device for up to 15 measuring points
2.7 • Flexible adaptation to the topology
(up to 4 busbar sections and 4 couplings can be configured)
2.8
• Integrated disconnector image
2.9 • Convenient graphical configuration with DIGSI 5.
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.3 / 9 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Application Examples
Grid monitoring and PMU

Grid monitoring and PMU

1
1.1

SIGUARD PDP
1.2
1.3
 1.4
1RGHGHYLFH$
SIPROTEC 5
1.5
1.6
308
1.7
1.8
 
1.9
1RGHGHYLFH% 1RGHGHYLFH&
SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5
2
2.1
308 308
2.2
2.3
2.4
Fig. 2.3 / 24 Principle of distributed phasor measurement

Properties
• Each SIPROTEC 5 device can be equipped or retrofitted with
the PMU function 2.5
• Online and offline evaluation of the PMU data in the
monitoring system, SIGUARD PDP.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.3 / 10
 Application Examples

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.3 / 11 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Overcurrent Protection
SIPROTEC 7SJ82, 7SJ85

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82, 7SJ85
Description

Overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82, 7SJ85 Features

1
Overcurrent protection devices are part of the
1.1 modular system of SIPROTEC 5. They support all SIPROTEC 5
system features and can be used individually as well as univer-
1.2 sally in the framework of system solutions. In the following,
the specific properties of the SIPROTEC 5 overcurrent protection
1.3 devices are described.
1.4 SIPROTEC 5 overcurrent protection devices are multifunctional
devices whose main protection functions are based on the
1.5 overcurrent protection principle. They protect primarily feeders
and lines in the distribution network but they are also suitable
1.6 for use in the high-voltage network. The flexible configurability
1.7 of the hardware quantity structure also allows protecting
several feeders with one device. The numerous functions and
1.8 high flexibility make the device suitable for a great number of
further protection and monitoring applications. We recommend
1.9 the SIPROTEC 7SJ86 specifically as a backup and emergency
protection for line protection. The great number of automatic
2 functions permits use in all fields of power supply.
The devices also contain all important additional functions
2.1 which are necessary for safe network operation today. This
2.2 includes functions for protection, control, measurement and
monitoring. The large number of communication interfaces
2.3 and communication protocols satisfies the requirements of the
communication-based selective protection, as well as automated
2.4 operation.
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed
safely, quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance
test functions. Because of a modular structure design, the
SIPROTEC 5 devices can always be flexibly adapted to specific
requirements.
2.5
The two device types 7SJ82 and 7SJ85 offer different hardware
configuration options.
Basic distinguishing features
7SJ82 Various hardware configurations are available for binary
inputs and outputs within the 1/3 base module
7SJ85 Hardware configuration can be flexibly expanded and
configured for analog inputs, binary inputs and outputs,
measuring transducers and communication using 1/6 expan-
sion modules
Table 2.4 / 1 Overview of the different distinguishing features
Function library and application templates
A common function library provides all protection, automation,
monitoring and additional functions for the SIPROTEC 5 devices.
These functions are truly the same for all devices. Once estab-
lished, configurations can be transferred from device to device.
This results in substantially reduced engineering effort.
The tables on the following pages list the available functions
from the library for every device type. Predefined templates are
available in DIGSI for the standard applications. These templates
already contain basic configurations, required functions and
default settings.

*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ

2.6 6- .(

0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
87 6$
2.7 6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
6. 6$
2.8 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6.
.( 6'
2.9
0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.
2.10
3 0

3.1 *
3.2
0
3.3
Applications.pdf

3.4 *

3.5
3.6 Fig. 2.4 / 1 Application of SIPROTEC 5 devices

3.7
2.4 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SJ82

1
Main function Feeder and overcurrent protection
for all voltage levels 1.1
Inputs and outputs 4 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers (optional),
1.2
11 or 23 binary inputs,
9 or 16 binary outputs 1.3
Hardware flexibility Various hardware quantity structures are availa- 1.4

7SJ82_Frontansicht_dt.tif
ble for binary inputs and outputs in the 1/3 base
module, it is not possible to add
1/6 expansion modules,
1.5
available with large and small display

7SJ82_Rueckansicht.tif
1.6
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch
1.7
The overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ82 is part of the 1.8
new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular field devices.
This device is especially designed for cost effective and compact 1.9
medium voltage and sub-transmission application areas.
With its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5 engineering 2
tool, the SIPROTEC 7SJ82 fits perfectly for protection, control,
monitoring, and measuring applications in electrical energy 2.1
systems.
2.2
Functions Fig. 2.4 / 2 Overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ82
2.3
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the • Serial protection data communication via fiber-optic cable,
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate two-wire connections and communication net-works (IEEE 2.4
number of free function points within the device. The function C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch between ring and
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in chain topology
determining the required number of function points for your
device. • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Directional and non-directional time overcurrent protection • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
with additional functions Whitepaper
• Optimization of the tripping times by direction comparison and • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured 2.5
protection data communication values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Recognition of static, intermitting and transient ground faults • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
(transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated • Powerful fault recording
networks • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commis-sioning.
• Arc protection
Table 2.4 / 2 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SJ82.
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection 2.6
• Frequency protection and frequency change protection for Applications
load shedding applications The overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ82 is a universal 2.7
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
protection SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
2.8
• Protection functions for capacitor banks, e.g. overcurrent, feeders and lines. 2.9
thermal overload, current unbalance, peak overvoltage or Typical feeder and overcurrent applications are:
differential protection 2.10
• Detection of short circuits in electric operational equipment
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection of radial networks, lines which are supplied from one or two
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking sides, parallel lines and open or closed looped networks of all
3
• Circuit-breaker failure protection voltage levels 3.1
• Circuit-breaker restrike protection • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology 3.2
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
Chart) • Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all
types of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and busbars
3.3
• Support of single line in small and large displays
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and complete IEC
• Protection and monitoring of capacitor banks 3.4
61850 functionality (reporting and GOOSE) • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
3.5
• Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for • Reverse power protection
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5- • Load shedding applications 3.6
103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Switchover automation.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard Directional overcurrent protection – resonant-grounded /
1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default isolated system
settings.
1.1 • Overcurrent protection (directional and non-directional) for
The following application templates are available: phases
1.2 • Sensitive directional ground fault detection for static ground
Non-directional overcurrent protection faults
1.3 • Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and • Sensitive directional ground fault detection for transient and
1.4 ground static ground faults („transient“ function)
• Transformer inrush current detection • Transformer inrush current detection
1.5 • Measuring voltage failure supervision.
Directional overcurrent protection – grounded system
1.6 • Overcurrent protection (directional and non-directional) for Capacitor bank: H-connection
phases and ground
1.7 • Overcurrent protection for phase and ground
• Transformer inrush current detection
• Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks
1.8 • Measuring voltage failure supervision
• Peak overvoltage protection
1.9 • Overload protection
• Undercurrent protection
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Application example SIPROTEC 7SJ82 – Direction comparison

protection via protection data interface for lines supplied
from two sides
2.5
Direction comparison protection can be realized with the help of
direction determination of the directional overcurrent protection
in the case of lines which are supplied from two sides. The
direction comparison protection is designed to selectively isolate
a faulty line section (e.g., sections of rings) in high speed, i.e. no
long graded times will slow down the tripping process.
2.6
2.7  
The precondition of this procedure is that direction information
can be exchanged between the individual protection relays.
This information exchange can be realized via an protection data
interface, for instance. Alternatives to the protection data inter-
face are IEC 61850 GOOSE or pilot wires for signal transmission
with an additional voltage loop.
 

2.8 6,3527(& 6,3527(& 6,3527(& 6,3527(&

VWVWDJH Ź Ż VWVWDJH VWVWDJH Ź Ż VWVWDJH
Visio-DwDOCP07-240611-enUS-01.pdf

2.9 7 V 7 V 7 V 7 V

%DFNZDUG )RUZDUG )RUZDUG %DFNZDUG %DFNZDUG )RUZDUG )RUZDUG %DFNZDUG
2.10 Ź Ź Ź Ź
Ź Ź Ź Ź
QGVWDJH Ź Ż QGVWDJH QGVWDJH Ź Ż QGVWDJH
3
7 V 7 V 7 V 7 V
3.1
7UDQVIHURIWKHIRUZDUG 7UDQVIHURIWKHIRUZDUG
3.2 LQIRUPDWLRQ LQIRUPDWLRQ

Fig. 2.4 / 3 Application example: Principle of the direction comparison protection of doubly fed line sections
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.4 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Applications

Fig. 2.4 / 4 shows the function scope and the basic configuration The information which has to be transmitted to the remote end
of a SIPROTEC 7SJ82 for this application. The template and which has to be received by the remote end is determined 1
“Directional overcurrent protection – grounded network” is used via the DIGSI editor “communication assignment”. The reception
as a basis. In addition, the device has to be equipped with a information can be linked directly with the binary input signals
1.1
communication module for the protection data communication of the directional overcurrent protection. An additional logic 1.2
of course. The protection data communication function group is with the help of a CFC chart is not required.
created automatically when the module is configured. 1.3
1.4
1.5
QA1 
7SJ82 1.6
1.7
)* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
MP
I-3ph   1 I-3ph 
1.8
I-3ph 1
627) Ctrl 1.9
MP
V-3ph  67N FL
V-3ph 1 2

2.4_4_7SJ82_mit WirkKom_enUS-01.pdf
BI
&%
BO 2.1


)* 3URWHFWLRQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ 2.2
CI PI
2.3
2.4
/LQH 7RWKHRSSRVLWH 
&RQILJXUDWLRQYLD&RPPXQLFDWLRQPDSSLQJLQ',*6,
HQGRIWKHOLQH

 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  'LUHFWLRQDOWLPHRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHV
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU 1 'LUHFWLRQDOWLPHRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG 2.5
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  $XWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 627) ,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULSSLQJDWVZLWFKRQWRIDXOW
3, 3URWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH )/ )DXOWORFDWRU
&, &RPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH &WUO &RQWURO

Fig. 2.4 / 4 Application example: Direction comparison protection of doubly fed line sections with protection data communication
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 5
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

resonant-grounded

Non-directional OC

Non-directional OC
Available in 7SJ82
1.1

grounded system
Directional OC -

Directional OC -

Capacitor bank:
/ isol. System
1.2

(4*I, 4*V)

H-bridge
1.3

(4*I)
1.4 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „ „
1.5 24 Overexcitation protection V/f „
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
1.6 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

1.8 27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „

32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
1.9 37 Undercurrent I< „ „
38 Temperature Supervision „

2 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „ „

46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) Ι2 2 t> „
2.1 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
2.2 49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „
49 Thermal overload protection for RLC filter elements of a capacitor bank θ, I²t „
2.3 „ „ „ „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I>
2.4 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated INs> „
neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
2.5 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection for RLC filter elements of a capacitor bank I> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59C Peak overvoltage protection, 3-phase, for capacitors V> cap. „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „

2.6 59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „

59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
2.7 „ „
60C Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks Iunbal>
2.8 67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
2.9 67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated „ „
neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.10 Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
3 79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „
3.1 81U Underfrequency protection f< „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
3.2 86 Lockout „ 4 4 4 4 „

3.3 87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „

87C Differential protection, capacitor bank ∆I „
3.4 90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
3.5 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents)
3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.4 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82

Application templates 1

resonant-grounded

Non-directional OC

Non-directional OC
Available in 7SJ82
1.1

grounded system
Directional OC -

Directional OC -

Capacitor bank:
/ isol. System
1.2

(4*I, 4*V)

H-bridge
1.3

(4*I)
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.4
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.5
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ 1.6
Circuit breaker wear monitoring Ix, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „ „
1.7
CFC arithmetic „
1.8
Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „ „ „ „ „ 1.9
External trip initiation „
Control „ 4 4 4 4 „ 2
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.1
Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ „ „ „
2.2
Disconnector „ 3 3 3 3
2.3
Function points 30 50 0 0 100
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in 2.4
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.4 / 2 SIPROTEC 7SJ82 – Functions and templates

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 7
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SJ85

1
Main function Feeder and overcurrent protection protection
1.1 for all voltage levels
Inputs and outputs 5 predefined standard variants with
1.2 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers,
11 to 59 binary inputs,
1.3 9 to 33 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexible, adaptable and expandable I/O quantity
1.4 structure within the scope of the modular
SIPROTEC 5 building blocks, 1/6 expansion
1.5 modules can be added
Available with large or small display or without
1.6 display
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch
1.7
1.8 The feeder and overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85 is part of
the new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent
1.9 digital field devices.
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
2 DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SJ85 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
2.1 electrical energy systems.

2.2 Functions
Fig. 2.4 / 5 Overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ85
2.3 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
2.4 number of free function points within the device. The function • Serial protection data communication via fiber-optic cable, two-
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94 et
determining the required number of function points for your al.) including automatic switch between ring and chain topology
device.
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Directional and non-directional time overcurrent protection
• Cyber Security in accordance withNERC CIP and BDEW Whitepa-
with additional functions
per
• Protection of several feeders with up to 24 analog inputs
2.5 • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• Optimization of the tripping times by direction comparison and values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
protection data communication
• Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Recognition of static, intermitting and transient ground faults
• Powerful fault recording
(transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated
networks • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
• Arc protection Table 2.5/4 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SJ85.
2.6 • Overvoltage and undervoltage protection
Applications
• Frequency protection and frequency change protection for
2.7 load shedding applications The overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ85 is a universal
protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
2.8 • Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
protection
feeders and lines.
2.9 • Protection functions for capacitor banks, e.g. overcurrent,
thermal overload, current unbalance, peak overvoltage or Typical feeder and overcurrent applications are:
2.10 differential protection • Detection of short circuits in electric operational equip-ment of
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection radial networks, lines which are supplied from one or two sides,
3 parallel lines and open or closed looped networks of all voltage
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
levels
3.1 • Circuit-breaker failure protection
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
• Circuit-breaker restrike protection systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
3.2
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function • Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all types
3.3 Chart) of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and bus-bars
• Support of single line in small and large displays • Protection and monitoring of capacitor banks
3.4
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850 • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
3.5 functionality (reporting)
• Reverse power protection
• Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
3.6 different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-
• Load shedding applications
103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Switchover automation.
3.7
2.4 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard • Sensitive directional ground fault detection for transient and
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default static ground faults („transient“ function) 1
settings. • Transformer inrush current detection 1.1
The following application templates are available: • Measuring voltage failure supervision
1.2
7SJ85 Non-directional overcurrent protection Capacitor bank: H-connection + 1 x RLC
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and • Time-overcurrent protection for phases and ground
1.3
ground • Capacitor bank unbalance protection 1.4
• Transformer inrush current detection • Peak overvoltage protection
1.5
7SJ85 Directional overcurrent protection – grounded system • Overload protection
• Overcurrent protection (directional and non-directional) for • Undercurrent protection. 1.6
phases and ground
Capacitor bank: MSCDN 1.7
• Transformer inrush current detection
• Overcurrent protection for phase and ground
• Measuring voltage failure supervision 1.8
• Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks
7SJ85- Directional overcurrent protection – resonant-grounded / • Differential protection for capacitor 1.9
isolated system • Peak overvoltage protection
• Overcurrent protection (directional and non-directional) for • Overload protection
2
phases
• Undercurrent protection. 2.1
• Sensitive directional ground fault detection for static ground
faults 2.2
2.3
2.4

Application example SIPROTEC 7SJ85 – Direction comparison

protection via protection data interface for lines supplied
from two sides 2.5
Direction comparison protection can be realized with the help of The precondition of this procedure is that direction information
direction determination of the directional overcurrent protection can be exchanged between the individual protective relays. This
in the case of lines which are supplied from two sides. The information exchange can be realized via an protection data
direction comparison protection is designed to selectively isolate interface, for instance. Alternatives to the protection data inter-
a faulty line section (e.g., sections of rings) in high speed, i.e. no face are IEC 61850 GOOSE or pilot wires for signal transmission
long graded times will slow down the tripping process. with an additional voltage loop. 2.6
2.7
    2.8
6,3527(& 6,3527(& 6,3527(& 6,3527(& 2.9
Visio-DwDOCP07-240611-enUS-01.pdf

VWVWDJH Ź Ż VWVWDJH VWVWDJH Ź Ż VWVWDJH

7 V 7 V 7 V 7 V 2.10
%DFNZDUG )RUZDUG )RUZDUG %DFNZDUG %DFNZDUG )RUZDUG )RUZDUG %DFNZDUG
Ź
Ź
Ź
Ź
Ź
Ź
Ź
Ź 3
QGVWDJH Ź Ż QGVWDJH QGVWDJH Ź Ż QGVWDJH
3.1
7 V 7 V 7 V 7 V
3.2
7UDQVIHURIWKHIRUZDUG 7UDQVIHURIWKHIRUZDUG
LQIRUPDWLRQ LQIRUPDWLRQ 3.3
Fig. 2.4 / 6 Application example: Principle of the direction comparison protection of doubly fed line sections
3.4
The SIPROTEC 7SJ82 application example (Fig. 2.4 / 4) on 3.5
page 2.4 / 5 shows the functions and the basic configuration for
this application. 3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 9
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Applications

Application examples of SIPROTEC 7SJ85 – Protection and function group. These functions are added from the DIGSI func-
1 control at a double busbar tion library simply via “Drag and Drop”.
1.1 The double busbar feeder in Fig. 2.4 / 7 is protected and also Operational measured values and metered energy values are
controlled by a SIPROTEC 7SJ85. The template “Directional over- calculated in the function group “Voltage – Current 3ph”.
1.2 current protection – grounded network” is used as a basis for They are available for output at the display, transmission to the
this example. In addition to the application template, the circuit- substation automation system and processing in the CFC.
1.3 breaker failure protection, auto-reclosing and synchrocheck A switching sequence in the CFC, which is triggered by a func-
functions are required and configured in the circuit-breaker tion key, causes an automatic busbar changeover.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7 QB1 QB2

1.8 7SJ85

1.9 )* 9ROWDJHFXUUHQWSKDVH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$

 QA1 MP
2 I-3ph   1 V-1ph 
V-1ph 1
627) V-3ph
QB9
2.1 I-3ph 50BF
V-3ph  67N FL
2.2 
2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV
MP Ctrl
2.3 I-3ph 1 (QHUJ\PHWHUHG
YDOXHV
BI
2.4 &%
MP BO
V-3ph 1

)* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4%

BI
Ctrl Dco
BO

)* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4%
2.5
6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFH
BI
Ctrl Dco
IRUEXVEDUFKDQJHV BO

)* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4%

/LQH Ctrl Dco BI

BO

2.6
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN
2.7 03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
2.8 4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  ,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULSSLQJDWVZLWFKRQWRIDXOW
2.9 %2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 1 &RQWURO
&)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW  $XWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJ
2.10 627) 'LUHFWLRQDOWLPHRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHV
&WUO 'LUHFWLRQDOWLPHRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
3 )/ )DXOWORFDWRU

3.1 Fig. 2.4 / 7 Application example: Overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85 at a double busbar feeder

3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.4 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Applications

Application example – protection of a capacitor bank • Overload protection (ANSI 49) for protection of the bank from
thermal overload 1
Fig. 2.4 / 8 shows protection of a capacitor bank in an H-circuit.
For this application, the device has special functions for the • Very sensitive current-unbalance protection (ANSI 60C) 1.1
protection of capacitor banks. Thanks to the modularity and for detecting the failure of a single capacitor element, as a
performance of SIPROTEC 5, the complete application can be monitoring and protection function; manual and automatic 1.2
protected by one device. comparison in the bay. The automatic comparison permits
consideration of dynamic unbalances, e.g. caused by 1.3
Properties: temperature influences
• Short-circuit protection (ANSI 50, 50N) for phase and ground • Undercurrent protection (ANSI 37) for tripping the local circuit
1.4
faults breaker when the incoming feeder is disconnected; and 1.5
• Peak voltage protection (ANSI 59C), for protection of the die- therefore protection from hazardous energization of the non-
lectric of the bank from harmful peak voltages, in particular, discharged bank, e.g. in phase opposition 1.6
caused by harmonics; consideration of harmonics up to the • Circuit-breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF).
50th order, the peak voltage being calculated from the current 1.7
by integration
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
%%
2.2
 7SJ85
4$ 03
2.3
)* &DSDFLWRUEDQN )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
9SK 2.4
9SK
03
,SK  1 & ,SK %)
,SK
 
&WUO
03
,DV\P &
,SK %,
&DSDFLWRUEDQN

CB
,5/&
%2 2.5

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  8QGHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHV
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ 2.6
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
&WUO &RQWURO & 3HDNRYHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
2.7
& 8QEDODQFHSURWHFWLRQIRUFDSDFLWRUEDQNV
2.8
Fig. 2.4 / 8 Protection of a capacitor bank in H-circuit 2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 11
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Applications

Application example – MSCDN capacitor bank consideration of dynamic unbalances, e.g. caused by
1 temperature influences
In Fig. 2.4 / 9, not only the capacitor bank in H-circuit but also the
1.1 associate attenuator circuit are protected by the 7SJ85. Thanks • Differential Protection (87C) across the complete capacitor
to the modularity and performance of SIPROTEC 5, the complete bank to prevent short-circuits within the entire installation
1.2 application can be protected by one device. • Overload and overcurrent protection across both resistors as
well as a simple differential protection device to detect the
1.3 Properties:
failure of one of the two resistors. To this end, the current
• Acquisition of up to 7 3-phase measuring points sum and current difference are calculated with the current
1.4 measured points in the R branches, at the inputs of the V/I
• Short-circuit protection (ANSI 50, 50N) for phase and ground
1.5 faults 3-phase function groups
• Peak voltage protection (ANSI 59C), for protection of the die- • Undercurrent protection (ANSI 37) for tripping the local circuit
1.6 lectric of the bank from hazardous peak voltages, in particular, breaker when the incoming feeder is disconnected; and
caused by harmonics; consideration of harmonics up to the therefore protection from hazardous energization of the non-
1.7 50th order, the peak voltage being calculated from the current discharged bank, e.g. in phase opposition
by integration
1.8 • Circuit-breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF).
• Overload protection (ANSI 49), for protection of the bank from
1.9 thermal overload
• Very sensitive current-unbalance protection (ANSI 60C),
2 for detecting the failure of a single capacitor element, as a
monitoring and protection function; manual and automatic
2.1 comparison in the bay. The automatic comparison permits
2.2
2.3 %%
7SJ85
FG Cap.bank 1
2.4  4$
MP V-3ph 1 9SK 

MP I-3ph 1 ,SK  1

 
& 

2.5 MP I-3ph 2 ,XQEDO & FG CB

06&'1

FG Cap.bank 2
,SK %)
9SK

MP I-3ph 3 ,SK &  &WUO &% %,

%2
MP I-3ph 4 ,XQEDO &
2.6 * *
FG V/I 3ph
2.7 1)
MP I-3ph 5 ,SK ™+- 
2.8 MP I-3ph 6 FG V/I 3ph
2.9 ,SK ™++   FG Diff.prot.
MP I-3ph 7 
2.10 FG Side
,SK
3
1) 50 as simple differential protection

3.1 )* )XQFWLRQJURXS  8QGHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ

03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  1HJDWLYHVHTXHQFHV\VWHP
3.2 %, %LQDU\LQSXW RYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  7KHUPDORYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
3.3 4$&% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO 1 'HILQLWHWLPHRYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
3.4  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
& 3HDNRYHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
3.5 & &XUUHQWXQEDODQFHSURWHFWLRQ
 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.4 / 9 MSCDN capacitor bank

2.4 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

resonant-grounded
Non-directional OC

Non-directional OC
1.1

Capacitor bank: H-
Available in 7SJ85

grounded system
Directional OC -

Directional OC -

Capacitor bank:
bridge + 1*RLC
1.2

/ isol. system
(4*I, 4*V)

(4*I, 4*V)
1.3

MSCDN
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.4
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.5
24 Overexcitation protection V/f „
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ 1.6
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
1.7
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.8
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „ 1.9
37 Undercurrent I< „ „ „
38 Temperature Supervision „
„ „ „
2
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2>
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) Ι22 t> „ 2.1
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ 2.2
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ 3
49 Thermal overload protection for RLC filter elements of a capacitor θ, I²t „ „ 2.3
bank
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „ „ „ 3 2.4
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or INs> „
isolated neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „ 2.5
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection for RLC filter elements of a capacitor bank I> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V)
59C Peak overvoltage protection, 3-phase, for capacitors V> cap. „ „ 2
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „ 2.6
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
2.7
60C Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks Iunbal> „ „ 2
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „ 2.8
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or iso- „ „ 2.9
lated neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I),
e) Admittanz 2.10
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
3
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ 3.1
81U Underfrequency protection f< „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „ 3.2
86 Lockout „ 4 4 4 4 „ „
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „ 3.3
87C Differential protection, capacitor bank ∆I „ „
87V Voltage differential protection, capacitor bank ∆V „ 3.4
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
3.5
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
3.6
Further functions see next page 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 13
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85

1 Application templates

resonant-grounded
Non-directional OC

Non-directional OC
1.1

Capacitor bank: H-
Available in 7SJ85

grounded system
Directional OC -

Directional OC -

Capacitor bank:
bridge + 1*RLC
1.2

/ isol. system
(4*I, 4*V)

(4*I, 4*V)
1.3

MSCDN
1.4 ANSI Functions Abbr.
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
1.5 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages PMU „
and 8 currents)
1.6 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „ „ 4
1.7 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Switching statistic counters „
1.8 Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „
1.9
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „ 4 4 4 4 „ „
2 Inrush current detection „ „ „ „ „ „ „
External trip initiation „ „ „ „ „ „ „
2.1
Control „

2.2 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „ „

Monitoring and supervision „ 3 3 3 3
2.3 Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „
2.4 Disconnector „
Function points 0 30 50 0 100 300
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.4 / 3 SIPROTEC 7SJ85 – Functions and templates

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.4 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SJ82

1
U1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I
Housing width 1/3 x 19"
Run Error
s

/LQH
SIPROTEC


1.1
11 binary inputs,
[[[ 

[[[ 

1.2
[[[ 

[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 8 standard),

4 current transformer inputs
1.3
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO101
1.4
U2 1/3, 23 BI, 16 BO, 4 I
Housing width 1/3 x 19"
Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

1.5
/LQH 

[[[ 

23 binary inputs,
1.6
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 15 standard),

4 current transformer inputs
1.7
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101, IO101 and IO110
1.8
U3 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
1.9
Housing width 1/3 x 19"
11 binary inputs,
/LQH 

[[[ 

2
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 8 standard),

4 current transformer inputs,
4 voltage transformer inputs 2.1
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO102 2.2
U4 1/3, 23 BI, 16 BO, 4 I, 4 V 2.3
s

Run Error SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19"

23 binary inputs,
/LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[



2.4
[[[ 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 15 standard),

4 current transformer inputs,
4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101, IO102 and IO110

U5 1/3, 7 BE, 7 BA, 8 I 2.5

s

Run Error SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19“ /LQH

[[[


7 binary inputs, [[[

[[[

[[[


7 binary outputs (1 life contact, 6 standard),

8 current transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO103

The technical data can be found in the manual. www.siemens.com/siprotec

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.4 / 15
 Overcurrent Protection SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Standard variants

Standard variants for 7SJ85

1
S1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
1.1 Housing width 1/3 x 19"
Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

11 binary inputs,
/LQH 

[[[ 

1.2
[[[ 

[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

4 current transformer inputs,

1.3 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202
1.4
1.5 S2 1/2, 17 BI, 16 BO, 4 I, 4 V
Housing width 1/2 x 19" s s

1.6
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

17 binary inputs, /LQH 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 9 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

1.7
[[[ 

4 current transformer inputs,

4 voltage transformer inputs
1.8 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module IO206
1.9
S3 1/2, 27 BI, 17 BO, 4 I, 4 V
2
Housing width 1/2 x 19" Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

2.1 27 binary inputs, /LQH 

17 binary outputs (1 life contact, 10 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

2.2 4 current transformer inputs,

4 voltage transformer inputs
2.3 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module IO207
2.4
S4 2/3, 43 BI, 25 BO, 4 I, 4 V
Housing width 2/3 x 19"
s s s

Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

43 binary inputs, /LQH

[[[


25 binary outputs (1 life contact, 18 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

4 current transformer inputs,

4 voltage transformer inputs
2.5
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module 2x IO207

S5 5/6, 59 BI, 33 BO, 4 I, 4 V

s s s s

Housing width 5/6 x 19"

Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

59 binary inputs, /LQH

[[[

[[[


33 binary outputs (1 life contact, 26 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

2.6 4 current transformer inputs,

4 voltage transformer inputs
2.7 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module 3x IO207
2.8
The technical data can be found in the manual. www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.4 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Line Protection
SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK87, 7SJ86

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Line Protection Devices

SIPROTEC 5 – Line protection devices Features

1
SIPROTEC 5 line protection devices are part of the modular
1.1 system of SIPROTEC 5. They support all SIPROTEC 5 system
features, and can be used individually as well as universally
1.2 in the framework of system solutions. In the following, the
specific properties of the SIPROTEC 5 line protection devices are
1.3 described. The description of the SIPROTEC 5 system features is
found in the system catalog.
1.4
SIPROTEC 5 line protection devices are based on the distance
1.5 protection and differential protection principles. They protect
overhead lines and cables of all voltage levels with the highest
1.6 possible degree of selectivity and security. A large number of
1.7 additional protection and automation functions makes use in all
areas of line protection possible.
1.8 The devices also contain important auxiliary functions that
are necessary for safe network operation today. This includes
1.9 functions for control, measurement and monitoring. The large
number of communication interfaces and communication
2 protocols satisfies the requirements of communication-based
selective protection, as well as automated operation.
2.1
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely,
2.2 quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
functions. Because of a modular structure design, SIPROTEC 5
2.3 line protection devices can always be flexibly adapted to specific
requirements.
2.4
Definition of device types based on designation
The device types are defined by their main protection functions
and by essential distinguishing features.
For devices with flexible configurability of the hardware quantity
structure, you can select various standard variants when
ordering. Expandability through supplemental modules allows
for individual adaptation to specific applications such as more
analog channels for breaker-and-a-half schemes, or more binary
contacts (see “Overview of the standard variants”).
Function library and application templates
A common function library makes all protection, automation,
monitoring and auxiliary functions for the SIPROTEC 5 line
protection devices available. Thus, the same functions are truly
the same for all devices. Once established, configurations can
be transferred from device to device. This results in substantially
reduced engineering effort.
On the following pages of this catalog, the selection of functions
available from the library is shown in table format. Pre-defined
templates are available in DIGSI for standard applications. These
templates contain basic configurations, required functions and
default settings for standard applications.

Main protection functions

Distinguishing features

2.5 7 XX YY

Fig. 2.5 / 1 Definition of device types

7 XX YY

Main protection:
2.6 7 SA Distance protection
7 SD Differential protection
2.7
7 SL Distance and differential protection
2.8 7 SJ Overcurrent protection

2.9 7 VK Circuit-breaker management

2.10 Essential distinguishing features:

7 82 – exclusively 3-pole tripping
– Two hardware variants available
3
7 86 – exclusively 3-pole tripping
3.1 – Hardware quantity structure flexibly configu-
rable
3.2 7 87 – 1- and 3-pole tripping
– Hardware quantity structure flexibly configu-
3.3 rable

3.4 Table 2.5 / 1 Distinguishing features

3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Line Protection Devices
Overview

Type designation 7SA82 7SA86 7SA87 7SD82 7SD86 7SD87 7SL82 7SL86 7SL87 7VK87 7SJ86 1
Distance protection „ „ „ „ „ „

Differential protection „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.1

Overcurrent protection for overhead line „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
1.2
Circuit-breaker management „
3-pole trip command „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.3
1-/3-pole trip command „ „ „ „
1.4
Flexibly configurable hardware „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „

Table 2.5 / 2 Overview of the various distinguishing features of the main protection types 1.5
1.6
1.7
*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ
1.8
6- .( 1.9
0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
87 6$
6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
2
6. 6$

.( 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6' 6. 2.1
0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6. 2.2
2.3
0
2.4
*

Visio-Anw_SIP5-LS-us.pdf
0

2.5
Fig. 2.5 / 2 Areas of application of the SIPROTEC 5 devices in the power transmission system

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SA82

1
Main function Distance Protection for medium voltage and
1.1 subtransmission
Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 19 ms
1.2 Inputs and outputs 4 current transformers,
1.3 4 voltage transformers,
11 or 23 binary inputs,
9 or 16 binary outputs
1.4
Hardware flexibility Two quantity structures are
1.5 available for binary inputs and outputs in the
1/3 base module, it is not possible to add
1.6 1/6 expansion modules,
available with large and small display
1.7 Housing width 1/3×19 inch

1.8 The distance protection relay SIPROTEC 7SA82 is part of the new
SIPROTEC 5 series of modular field devices.
1.9
This device is especially designed for cost effective and compact
medium voltage and subtransmission application areas.
2
With its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5 engineering
2.1 tool, the SIPROTEC 7SA82 fits perfectly for protection, control,
monitoring, and measuring applications in electrical energy
2.2 systems
Fig. 2.5 / 3 Distance protection device SIPROTEC 7SA82
2.3 Functions

2.4 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your
device.
• Minimal tripping time 19 ms
2.5 • 6 independent measuring circuits (6 system distance protec-
tion)
• Diverse distance protection methods available:Classic, reac-
tance method (RMD), impedance protection for transformers
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground
2.6 faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated
networks
2.7 • Adaptive power swing blocking
• Detection of CT saturation for fast tripping and high accuracy
2.8 at the same time
2.9 • Arc protection
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
2.10 protection
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
3 are supplied from one or two sides, parallel lines and open or
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
3.1 • Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
Chart)
3.2 • Support of single line in small and large displays
3.3 • Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and com-plete
IEC 61850 functionality (reporting and GOOSE)
3.4 • Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-
3.5 103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP))
3.6 • Serial protection data communication via fiber-optic cable,
two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE
3.7
2.5 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch between ring and
chain topology
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
Whitepaper
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Powerful fault recording
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commis-
Table 2.5/3 shows all availalbe functions for SIPROTEC 7SA82.
Applications
The distance protection relay SIPROTEC 7SA82 is a universal
protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
lines.
Typical applications are:
• Detection and selective 3-pole tripping of short circuits in
electric operational equipment of radial networks, lines which
closed looped networks of all voltage levels
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
• Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all
types of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and busbars.
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA82
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard The following application templates are available:
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default 1
• Basic distance protection
settings.
• Distance protections for compensated/isolated systems with AR 1.1
• Distance protection with reactance method for overhead line
for grounded systems, with AR.
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
Fig. 2.5 / 4 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 5
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA82
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

grounded neutral
1.1

DIS, comp./isol.

head line, solid

DIS RMD over-
neutral point,
Available in
1.2

DIS Basic

with AR
7SA82
1.3

point
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< /I>/ (V,I) „ „ „ „
1.5
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „

1.6 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „

27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „
1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.8
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „

1.9 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „

37 Undercurrent I< „

2 38 Temperature Supervision „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, (V2,I2) „
2.1 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „
2.2
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „

2.3 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „

50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „
2.4 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated INs> „
neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „ „

2.5 50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „

51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „

2.6 67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „

67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „

2.7 67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated „ „
neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.8 68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
2.9 78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „ „
2.10
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
3
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „

3.1 85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ „

85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ „
3.2 85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „ „
86 Lockout „
3.3
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „

3.4 90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „

90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
3.5 90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „

3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA82
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

grounded neutral
1.1

DIS, comp./isol.

head line, solid

DIS RMD over-
neutral point,
Available in
1.2

DIS Basic

with AR
7SA82
1.3

point
ANSI Functions Abbr.
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „
1.4
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents)
1.5
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
1.6
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ 1.7
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
1.8
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „
1.9
CFC arithmetic „
„
Switching sequences function 2
Inrush current detection „
External trip initiation „ „ „ „ 2.1
Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
2.2
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
2.3
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ „ 2.4
Disconnector „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 125 225 2.5
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 3 SIPROTEC 7SA82 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 7
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SA86

1
Main function Distance protection
1.1 Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms
1.2 Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with
4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers,
5 to 31 binary inputs,
1.3 8 to 46 binary outputs
1.4 Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular
system
1.5
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
The distance protection SIPROTEC 7SA86 is part of the new
1.7 SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent digital field
devices.
1.8 With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
1.9 DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SA86 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems.
2
Functions
2.1
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
2.2 application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function Fig. 2.5 / 5 Distance protection device SIPROTEC 7SA86
2.3 point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your
2.4 device. • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
Whitepaper
• 6 independent measuring circuits (6 system distance protec-
tion) • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Diverse distance protection methods available: Classic, reac-
tance method (RMD), impedance protection for transformers • Time synchronization IEEE 1588
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Powerful fault recording
2.5 • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated • Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
networks modular system.
• Adaptive power swing blocking, Out-of-Step protection Table 2.5/4 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SA86.
• Detection of CT saturation for fast tripping and high accuracy
at the same time Applications
2.6 • Arc protection The distance protection device SIPROTEC 7SA86 is a universal
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
2.7 protection SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection feeders and lines.
2.8
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking Typical applications are:
2.9 • Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function • Detection and selective 3-pole tripping of short circuits in
Chart) electric operational equipment of radial networks, lines which
2.10 are supplied from one or two sides, parallel lines and open or
• Support of single line in small and large displays
closed looped networks of all voltage levels
3 • Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and complete
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
IEC 61850 functionality (reporting)
3.1 systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870- • Serial protection data communication over different distances
3.2 5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
tions and communication networks
3.3 • Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable,
• Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all
two-wire connections and communication networks
3.4 (IEEE C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between types of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and bus-bars
ring and chain topology • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
3.5 • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA86
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard ap- • Distance protection with MHO distance zone characteristics for
plications. They comprise all basic configurations and default overhead line for grounded systems, with AR 1
settings. • Distance protection for overhead line for grounded systems, 1.1
The following application templates are available: with AR for applications with breaker-and-a-half scheme
• Basic distance protection • Distance protection with MHO distance zone characteristics for 1.2
overhead line for grounded systems, with AR for applications
• Distance protection for overhead line for grounded systems
with breaker-and-a-half schemes. 1.3
with AR.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
Busbar with line feeder 2.1
2.2
QA 52 2.3
6$
2.4
MP
V4
VT-1ph 1

I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker

I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
21 67N 50HS V-3ph
I4
85 68 FL 50/51 2.5
V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
V2 V-3ph
VT-3ph 1
V3
79

CI PI Ctrl

2.6
Fig_3_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf

BI
CB
BO
Teleprotection (85) can use 2.7
conventional signalling or serial
Com.
protection interface 2.8
Power line
FG Function group 21 Distance protection 2.9
MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
2.10
CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
BI Binary input 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection 3
BO Binary output 59 Overvoltage protection
67N
68
Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
Power-swing blocking
3.1
79 Automatic reclosing
81 Frequency protection
3.2
85 Teleprotection schemes
Ctrl Control 3.3
FL Fault locator
3.4
Fig. 2.5 / 6 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 9
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA86
Applications

1 Busbar 1
1.1
1.2
Power line 1 7SA86
1.3
V1
1.4 Com.
V2
MP
V3
1.5 VT-1ph 1

I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA

1.6
I2 MP
I-3ph Σ V-1ph 25
CT-3ph 1
1.7 I3
87 21 67N 50HS
V-3ph
I4 STUB
A-QA 52
1.8 85 68 FL 50/51 I-3ph 50BF
V1
27 59 81
1.9 V2 MP
V-3ph
79

V3 VT-3ph 1
Ctrl
2 V4
B-QA 52 BI
CB
2.1 CI PI BO

I1
2.2 I2 MP
CT-3ph 2
2.3 I3
FG Circuit breaker B-QA
I4
2.4 V4
MP
VT-1ph 2
V-1ph 25
V-3ph

C-QA 52 I-3ph 50BF

79
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial Ctrl
2.5 protection interface
BI
CB

SIP5 G-0034.EN.ai
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 21 Distance protection

MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
2.6 Busbar 2
PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
2.7 Σ Summation of currents 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
2.8 BO Binary output 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground
faults in grounded systems
2.9 68 Power-swing blocking
79 Automatic reclosing
2.10 81
85
Frequency protection
Teleprotection schemes
87STUB STUB Differential protection
3 Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
3.1
Fig. 2.5 / 7 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

neutral point, with

DIS RMD overhead

line, solid ground-
grounded neutral

grounded neutral

ed neutral point
1.1

DIS, comp./isol.

head line, solid

head line, solid

DIS RMD over-

DIS RMD over-

1.2

Available

DIS Basic
in 7SA86

point

point
1.3

AR
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.4
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ „ „
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< /I>/ (V,I) „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.5
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ 2 2
1.6
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „ „ „
1.7
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „ 1.8
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „ 1.9
37 Undercurrent I< „
38 Temperature Supervision „ 2
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, (V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ 2.1
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „ „ „
2.2
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.3
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „ 2.4
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant INs> „
or isolated neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „ „ 2 2

50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „

51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „ 2.5
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „

67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in groun- IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „ „
2.6
ded systems
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant „ „ 2.7
or isolated neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient
fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz 2.8
68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „ „ „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 2.9
78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „ „ 2 2
2.10
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „ „ „
3
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
3.1
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ „ „ „
85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ „ „ „ 3.2
85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „ „ „ „
86 Lockout „ 3.3
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker „ „ „
3.4
applications)
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
3.5
3.6
Further functions see next page
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 11
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

neutral point, with

DIS RMD overhead

line, solid ground-
grounded neutral

grounded neutral

ed neutral point
1.1

DIS, comp./isol.

head line, solid

head line, solid

DIS RMD over-

DIS RMD over-

1.2

Available

DIS Basic
in 7SA86

point

point
1.3

AR
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
1.5 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „ „ „
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 PMU „
1.6 voltages and 8 currents)
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
1.7 Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „ „

1.8 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „

Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „ „ „
1.9 Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „ „

2 CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
2.1 Inrush current detection „
External trip initiation „ „ „ „ „ „
2.2 Control „ „ „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „
2.3 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „ „

2.4 Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „ „ „

Circuit Breaker „ „ „ 2 2

Disconnector „ „ „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL- „
PSC'
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „

2.5 Region France: Overload protection for transformers „

Function points: 0 125 225 375 375
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 4 SIPROTEC 7SA86 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA87
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SA87

1
Main function Distance protection
Tripping 1- and 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms 1.1
Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variations with
4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers, 1.2
5 to 31 binary inputs,
8 to 46 binary outputs 1.3
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular 1.4
system
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.5
1.6
The distance protection SIPROTEC 7SA87 is part of the new
SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent digital field 1.7
devices.
1.8
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SA87 fits perfectly for 1.9
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems. 2
Functions 2.1
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the 2.2
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
Fig. 2.5 / 8 Distance protection device SIPROTEC 7SA87
number of free function points within the device. The function 2.3
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW 2.4
device. Whitepaper
• Minimal tripping time 9 ms • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• 6 independent measuring circuits (6 system distance protec- values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
tion) • Time synchronization IEEE 1588
• Classic, reactance method (RMD), impedance protection for • Powerful fault recording
transformers
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
2.5
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground modular system.
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated
networks Table 2.5/5 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SA87.
• Adaptive power swing blocking, Out-of-Step protection
• Detection of CT saturation for fast tripping and high accuracy Applications 2.6
at the same time
The distance protection device SIPROTEC 7SA87 is a universal
• Arc protection
protection, control and automation device on the basis of the 2.7
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
protection 2.8
feeders and lines.
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection 2.9
Typical applications are:
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
• Detection and selective 1- and 3-pole tripping of short circuits 2.10
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function in electric operational equipment of radial net-works, lines
Chart) which are supplied from one or two sides, parallel lines and
• Support of single line in small and large displays open or closed looped networks of all voltage levels
3
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and com-plete • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded 3.1
IEC 61850 functionality (reporting) systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable • Serial protection data communication over different distances 3.2
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870- and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) tions and communication networks
3.3
• Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable, • Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all 3.4
two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE types of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and bus-bars
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
3.5
and chain topology
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 13
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA87
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard The following application templates are available:
1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default • Basic distance protection
settings.
1.1 • Distance protection reactance method (RMD) for overhead line
for grounded systems, with AR
1.2 • Distance protection reactance method (RMD) for overhead line
1.3 in grounded systems, with AR for applications with breaker-
and-a-half schemes.
1.4
1.5
1.6 Busbar with line feeder

1.7
1.8 QA 52
7SA87
1.9
MP
V4
VT-1ph 1
2
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker
2.1 I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
2.2 I4
21 67N 50HS V-3ph

85 68 FL 50/51
2.3
V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
2.4 V2
VT-3ph 1
V-3ph
V3
79

CI PI Ctrl

Fig_8_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
BI
CB
BO
2.5 Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial
Com.
protection interface
Power line
FG Function group 21 Distance protection
MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
2.6 CB
BI
Circuit breaker
Binary input
50HS
50BF
High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
Circuit-breaker failure protection
BO Binary output 59 Overvoltage protection
2.7 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
68 Power-swing blocking
2.8 79 Automatic reclosing
81 Frequency protection
85 Teleprotection schemes
2.9 Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
2.10
3
3.1 Fig. 2.5 / 9 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA87
Applications

1
Busbar 1
1.1
1.2
7SA87
Power line 1
V1
1.3
V2
Com. 1.4
MP
V3
VT-1ph 1 1.5
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA
I2 MP
1.6
I-3ph Ȉ V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
A-QA I4
87
STUB
21 67N 50HS V-3ph 1.7
52
85 68 FL 50/51 I-3ph 50BF 1.8
V1
27 59 81 79
V2 MP 1.9
V-3ph
V3 VT-3ph 1
V4 Ctrl
B-QA 2
52 BI
CI PI CB
BO 2.1
I1
I2 MP 2.2
I3 CT-3ph 2
I4 FG Circuit breaker B-QA
2.3
MP
V4
VT-1ph 2
V-1ph 25 2.4
V-3ph
C-QA I-3ph 50BF
52
79
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial Ctrl

Fig_9_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
protection interface 2.5
BI
CB
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 21 Distance protection

MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
Busbar 2 PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
2.6
CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
Ȉ Summation of currents 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection 2.7
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
68 Power-swing blocking
2.8
79 Automatic reclosing
81 Frequency protection 2.9
85 Teleprotection schemes
87STUB STUB Differential protection 2.10
Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
3

Fig. 2.5 / 10 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 15
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA87
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

DIS RMD overhead line,

DIS RMD overhead line,

solid grounded neutral

solid grounded neutral

1.1

Available in 7SA87
1.2

point, 1.5 CB
1.3

DIS Basic

point
1.4
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.5 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole „ „ „ „
1.6 Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „ „ „
1.7 I>/ (V,I)
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „
1.8
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ 2

1.9 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „

27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „

2 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
2.1 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
37 Undercurrent I< „
2.2 38 Temperature Supervision „
„
2.3 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2)
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „

2.4 49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „

50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „
2.5 „
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie>
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP „ „ 2

51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „

59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
„
2.6 59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0>
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
2.7 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „

2.8 67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral „
incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.9 68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „ „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
2.10 78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „
79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR „ „ 2
3 81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
3.1 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ „
3.2
85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ „

3.3 85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „ „

86 Lockout „
3.4 87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „ „
3.5
3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SA87
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

DIS RMD overhead line,

DIS RMD overhead line,

solid grounded neutral

solid grounded neutral

1.1

Available in 7SA87
1.2

point, 1.5 CB
1.3

DIS Basic

point
1.4
ANSI Functions Abbr.
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „ 1.5
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „ 1.6
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „
„
1.7
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) PMU
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „ 1.8
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ 1.9
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring Ix, I²t, 2P „ 2
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „
„
2.1
CFC arithmetic
Switching sequences function „ 2.2
Inrush current detection „

External trip initiation „ „ „ „ 2.3

Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
2.4
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ 2

Disconnector „ „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „

Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „ 2.5

Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „

Region France: Overload protection for transformers „

Function points: 0 225 400

The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 5 SIPROTEC 7SA87 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 17
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SD82

1
Main function Line differential protection for medium volta-
1.1 ge and subtransmission
Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 19 ms
1.2
Inputs and outputs 4 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers (optional),
1.3 11 or 23 binary inputs,
9 or 16 binary outputs
1.4
Hardware flexibility Two quantity structures are
available for binary inputs and outputs in the
1.5 1/3 base module, it is not possible to add
1/6 expansion modules,
1.6 available with large and small display
Housing width 1/3 × 19"
1.7
1.8
The line differential protection relay SIPROTEC 7SD82 is part of
1.9 the new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular field devices.
This device is especially designed for cost effective and compact
medium voltage and subtransmission application areas.
2
With its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5
2.1 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SD82 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
2.2 electrical energy systems.
Fig. 2.5 / 11 Differential protection device SIPROTEC 7SD82
2.3 Functions

2.4 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your
device.
• Minimal tripping time 19 ms
2.5 • Main protection function is differential protection with
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging
currents
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated
2.6 networks
• Detection of CT saturation
2.7
• Arc protection
2.8 • Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection
2.9
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
2.10 • Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
3 chart)
• Support of single line in small and large displays
3.1
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and complete
3.2 IEC 61850 functionality (reporting and GOOSE)
• Two optional pluggable communication modules usable for
3.3 different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-
103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP))
3.4
• Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable,
3.5 two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring
3.6 and chain topology
3.7
2.5 / 18 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
Whitepaper
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Time synchronization IEEE 1588
• Powerful fault recording
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
Table 2.5/6 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SD82.
Applications
The line differential protection relay SIPROTEC 7SD82 is a univer-
sal protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
feeders and lines.
Typical applications are:
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths with up to 6 line
ends
• Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
• Serial protection data communication over different distances
and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
tions and communication networks
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD82
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard The following application templates are available:
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default 1
• Basic differential protection
settings.
• Differential protection for overhead line. 1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Busbar with line feeder
1.5
1.6
QA 52
1.7
6' 1.8
MP
V4
VT-1ph 1 1.9
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker
I2 MP
2
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
I4
50/51 50HS V-3ph 2.1
87L FL 2.2
V1 27 59 81
V2
MP
V-3ph
I-3ph 50BF 2.3
VT-3ph 1
V3
79 2.4
Ctrl

BI
CI PI CB
BO

Com. 2.5
Power line
FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
MP Measuring point 27 Undervoltage protection
PI Protection interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
CI Communication interface 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
CB Circuit breaker 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection

Fig_11_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 79 Automatic reclosing 2.6
81 Frequency protection
87L Differential protection, line
Ctrl Control 2.7
FL Fault locator
2.8
Fig. 2.5 / 12 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line 2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 19
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD82
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF overhead line

Available in 7SD82
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „
87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I „ „ „
1.5
87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant properties) ∆I „ „ „
1.6 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „
1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „

27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

1.8
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „

1.9 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „

37 Undercurrent I< „

2 38 Temperature Supervision „

46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „

2.1 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ „

49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „

2.2
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „

2.3 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „

50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
2.4 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „

50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „

Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „ „

50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „

50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „

2.5 51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „ „

59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „

59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „

59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „

59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „

59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „

67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „

2.6 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „

67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral incl. a) „
2.7 V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ „
2.8 79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „
„
2.9 81O Overfrequency protection f> „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „
2.10 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „

86 Lockout „
3 87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „

87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „
3.1 Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „

3.2 Broken-wire detection for differential protection „

87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „

3.3 90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „

90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „ „ „

3.4 90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „

3.5 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „

Further functions see next page

3.6
3.7
2.5 / 20 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD82
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF overhead line

Available in 7SD82
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) PMU „ „ „ 1.4
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
1.5
Measured values, standard „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ 1.6
Switching statistic counters „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „ 1.7
CFC (Standard, Control) „
„
1.8
CFC arithmetic
Switching sequences function „ „ „ 1.9
Inrush current detection „ „ „
External trip initiation „ „ „ 2
Control „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ 2.1
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „
„
2.2
Protection interface, serial
Circuit Breaker „ 2.3
Disconnector „

Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „ 2.4
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 150
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.5
Table 2.5 / 6 SIPROTEC 7SD82 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 21
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SD86

1
Main function Differential protection
1.1 Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms
Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with
1.2 4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers,
5 to 31 binary inputs,
1.3 8 to 46 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
1.4 within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular
system
1.5 Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
The line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD86 is part of the
1.7 new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent digital
field devices.
1.8
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
1.9 DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SD86 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
2 electrical energy systems.

2.1 Functions

2.2 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate Fig. 2.5 / 13 Differential protection device SIPROTEC 7SD86
2.3 number of free function points within the device. The function
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
2.4 determining the required number of function points for your • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
device.
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
• Minimal tripping time 9 ms Whitepaper
• Main protection function is differential protection with • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging
• Time synchronization IEEE 1588
2.5 currents
• Powerful fault recording
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated • Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
networks modular system.
• Detection of CT saturation Table 2.5/7 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SD86.
• Arc protection
2.6
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection Applications
2.7
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection The combined line differential protection device SIPROTEC
2.8 • 3-pole automatic reclosing function 7SD86 is a universal protection, control and automation device
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking on the basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed
2.9 for the protection of feeders and lines.
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
2.10 Chart) Typical applications are:
• Support of single line in small and large displays • Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
3 • Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850 • Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
functionality (reporting) single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths with up to 6 line
3.1 ends
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable
3.2 for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870- • Switchgears with breaker-and-a-half schemes
5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
3.3 • Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable, • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
3.4 two-wire connections and communication networks systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
(IEEE C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between
• Serial protection data communication over different distances
3.5 ring and chain topology
and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
tions and communication networks
3.6
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
3.7
2.5 / 22 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD86
Applications

Application templates
1
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default settings. 1.1
The following application templates are available: 1.2
• Basic differential protection
• Differential protection for overhead line
1.3
• Differential protection for overhead line with transformer in the 1.4
protection range
• Differential protection for overhead line, for applications with 1.5
breaker-and-a-half schemes.
1.6
1.7
1.8
Busbar with line feeder
1.9

QA 52
2
7SD86 2.1
MP
V4
VT-1ph 1 2.2
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker 2.3
I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
50/51 50HS V-3ph
2.4
I4
87L FL
V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
V2 V-3ph
VT-3ph 1
V3

Fig_13_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
79
2.5
Ctrl

BI
CI PI CB
BO

Com.

Power line 2.6

FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
MP Measuring point 27 Undervoltage protection
PI Protection interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground 2.7
CI Communication interface 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
CB Circuit breaker 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection 2.8
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 79 Automatic reclosing 2.9
81 Frequency protection
87L Differential protection, line
Ctrl Control
2.10
FL Fault locator
3
Fig. 2.5 / 14 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line 3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 23
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD86
Applications

1
Busbar 1
1.1
1.2
7SD86
1.3 Power line 1
V1
V2
1.4 Com.
MP
V3
1.5 VT-1ph 1

I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA

1.6 I2 MP
I-3ph Ȉ V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
1.7 A-QA I4 87
STUB
50/51 50HS V-3ph
52
87L I-3ph 50BF
1.8 V1
FL
27 59 81 79
V2 MP
1.9 V3 VT-3ph 1
V-3ph

V4 Ctrl
2 B-QA
52 BI
CB
CI PI BO
2.1
I1
2.2 I2 MP
I3 CT-3ph 2
2.3 I4 FG Circuit breaker B-QA
MP
V4 V-1ph 25
2.4 VT-1ph 2
V-3ph
C-QA I-3ph 50BF
52
79

Ctrl

Fig_14_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
2.5 BI
CB
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function

MP Measuring point 27 Undervoltage protection
Busbar 2 PI Protection interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
2.6 CI Communication interface 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
CB Circuit breaker 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
Ȉ Summation of currents 59 Overvoltage protection
2.7 BI Binary input 79 Automatic reclosing
BO Binary output 81 Frequency protection
2.8 87L Differential protection, line
87STUB STUB Differential protection
2.9 Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
2.10
3 Fig. 2.5 / 15 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 24 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF Overhead line,

DIFF Overhead line

DIFF Overhead line

breaker-and-a-half
with transformer
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
Available
in 7SD86
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „ 1.4
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ „
„ „ „ „ „
1.5
87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I
87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant ∆I „ „ „ „ „ 1.6
properties)
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ „ 2 1.7
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „ 1.8
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
1.9
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
37 Undercurrent I< „
2
38 Temperature Supervision „
„
2.1
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, (V2,I2)
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ 2.2
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „ „ 2.3
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „ „
2.4
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated INs> „
neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „ „ 2
2.5
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
2.6
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „
„
2.7
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated
neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.8
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „ „ 2 2.9
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „ „ 2.10
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
86 Lockout „ 3
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „ „
3.1
Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „
„
3.2
Broken-wire detection for differential protection
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „ „ 3.3
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „ 3.4
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „ „
3.5
3.6
Further functions see next page
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 25
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF Overhead line,

DIFF Overhead line

DIFF Overhead line

breaker-and-a-half
with transformer
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
Available
in 7SD86
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents)
1.5 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „
1.6
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „

1.7 Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „ „

Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
1.8 CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „
1.9 Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „
2 External trip initiation „ „ „ „ „
Control „ „ „ „ „
2.1 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „

2.2 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „

Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „ „
2.3 Circuit Breaker „ „ „ „ 2
Disconnector „ „
2.4 Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 150 250 325
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.5
Table 2.5 / 7 SIPROTEC 7SD86 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 26 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD87
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SD87

1
Main function Differential protection
Tripping 1- and 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms
1.1
Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with 1.2
4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers,
5 to 31 binary inputs,
8 to 46 binary outputs
1.3
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure 1.4
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular
system
1.5
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
The line differential protection SIPROTEC 7SD87 is part of the 1.7
new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent digital
field devices. 1.8
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance 1.9
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SD87 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems.
2

Functions
2.1
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the 2.2
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate Fig. 2.5 / 16 Differential protection device SIPROTEC 7SD87
number of free function points within the device. The function
2.3
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR 2.4
determining the required number of function points for your
device. • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
• Minimal tripping time 9 ms Whitepaper
• Main protection function is differential protection with • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging • Time synchronization IEEE 1588
currents • Powerful fault recording
2.5
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commis-sioning
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground • Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated modular system
networks
Table 2.5/8 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SD87.
• Detection of CT saturation
• Arc protection 2.6
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power Applications
protection 2.7
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection The combined line differential protection device
SIPROTEC 7SD87 is a universal protection, control and 2.8
• 1-/3-pole Automatic reclosing function automation device on the basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking especially designed for the protection of feeders and lines. 2.9
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function Typical applications are: 2.10
Chart)
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 1- and 3-pole tripping
• Support of single line in small and large displays 3
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850 single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths with up to 6 line
functionality (reporting) ends
3.1
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-
• Switchgears with breaker-and-a-half schemes 3.2
5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
3.3
• Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable, • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology 3.4
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring • Serial protection data communication over different distances
and chain topology and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec- 3.5
tions and communication networks
3.6
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 27
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD87
Applications

1
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard The following application templates are available:
1.1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default • Basic differential protection
settings.
1.2 • Differential protection for overhead line
• Differential protection for overhead line, for applications with
1.3 breaker-and-a-half schemes.

1.4
1.5
1.6
Busbar with line feeder
1.7
1.8
QA 52
1.9
7SD87
2 V4
MP
VT-1ph 1
2.1 I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker
I2 MP
2.2 CT-3ph 1
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3
50/51 50HS V-3ph
2.3 I4
87L FL
2.4 V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
V2 V-3ph
VT-3ph 1
V3
79

Ctrl

Fig_16_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
BI
2.5 CI PI CB
BO

Com.

Power line
FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
MP Measuring point 27 Undervoltage protection
2.6 PI Protection interface 50/51
50HS
Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
CI Communication interface
CB Circuit breaker 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
2.7 BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 79 Automatic reclosing
2.8 81
87L
Frequency protection
Differential protection, line
Ctrl Control
2.9 FL Fault locator

2.10
Fig. 2.5 / 17 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 28 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD87
Applications

Busbar 1
1
1.1
7SD87
1.2
Power line 1
V1 1.3
V2
Com.
MP
1.4
V3
VT-1ph 1
1.5
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA
I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph
1.6
Ȉ 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
A-QA 87 50/51 50HS V-3ph 1.7
I4 STUB
52
87L FL I-3ph 50BF
V1 1.8
27 59 81 79
V2 MP
V3 VT-3ph 1
V-3ph 1.9
V4 Ctrl
B-QA
52 BI 2
CB
CI PI BO
2.1
I1
I2 MP 2.2
I3 CT-3ph 2
I4 FG Circuit breaker B-QA 2.3
MP
V4 V-1ph 25
VT-1ph 2
V-3ph
2.4
C-QA I-3ph 50BF
52
79

Ctrl

Fig_17_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
CB
BI 2.5
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function

MP Measuring point 27 Undervoltage protection
Busbar 2 PI Protection interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
CI Communication interface 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection 2.6
CB Circuit breaker 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
Ȉ Summation of currents 59 Overvoltage protection
BI Binary input 79 Automatic reclosing 2.7
BO Binary output 81 Frequency protection
87L Differential protection, line 2.8
87STUB STUB Differential protection
Ctrl Control 2.9
FL Fault locator
2.10
Fig. 2.5 / 18 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 29
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF overhead line,

DIFF overhead line
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
Available
in 7SD87

1.5 CB
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole „ „ „ „
1.5
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „

1.6 87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I „ „ „ „

87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant properties) ∆I „ „ „ „
1.7 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ 2
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „
1.8 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „

1.9 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „

2 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „

37 Undercurrent I< „
2.1 38 Temperature Supervision „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
2.2 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „

2.3 49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „

50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „
2.4 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „

Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „

2.5 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP „ „ 2
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
2.6
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „
2.7 67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral incl. „
a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.8 „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS
2.9 79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR „ „ 2
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „
2.10 81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
3 86 Lockout „ „ „
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
3.1 87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „
Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „
3.2
Broken-wire detection for differential protection „

3.3 87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „ „

90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
3.4 90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
3.5 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „

3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 30 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7SD87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF overhead line,

DIFF overhead line
1.1
1.2

DIFF Basic
Available
in 7SD87

1.5 CB
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) PMU „ 1.4
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
1.5
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ 1.6
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „ 1.7
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „
1.8
Switching sequences function „ 1.9
Inrush current detection „ „ „ „
External trip initiation „ „ „ „ 2
Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ 2.1
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „
2.2
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ 2
2.3
Disconnector „ „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „ 2.4
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 175 350
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.5
Table 2.5 / 8 SIPROTEC 7SD87 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 31
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SL82

1
Main function Differential and Distance Protection for
1.1 medium voltage and subtransmission
Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 19 ms
1.2 Inputs and outputs 4 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers (optional),
1.3 11 or 23 binary inputs,
9 or 16 binary outputs
1.4 Hardware flexibility Various hardware quantity structures are
available for binary inputs and outputs in the
1.5 1/3 base module, it is not possible to add
1/6 expansion modules,
1.6 available with large and small display
Housing width 1/3 × 19"
1.7
1.8 The combined line differential and distance protection relay
SIPROTEC 7SL82 is part of the new SIPROTEC 5 series modular
1.9 field devices.
This device is especially designed for cost effective and compact
2 medium voltage and subtransmission application areas.
With its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5 engineering
2.1 tool, the SIPROTEC 7SL82 fits perfectly for protection, control,
monitoring, and measuring applica-tions in electrical energy
2.2 systems.
Fig. 2.5 / 19 Differential and distance protection SIPROTEC 7SL82
2.3 Functions
2.4 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the • Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable,
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE
number of free function points within the device. The function C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in and chain topology
determining the required number of function points for your
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
device.
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
• Minimal tripping time 19 ms
2.5 Whitepaper
• Main protection function is differential protection with
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging
currents • Time synchronization IEEE 1588
• Diverse distance protection methods as backup or main 2 pro- • Powerful fault recording
tection available: Classic, reactance method (RMD), impedance • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
2.6 protection for transformers
Table 2.5/9 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SL82.
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
2.7 • Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground Applications
faults (transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated • Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
2.8 networks
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
• Adaptive power swing blocking single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths up to 6 line ends
2.9
• Arc protection • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
2.10 • Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
3 • Serial protection data communication over different distances
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
3.1 Chart) and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
• Support of single line in small and large displays tions and communication networks
3.2 • Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and complete IEC • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).

3.3 61850 functionality (reporting and GOOSE)

• Two optional pluggable communication modules usable for
3.4 different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-
103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP))
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 32 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL82
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard

applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default 1
settings.
1.1
The following application templates are available:
• Basic differential and distance protection
1.2
• Differential and distance protection for overhead line in 1.3
grounded systems.
1.4
1.5
%XVEDUZLWKOLQHIHHGHU 1.6
1.7
4$  1.8
7SL82
03 1.9
9
9SK

, )* /LQH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
2
, 03
, ,SK
,SK 9SK 25 2.1
21 67N 50HS 9SK
, 2.2
87L 85 68 FL 50/51 ,SK 50BF

9 27 59 81 79
2.3
03
9 9SK
9SK 2.4
9 Ctrl

%,
CI PI CB
%2

7HOHSURWHFWLRQFDQXVH
FRQYHQWLRQDOVLJQDOOLQJRUVHULDO
SURWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH
2.5
/LQH &RPPXQLFDWLRQ

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  'LVWDQFHSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  6\QFKURFKHFNV\QFKURQL]DWLRQIXQFWLRQ
3, 3URWHFWLRQLQWHUIDFH  8QGHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
&, &RPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHVJURXQG
7SL82_Visio-Appl-Bsp.pdf

&% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU +6 ,QVWDQWDQHRXVKLJKFXUUHQWWULSSLQJ

%, %LQDU\LQSXW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ 2.6
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
1 'LUHFWLRQDORYHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQIRUJURXQGIDXOWV
2.7
 3RZHUVZLQJEORFNLQJ
 $XWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJ 2.8
 )UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ
 7HOHSURWHFWLRQVFKHPHVIRUDQGRU1 2.9
/ 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQSRZHUOLQH
&WUO &RQWURO 2.10
)/ )DXOWORFDWRU

Fig. 2.5 / 20 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 33
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL82
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

overhead line, solid

grounded neutral
1.1

DIFF/DIS Basic

DIFF/DIS RMD

point point
Available
1.2

in 7SL82
1.3 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „
1.4 21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „ „
I>/ (V,I)
1.5 21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „

1.6 87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I „ „ „

87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant properties) ∆I „ „ „
1.7 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „
1.8 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.9
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
2 37 Undercurrent I< „

2.1 38 Temperature Supervision „

46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „
2.2 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
2.3 49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „
2.4 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
2.5 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
2.6 59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „

2.7 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral „
2.8 incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „
2.9 74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „
2.10 79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „
3 81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
3.1 85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „
85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „
3.2 85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „

3.3 86 Lockout „
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „

3.4 87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „
Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „
3.5 Broken-wire detection for differential protection „

Further functions see next page

3.6
3.7
2.5 / 34 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL82
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

overhead line, solid

grounded neutral
1.1

DIFF/DIS Basic

DIFF/DIS RMD

point point
Available
1.2

in 7SL82
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.3
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
1.4
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
1.5
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ 1.6
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 cur- PMU „
rents) 1.7
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ 1.8
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ 1.9
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ 2
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „ 2.1
Inrush current detection „
External trip initiation „ „ „ 2.2
Control „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ 2.3
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ „
2.4
Circuit Breaker „ „ „
Disconnector „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „

Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „

Region France: Overload protection for transformers „

2.5
Function points: 0 225
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 9 SIPROTEC 7SL82 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 35
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SL86

1
Main function Differential protection and distance
1.1 protection
Tripping 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms
1.2 Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with 4/4 or
8/8 current/voltage transformers,
1.3 5 to 31 binary inputs,
8 to 46 binary outputs
1.4 Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular
1.5 system
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
1.7 The combined line differential and distance protection SIPROTEC
7SL86 is part of the new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible
1.8 and intelligent digital field devices.
1.9 With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SL86 fits perfectly for
2 protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems.
2.1
Functions
2.2 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the Fig. 2.5 / 19 Differential and distance protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
2.3 application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function
2.4 point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
determining the required number of function points for your
Whitepaper
device.
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• Minimal tripping time 9 ms
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Main protection function is differential protection with
• Time synchronization IEEE 1588
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging • Powerful fault recording
2.5 currents • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
• Diverse distance protection methods as backup or main 2 pro- • Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
tection available: Classic, reactance method (RMD), impedance modular system
protection for transformers
Table 2.5 / 10 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SL86.
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Adaptive power swing blocking, Out-of-Step protection Applications
2.6 • Recognition of static and transient ground faults (transi-ent The combined line differential and distance protection device
function) in resonant-grounded and isolated networks SIPROTEC 7SL86 is a universal protection, control and automa-
2.7 • Arc protection tion device on the basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially
designed for the protection of feeders and lines.
2.8 • Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
• 3-pole automatic reclosing function Typical applications are:
2.9 • Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking • Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
2.10 • Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function • Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
Chart) single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths with up to 6 line
ends
3 • Support of single line in small and large displays
• Switchgears with breaker-and-a-half schemes
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850
3.1 functionality (reporting) • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
3.2 • Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870- systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
3.3 5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Serial protection data communication over different distances
• Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable, and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
3.4 two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE tions and communication networks
3.5 C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
and chain topology
3.6 • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR

3.7
2.5 / 36 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard The following application templates are available:
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default 1
• Basic differential and distance protection
settings.
• Differential and distance protection with RMD for overhead 1.1
line in grounded systems
• Differential and distance protection with RMD for overhead
1.2
line in grounded systems, with AR for applications with 1.3
breaker-and-a-half schemes.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
Busbar with line feeder 2.2
2.3
QA 52 2.4
7SL86
MP
V4
VT-1ph 1

I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker

I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
21 67N 50HS V-3ph 2.5
I4
87L 85 68 FL 50/51

V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
V2 V-3ph
VT-3ph 1
V3
Fig_19_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf

79

CI PI Ctrl 2.6
BI
CB
BO 2.7
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial 2.8
Com. protection interface
2.9
Power line
FG Function group 21 Distance protection
MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
2.10
PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI
CB
Communication interface
Circuit breaker
50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground 3
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
BI Binary input 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
BO Binary output 59 Overvoltage protection
3.1
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
68 Power-swing blocking 3.2
79 Automatic reclosing
81 Frequency protection 3.3
85 Teleprotection schemes for 21 and/or 67 N
Ctrl Control 3.4
FL Fault locator
3.5
3.6
Fig. 2.5 / 20 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 37
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
Applications

1
Busbar 1
1.1
1.2
7SL86
1.3 Power line 1
V1
V2
1.4 Com.
MP
V3
1.5 VT-1ph 1

I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA

1.6 I2 MP
I-3ph Ȉ V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
1.7 A-QA I4
87
STUB
21 67N 50HS V-3ph
52
85 68 FL 50/51 I-3ph 50BF
1.8 V1
87L
27 59 81 79
V2 MP
1.9 V-3ph
V3 VT-3ph 1
V4 Ctrl
2 B-QA
52 BI
CB
CI PI BO
2.1
I1
2.2 I2 MP
I3 CT-3ph 2
2.3 I4 FG Circuit breaker B-QA
MP
2.4 V4 V-1ph 25
VT-1ph 2
V-3ph
C-QA I-3ph 50BF
52
79
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial Ctrl

Fig_20_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
2.5 protection interface
BI
CB
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 21 Distance protection

MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
Busbar 2 PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
2.6 CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
2.7 Ȉ Summation of currents 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
2.8 68 Power-swing blocking
79 Automatic reclosing
2.9 81 Frequency protection
85 Teleprotection schemes for 21 and/or 67N
2.10 87L Differential protection, line
87STUB STUB Differential protection
Ctrl Control
3 FL Fault locator

3.1
Fig. 2.5 / 21 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
3.2 with breaker-and-a-half scheme

3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 38 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

overhead line, solid

DIFF/DIS RMD over-

grounded neutral

head line, 1.5 CB

1.1

DIFF/DIS Basic

DIFF/DIS RMD

point point
Available
1.2

in 7SL86
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.3
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „
1.4
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „ „ „
I>/ (V,I)
1.5
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „
1.6
87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I „ „ „ „
87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant properties) ∆I „ „ „ „ 1.7
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ 2
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „ 1.8
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.9
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
2
37 Undercurrent I< „
2.1
38 Temperature Supervision „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „ 2.2
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ 2.3
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „
2.4
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „ 2.5
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „ 2
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „ 2.6
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „ 2.7
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral „ 2.8
incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „ „ 2.9
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „ 2.10
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „ 2
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ 3
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
3.1
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ „
85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ „
3.2
„ „ „
85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „
3.3
86 Lockout „
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „ 3.4
87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „
Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „ 3.5
3.6
Further functions see next page 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 39
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

overhead line, solid

DIFF/DIS RMD over-

grounded neutral

head line, 1.5 CB

1.1

DIFF/DIS Basic

DIFF/DIS RMD

point point
Available
1.2

in 7SL86
1.3 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Broken-wire detection for differential protection „
1.4 87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
1.5
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „

1.6 90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „

FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „
1.7 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 cur- PMU „
rents)
1.8 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
1.9 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „

2 Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „

CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „
2.1 CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
2.2 Inrush current detection „
External trip initiation „ „ „ „
2.3 Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
2.4 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ 2
Disconnector „ „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „

Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „

2.5
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 225 0
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 10 SIPROTEC 7SL86 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 40 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SL87

1
Main function Differential and Distance Protection
Tripping 1- and 3-pole, min. tripping time 9 ms 1.1
Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with
4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers, 1.2
5 to 31 binary inputs,
8 to 46 binary outputs 1.3
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular 1.4
system
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.5
1.6
The combined line differential and distance protection SIPROTEC
7SL87 is part of the new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible 1.7
and intelligent digital field devices.
1.8
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SL87 fits perfectly for 1.9
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems. 2
Function 2.1
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the 2.2
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate Fig. 2.5 / 22 Differential and distance protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
number of free function points within the device. The function 2.3
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured 2.4
device. values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Minimal tripping time 9 ms • Time synchronization IEEE 1588
• Main protection function is differential protection with • Powerful fault recording
adaptive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
at different CT errors, CT saturation and capacitive charging
currents • Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
modular system.
2.5
• Diverse distance protection methods as backup or main 2 pro-
tection available: Classic, reactance method (RMD), impedance Table 2.5 / 11 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SL87.
protection for transformers
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions Applications

• Adaptive power swing blocking, Out-of-Step protection
• Recognition of static and transient ground faults (transi-ent
function) in resonant-grounded and isolated networks
• Arc protection
• Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection
• 1-/3-pole Automatic reclosing function
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
Chart)
• Support of single line in small and large displays
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850
functionality (reporting)
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-
5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP))
The combined line differential and distance protection device
SIPROTEC 7SL87 is a universal protection, control and automa-
tion device on the basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially 2.6
designed for the protection of feeders and lines.
Typical applications are: 2.7
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 1- and 3-pole tripping 2.8
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
single- and multi-ended infeeds of all lengths with up to 6 line 2.9
ends
2.10
• Switchgears with breaker-and-a-half schemes
• Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone 3
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology 3.1
• Serial protection data communication over different distances 3.2
and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-

• Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable,

tions and communication networks 3.3
two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU).
3.4
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring
and chain topology 3.5
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security in accordance withNERC CIP and BDEW White-
3.6
paper 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 41
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
Application examples

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard

1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default
settings.
1.1
The following application templates are available:
1.2 • Basic differential and distance protection
1.3 • Differential and distance protection with RMD for overhead
line in grounded systems
1.4 • Differential and distance protection with RMD for overhead
line in grounded systems for applications with breaker-and-a-
1.5 half schemes.
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
Busbar with line feeder
2
2.1 QA 52
2.2 7SL87
MP
2.3 V4
VT-1ph 1

2.4 I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker

I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
21 67N 50HS V-3ph
I4
87L 85 68 FL 50/51

Fig_22_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
V1 27 59 81
MP I-3ph 50BF
V2 V-3ph
2.5 V3
VT-3ph 1
79

CI PI Ctrl

BI
CB
BO
Teleprotection (85) can use
2.6 conventional signalling or serial
protection interface
Com.
Power line
2.7 FG Function group 21 Distance protection
MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
2.8 PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
2.9 CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
BI Binary input 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection
2.10 BO Binary output 59
67N
Overvoltage protection
Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
68 Power-swing blocking
3 79 Automatic reclosing
81 Frequency protection
3.1 85 Teleprotection schemes
Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5 Fig. 2.5 / 23 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line

3.6
3.7
2.5 / 42 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
Application examples

1
Busbar 1
1.1
1.2
7SL87
Power line 1
V1
1.3
V2
Com. 1.4
MP
V3
VT-1ph 1 1.5
I1 FG Line FG Circuit breaker A-QA
I2 MP
1.6
I-3ph Ȉ V-1ph 25
I3 CT-3ph 1
A-QA I4
87
STUB
21 67N 50HS V-3ph 1.7
52
I-3ph 50BF
87L 85 68 FL 50/51 1.8
V1
27 59 81 79
V2 MP 1.9
V-3ph
V3 VT-3ph 1
V4 Ctrl
B-QA 2
52 BI
CB
CI PI BO 2.1
I1
I2 MP 2.2
I3 CT-3ph 2
I4 FG Circuit breaker B-QA 2.3
MP
V4
VT-1ph 2
V-1ph 25 2.4
V-3ph
C-QA I-3ph 50BF
52
79
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial Ctrl

Fig_23_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
protection interface 2.5
BI
CB
Power line 2 BO

FG Function group 21 Distance protection

MP Measuring point 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
Busbar 2 PI Protection interface 27 Undervoltage protection 2.6
CI Communication interface 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground
CB Circuit breaker 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
Ȉ Summation of currents 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection 2.7
BI Binary input 59 Overvoltage protection
BO Binary output 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults 2.8
68 Power-swing blocking
79 Automatic reclosing 2.9
81 Frequency protection
85 Teleprotection schemes for 21 and/or 67N
87L Differential protection, line 2.10
87STUB STUB Differential protection
Ctrl Control 3
FL Fault locator
3.1
Fig. 2.5 / 24 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
with breaker-and-a-half scheme 3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 43
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF / DIS Basic

solid grounded
1.1

overhead line,

overhead line,
DIFF/DIS RMD

DIFF/DIS RMD
neutral point
Available
in 7SL87
1.2

1.5 CB
1.3 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
1.4 Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole „ „ „ „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „
1.5 21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „ „ „
I>/ (V,I)
1.6
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< „

1.7 87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ∆I „ „ „ „

87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent on Significant ∆I „ „ „ „
1.8 properties)
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „ 2
1.9 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „ „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
2 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „
2.1 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
37 Undercurrent I< „
2.2
38 Temperature Supervision „

2.3 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, „

∠(V2,I2)
2.4 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „ „ „ „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
2.5 50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated INs> „
neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP „ „ 2
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
2.6 59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
2.7 59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
2.8 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „ „

2.9 67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neu-
tral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
„

2.10 68 Power-swing blocking ∆Z/∆t „ „ „

74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „

3 78 Out-of-step protection ∆Z/∆t „

79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR „ „ 2
3.1 81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
3.2 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection „ „ „ „
3.3 85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI „ „ „ „

3.4 85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „ „ „ „

86 Lockout „
3.5 87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power transformer ∆I „
3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 44 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Differential and Distance Protection SIPROTEC 7SL87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

DIFF / DIS Basic

solid grounded
1.1

overhead line,

overhead line,
DIFF/DIS RMD

DIFF/DIS RMD
neutral point
Available
in 7SL87
1.2

1.5 CB
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.3
Option for line differential protection:charging-current compensation ∆I „
Broken-wire detection for differential protection „ 1.4
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
1.5
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „ 1.6
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ „ „ „ 1.7
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents) 1.8
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
1.9
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „ 2
Circuit breaker wear monitoring Ix, I²t, 2P „
„ „ „
2.1
CFC (Standard, Control) „
CFC arithmetic „ 2.2
Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „ 2.3
External trip initiation „ „ „ „
Control „ „ „ „ 2.4
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ „ „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „ 2
Disconnector „ „
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „ 2.5
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 225 400
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

Table 2.5 / 11 SIPROTEC 7SL87 – Functions and application templates

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 45
 Circuit-Breaker Management SIPROTEC 7VK87
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7VK87

1
Main function Automatic reclosing, synchrocheck, circuit-
1.1 breaker failure protection
Tripping 1- and 3-pole or 3-pole
1.2 Inputs and outputs 12 predefined standard variants with
4/4 or 8/8 current/voltage transformers,
1.3 5 to 31 binary inputs,
8 to 46 binary outputs
1.4 Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure
within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 modular
1.5 system
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
1.7 The breaker management device SIPROTEC 7VK87 is part of the
new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent digital
1.8 field devices.
1.9 With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7VK87 fits perfectly for
2 protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
electrical energy systems.
2.1
Functions
2.2 Alll functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate Fig. 2.5 / 25 Circuit-breaker management SIPROTEC 7VK87
2.3 number of free function points within the device. The function
2.4 point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your Table 2.5 / 12 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7VK87.
device.
Applications
• Automatic reclosing function and synchrocheck for line protec-
tion applications with 1- and 3-pole tripping The breaker management device SIPROTEC 7VK87 is a universal
protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
• Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole
SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the management
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking
2.5 of breakers after tripping.
• Voltage controller for transformers
Typical applications are:
• Arc protection
• Automatic reclosing after 1- or 3-pole tripping
• Voltage protection
• Synchronization check before closing
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
• Circuit breaker protection
Chart)
• Switchgears with breaker-and-a-half schemes
2.6 • Support of single line in small and large displays
• Backup overcurrent and voltage protection
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850
functionality (reporting) • Serial protection data communication over different distances
2.7 and physical media such as fiber-optic cable, 2-wire connec-
• Up to four optional pluggable communication modules usable
tions and communication networks
2.8 for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-
5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)Application templates.
2.9 • Serial protection data communication over fiber-optic cable, The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It
2.10 two-wire connections and communication net-works (IEEE enables future-oriented system solutions with high investment
C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch over between ring security and low operating costs.
and chain topology
3
• High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
3.1 • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
Whitepaper
3.2
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
3.3 values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Time synchronization IEEE 1588
3.4 • Powerful fault recording
3.5 • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning
• Adjustable I/O quantity within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
3.6 modular system.
3.7
2.5 / 46 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Circuit-Breaker Management SIPROTEC 7VK87
Application examples

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard

applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default 1
settings.
1.1
The following application template is available:
• Basic circuit-breaker management device
1.2
1.3
1.4
Busbar with line feeder
1.5
1.6
QA 52 1.7
7VK87
1.8
MP FG Circuit breaker
V4
VT-1ph 1
V-1ph 25
1.9
I1 V-3ph
I2 MP 2
CT-3ph 1 I-3ph 50BF
I3
I4 79
2.1

Ctrl
Protection device 2.2
V1
MP
V2 VT-3ph 1 BI 2.3
V3 CB
BO
2.4
CI CI

Optionally the information between protection

device and breaker management device can be
exchanged via binary inputs/outputs or via serial
communication according to IEC61850/GOOSE
2.5
Power line

Fig_25_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
FG Function group 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function
MP Measuring point 50BF Breaker failure protection
CI Communication interface 79 Automatic reclosing
CB Circuit breaker Ctrl Control
BI Binary input
BO Binary output
2.6
Fig. 2.5 / 26 Application example: Circuit-breaker management device
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 47
 Circuit-Breaker Management SIPROTEC 7VK87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Available in 7SVK87

Sync., 50BF Breaker

1.1

Basic (79 AR, 25

1.2

fail. prot.)
1.3
1.4 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „
1.5 Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole „ „

Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „

1.6 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ „

1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „

27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
1.8 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
1.9 37 Undercurrent I< „
38 Temperature Supervision „
2 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
2.1 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „

2.2 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „

50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
2.3 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
2.4 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „

2.5 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR „ „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
86 Lockout „
2.6 87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ∆IN „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „

2.7 90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „

90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
2.8 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
2.9 currents)
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
2.10
Measured values, standard „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
3 „ „
Switching statistic counters
3.1 Circuit breaker wear monitoring Ix, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „
3.2 CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
3.3 Inrush current detection „
External trip initiation „ „
3.4
Control „ „

3.5 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „

3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 48 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Circuit-Breaker Management SIPROTEC 7VK87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Available in 7SVK87

Sync., 50BF Breaker

1.1

Basic (79 AR, 25

1.2

fail. prot.)
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.4
Monitoring and supervision „ „
Protection interface, serial „ 1.5
Circuit Breaker „ „
Disconnector „ „
1.6
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
1.7
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „ 1.8
Region France: Overload protection for transformers „
Function points: 0 1.9
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec 2
Table 2.5 / 12 SIPROTEC 7VK87 – Functions and application templates 2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 49
 Overcurrent Protection for Line SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SJ86

1
Main protection function Overcurrent protection (U/AMZ)
1.1 Tripping 3-pole
Inputs and outputs 3 predefined standard variants with
1.2 4/4 current/voltage transformers,
11 to 23 binary inputs,
1.3 9 to 25 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O
1.4 quantity structure within the scope of the
SIPROTEC 5 modular system
1.5 Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"
1.6
The feeder and overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ86 is part of
1.7 the new SIPROTEC 5 series of modular, flexible and intelligent
digital field devices.
1.8
With its modularity and flexibility and its high-performance
1.9 DIGSI 5 engineering tool, the SIPROTEC 7SJ86 fits perfectly for
protection, control, monitoring, and measuring applications in
2 electrical energy systems and for reserve or emergency protec-
tion for the line protection devices.
2.1
Functions
2.2
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the Fig. 2.5 / 27 Overcurrent protection SIPROTEC 7SJ86
2.3 application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function
2.4 point calculator in the online configurator provides support in • Serial protection data communication via fiber-optic cable,
determining the required number of function points for your two-wire connections and communication networks (IEEE
device. C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch between ring and
• Overcurrent protection with 3-pole tripping chain topology
• Optimization of the tripping times by direction comparison and • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
protection data communication • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
2.5 • Recognition of static, intermitting and transient ground faults Whitepaper
(transient function) in resonant-grounded and iso-lated • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
networks values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Arc protection • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection • Powerful fault recording
• Frequency protection and frequency change protection for • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
load shedding applications
2.6 Table 2.5 / 13 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SJ86.
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection Application
2.7
• Protection functions for capacitor banks, e.g. overcurrent, The overcurrent protection device SIPROTEC 7SJ86 is a universal
2.8 thermal overload, current unbalance, peak overvoltage or protection, control and automation device on the basis of the
differential protection SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of
2.9 • Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection feeders and lines.
2.10 • Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking Typical applications are:
• Circuit-breaker failure protection • Reserve or emergency protection for the line protection
3 • Circuit-breaker restrike protection • Detection of short circuits in electric operational equipment
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function of radial networks, lines which are supplied from one or two
3.1
Chart) sides, parallel lines and open or closed looped networks of all
3.2 • Support of single line in small and large displays voltage levels
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and IEC 61850 • Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded
3.3 functionality (reporting) systems with radial, ring-shaped or meshed topology
3.4 • 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable for dif- • Backup protection of differential protective schemes of all
ferent and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, types of lines, transformers, generators, motors, and bus-bars
3.5 IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP)) • Protection and monitoring of capacitor banks

3.6 • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)

• Reverse power protection.
3.7
2.5 / 50 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Overcurrent Protection for Line SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Application examples

Application templates Fig. 2.5 / 28 shows an application example for directional

protection for overhead line. The functional scope is based on 1
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard
the application template directional overcurrent protection. In
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default
addition the functions fault locator and automatic reclosing
1.1
settings.
were loaded from the DIGSI 5 library. 1.2
The following application templates are available:
• 7SJ86 non-directional overcurrent protection
1.3
• 7SJ86 directional overcurrent protection. 1.4
1.5
1.6
Busbar with line feeder 1.7
1.8
QA 52 1.9
7SJ86
2
V4
2.1
I1 FG line FG Circuit breaker
I2 MP
I-3ph V-1ph
2.2
I3 I-3ph 1
50HS V-3ph
I4
67N
2.3
85 FL 50/51 I-3ph
67 2.4
V1 79
MP
V2 U-3ph
V-3ph 1
V3 Ctrl

BI
CB
CI PI BO

2.5
Teleprotection (85) can use
conventional signalling or serial
Com. protection interface
Power line
FG Function group 50/51 Overcurrent protection, phases, ground

Fig_27_7SJ86_Visio-Appl-Bsp_.pdf
MP Measuring point 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection
PI Protection interface
CI Communication interface
67
67N
Directional overcurrent protection, Phase
Directional overcurrent protection for ground-faults
2.6
CB Circuit breaker 79 Automatic reclosing
BI Binary input 85 Teleprotection schemes 2.7
BO Binary output Ctrl Control
FL Fault locator
2.8

Fig. 2.5 / 28 Application example: directional overcurrent protection for overhead line
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 51
 Overcurrent Protection for Line SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Non-directional OC
1.1

Available in 7SJ86

grounded system
Directional OC -
1.2

(4*I, 4*V)
1.3
1.4 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „
1.5 Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „
„
1.6 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „

27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

1.8 27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „

32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „

1.9
37 Undercurrent I< „

38 Temperature Supervision „
2
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, (V2,I2) „

2.1 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „

49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „

2.2 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „
2.3
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
2.4 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „

50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated INs> „
neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „

50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „

50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „

2.5
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „

59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „

59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „

59 Overvoltage protection, Compounding V1comp> „

59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „

59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „

2.6 67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in grounded systems IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neut- „
ral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.7
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „

2.8 79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „

81O Overfrequency protection f> „

2.9 81U Underfrequency protection f< „

81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „

2.10
85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection „

86 Lockout „ 4
3 Restricted ground-fault protection „
87N T ∆IN
3.1 90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
3.2 90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „

FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „

3.3 „
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU
currents)
3.4
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „

3.5 Measured values, standard „ „ „

3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.5 / 52 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Overcurrent Protection for Line SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Non-directional OC
1.1

Available in 7SJ86

grounded system
Directional OC -
1.2

(4*I, 4*V)
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.4
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „

Switching statistic counters „ „

1.5
„
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P 1.6
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „ 1.7
Switching sequences function „

Inrush current detection „ „ „

1.8
External trip initiation „
1.9
Control „ „ 4
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „
2
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „ „ 2.1
Circuit Breaker „ „ „
Disconnector „ 3 2.2
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables 'PSL-PSC' „
2.3
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' „

Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' „ 2.4

Region France: Overload protection for transformers „

Function points: 0 35
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
Table 2.5 / 13 SIPROTEC 7SJ86 – Functions and application templates
2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 53
 Line Protection
Standard variants

Standard variant for SIPROTEC 7SA82, 7SD82, 7SL82

1
1.1 U1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I. 4V
Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19"

1.2 11 binary inputs,
/LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[

[[[


9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 8 standard),

1.3 4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO101
1.4
1.5 U2 1/3, 23 BI, 16 BO, 4 I, 4V
s

Run Error SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19"

1.6 23 binary inputs,
/LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[

[[[


16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 15 standard),

1.7 4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformers

1.8 Contains the modules: Base module with PS101, IO101 and IO110

1.9
2 Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SA86, 7SD86, 7SL86, 7SA87, 7SD87, 7SL87, 7VK87

2.1 Type 1 1/3, 7BI, 14BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error

s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[


2.2
[[[ 

[[[ 

7 binary inputs, 14 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 5 standard, 8 fast),

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

2.3 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208.
2.4
Type 2 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[

[[[


11 binary inputs, 9 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 2 standard, 6 fast),

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202.

2.5 Type 3 1/2, 13 BI, 21 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error

s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


13 binary inputs, 21 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 12 standard, 8 fast),

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208,
expansion module IO206.

Type 4 1/2, 19 BI, 30 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V s s

2.6
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[

[[[


19 binary inputs, 30 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 21 standard, 8 fast),

2.7 16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208,
2.8 expansion module IO205.

2.9 Type 5 1/2, 21 BI, 17 BO (4P), 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error

s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH 

2.10
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

21 binary inputs, 17 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 6 standard, 6 fast,

4 power), 16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers
3 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module IO204.
3.1
Type 6 1/2, 15 BI, 18 BO (4HS), 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V s s

3.2
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


15 binary inputs, 18 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 5 standard, 8 fast,

[[[ 

3.3 4 high-speed), 16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

3.4 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208,
expansion module IO209.
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 54 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Line Protection
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SA86, 7SD86, 7SL86, 7SA87, 7SD87, 7SL87, 7VK87
1
Type 7 1/2, 15 BI, 20 BO, 16 LED, 8 I, 8 V s s

1.1
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19",

/LQH 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

15 binary inputs, 20 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 5 standard, 14 fast),

16 LEDs, 8 current transformers, 8 voltage transformers
1.2
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208, 1.3
expansion module IO202.
1.4
Type 8 2/3, 31 BI, 46 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V
1.5
s s s

Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 2/3 × 19",

/LQH 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

1.6
[[[ 

31 binary inputs, 46 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 37 standard, 8 fast),

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208, 1.7
expansion modules IO205, IO205.
1.8
Type 9 2/3, 29 BI, 23 BO (4P), 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V s s s

1.9
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 2/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


31 binary inputs, 25 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 10 standard, 6 fast,

[[[ 

8 power), 16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 2

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion modules IO204, IO204. 2.1
Type 10 2/3, 27 BI, 34 BO (4HS), 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
2.2
Housing width 2/3 × 19", /LQH 

2.3
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

27 binary inputs, 34 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 21 standard, 8 fast,

[[[ 

4 high-speed), 16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

2.4
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208,
expansion modules IO205, IO209.

Type 11 2/3, 27 BI, 36 BO, 16 LED, 8 I, 8 V Run Error

s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 2/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


27 binary inputs, 36 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 21 standard, 14 fast),

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 8 current transformers, 8 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208,
2.5
expansion modules IO202, IO205.

Type 12 5/6, 27 BI, 33 BO (8HS), 16 LED, 8 I, 8 V Run Error

s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 5/6 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


27 binary inputs, 33 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 8 standard, 16 fast,

[[[ 

8 high-speed), 16 LEDs, 8 current transformers, 8 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208, 2.6
expansion modules IO208, IO209, IO209.

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SJ86 2.7

Type 1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

2.8
Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[


2.9
[[[ 

11 binary inputs, 9 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 2 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202. 2.10
Type 2 1/2, 17 BI, 16 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V
3
s s

Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


17 binary inputs, 16 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 9 standard, 6 fast), 3.1

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202, 3.2
expansion modules IO206.
Type 3 1/2, 23 BI, 25 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC 3.3
Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH 

3.4
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

23 binary inputs, 25 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 18 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

16 LEDs, 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
3.5
expansion modules IO205.
3.6
The technical data for the line protection devices can be found in the line protection device manuals.
www.siemens.com/siprotec 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.5 / 55
 Line Protection
Notes

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.5 / 56 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Transformer Differential Protection

SIPROTEC 7UT82, 7UT85, 7UT86, 7UT87

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT8
Overview

SIPROTEC 7UT8 transformer differential protection Definition of device types based on designation
1
SIPROTEC 5 transformer differential protection is part of the
1.1 modular system of SIPROTEC 5. It supports all SIPROTEC 5 system Main protection functions

features, and can be used individually as well as universally in Distinguishing features

1.2 the framework of system solutions. In the following, the specific
properties of the SIPROTEC 5 transformer differential protection
1.3 7 XX YY
is described.
1.4 SIPROTEC 5 transformer protection devices are multifunctional Fig. 2.6 / 1 Definition of device types
devices whose main protection functions are based on the
1.5 differential protection principle. They protect different types Basic distinguishing features
of transformers, such as two-winding, three-winding and
1.6 multi-winding transformers with different numbers of
7 UT 82 Two winding transformer (2 sides and max. 2
measuring points))
1.7 measuring points and, besides standard power transformers,
7 UT 85 Two winding transformer differential protection
also autotransformers. The devices can be used in all voltage (2 sides and max. 4 measuring points)
1.8 levels. The great number of protection and automatic functions
7 UT 86 Three winding transformer differential protection
permits use in all fields of electric power supply. (3 sides and max. 5 measuring points)
1.9 The devices also contain important additional functions that 7 UT 87 Multiple winding transformer differential protec-
are necessary for safe network operation today. This includes tion (5 sides and max. 7 measuring points)
2 functions for protection, control, measurement and monitoring. Table 2.6 / 1 Distinguishing features
The large number of communication interfaces and
2.1 communication protocols satisfies the requirements of
communication-based selective protection, as well as an Function library and application templates
2.2
automated operation. The extensive SIPROTEC function library is also available in the
2.3 Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely, transformer differential protection devices. Thus, numerous
quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test protection functions such as overcurrent protection, overvoltage
2.4 functions. Because of a modular structure design, the protection or frequency protection are available. These
SIPROTEC 5 transformer differential protection can always be functions are truly the same for all devices. Once established,
flexibly adapted to specific requirements. configurations can be transferred from device to device. This
results in substantially reduced engineering effort.
For devices with flexible configurability of the hardware quantity
structure, you can select various standard variants when In this catalog you will find predefined templates for standard
ordering. The device can be adapted by additional expansion applications. These templates are adapted to the basic trans-
2.5 modules individually to your specific applications. former types and the typical scope of protection functions.
They already contain basic configurations, required functions
and default settings for standard applications.

2.6
2.7
*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ
2.8
2.9 6- .(
0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
87 6$
2.10
6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
6. 6$

3 .( 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6' 6.

0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.
3.1
3.2 0

3.3
*
Anwendungsbereiche_7UT8

3.4 0

3.5
*
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.6 / 2 Application of SIPROTEC 5 devices

2.6 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7UT82

1
Main function 1 differential protection (standard- or auto-
transformer) with add-on stabilizations; Up 1.1
to 2 differential ground-fault protection
Measuring points 2 three-pole current measuring points 2
1.2
one-pole current measuring points
1.3
Inputs and outputs 1 predefined standard variant with 8 current
transformers, 7 binary inputs, 7 binary 1.4
outputs
Hardware flexibility The 1/3 base module is available with 1.5
IO103, it is not possible to add 1/6 expansi-
on modules, available with large and small 1.6
dis-play
Housing width 1/3 × 19“
1.7
1.8
The transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT82 is a
universal protection, control and automation device on the
1.9
basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the
protection of two winding transformers. It is the main protection 2
for the transformer and contains many other protection and
monitoring functions. The additional protection functions can 2.1
also be used as backup protection for protected downstream
objects (e.g. cables, line).
2.2
Fig. 2.6 / 3 Transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT82
The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It (1/3 device = standard variant W1) 2.3
enables future oriented system solutions with high investment
security and low operating costs.
2.4
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI and complete IEC
Functions 61850 functionality (reporting and GOOSE)
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the • Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-
number of free function points within the device. The function 103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial and TCP))
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in • Serial protection data communication via fiber-optic cable, 2.5
determining the required number of function points for your two-wire connections and communication net-works (IEEE
device. C37.94 et al.) including automatic switch between ring and
• Transformer protection for two-winding transformers with chain topology
versatile additional protection functions • High available Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Transformer differential protection for single-core phase-shift • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
transformers Whitepaper
• Universal usability of the admissible measuring points • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588 2.6
• Usable from medium up to extra-high voltage • Powerful fault recording
2.7
• Protection of standard power transformers and autotransfor- • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
mers 2.8
• Increased sensitivity in the case of ground faults close to
Applications 2.9
• neutral through a separate ground-fault differential protection
• Flexible adaptation to the transformer vector group Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard 2.10
• Consideration of inrush and over excitation processes applications. They comprise all basic configurations and
• Safe behavior in the case of current transformer saturation
default settings. You can use them directly or as a template 3
for application-specific adaptations. Versatile applications are
with different degrees of saturation
possible due to the available measuring points. 3.1
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristic to the transfor- Please, configure the application with DIGSI first before you
mer tapping order a device. Table 2.6 / 2 shows the functional scope of the 3.2
• Arc protection device. You ascertain the function point requirement about the
configurator. 3.3
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC (Continuous Function
Chart) 3.4
• Support of single line in small and large displays
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 3
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT82
Applications

Two winding basic (Fig. 2.6 / 4) Fig. 2.6 / 4 shows the typical structure of an application
1 template, the used measuring points, the used function groups,
• Differential protection (default setting for Yd),
the internal circuiting and the predefined functions. The two-
1.1 • Overload protection, backup protection for the winding transformer with differential ground-fault protection
downstreamed power system was selected as an example.
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
 $4$
2
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
2.1 03
,SK ,SK
,SK Ctrl
49
2.2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2.3 &%
%,
%2
2.4
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03
,SK ,SK Ctrl
,SK

Visio-Two_Wind_temp-01-us.pdf
50 51 87

 %4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
2.5 %2

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
2.6 &WUO &RQWURO

2.7
Fig. 2.6 / 4 Application example: Protection of a two-winding transformer
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT82
Applications

Two winding basic with REF (restricted earth fault) (Fig. 2.6 / 5)
1
• Differential protection (default setting for Yd),
• Differential ground-fault protection on the star side 1.1
• Overload protection, backup protection for the 1.2
downstreamed power system
• Circuit-breaker failure protection 1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
 $4$
2
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
2.1
,SK
49 87N Ctrl 2.2

Visio-Two_Wind_temp-02-us.pdf
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV 2.3
%,
&%
%2
2.4
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* 7UDQVIRUPHU
03
,SK
,SK
50N 51N 87

0HDVXUHGYDOXHV 2.5

)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
50 51 Ctrl

 %4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV 2.6

%,
&%
%2
2.7
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ 2.8
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ 2.9
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 11 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ 2.10
&WUO &RQWURO 1 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
3
Fig. 2.6 / 5 Application example: Two-winding transformer basic with REF 3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 5
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT82
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

Two winding trans-

Two winding trans-

Two winding trans-

former 1,5CB (87T,
former (87T, 50BF,

former basic (87T)

1.1
1.2

50BF, 87N)
Available
1.3

87N)
1.4 ANSI Functions Abbr.
37 Undercurrent I< „
1.5 38 Temperature Supervision „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „
1.6 46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „
1.7 49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t „
„ „ „ 2
1.8 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I>
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „

1.9 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „

Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „

2 50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „

50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „

2.1 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ 2

50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
2.2 74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 2 2 „
86 Lockout „ „ „ „
2.3 87T Transformer differential protection ΔI „ „ „
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle regulating transformer ΔI „
2.4 (single core)
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for Autotransformer) ΔI Node „
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN „ „
87M Motor differential protection ΔI „ „
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
2.5 Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „ „ „ 2
External trip initiation „
2.6 Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
2.7 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „
2.8 Circuit Breaker „ 2 2 „
Disconnector „
2.9 Function points 30 0 0
2.10 The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

3 Table 2.6 / 2 SIPROTEC 7UT85 – Functions and application templates

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7UT85

1
Main function 1 differential protection (standard- or
autotransformer) with add-on stabilizations; 1.1
Up to 2 differential ground-fault protection
Useful measuring point 4 three-pole current measuring points
1.2
3 one-pole current measuring points
2 three-pole voltage measuring points
1.3
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants with 1.4
8 current transformers,
7 to 19 binary inputs, 1.5
7 to 23 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexible adaptable and expandable I/O- 1.6
quantity structure within the scope of the
modular SIPROTEC 5 building blocks 1.7
Housing width 1/3 × 19“ to 2/1 × 19“
1.8
The transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT85 is a 1.9
universal protection, control and automation device on the
basis of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the 2
protection of two-winding transformers.
2.1
It is the main protection for the transformer and contains many
other protection and monitoring functions. The additional 2.2
protection functions can also be used as backup protection for Fig. 2.6 / 3 Transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
protected downstream objects (e.g. cables, line). The modular (1/3 device = standard variant O1) 2.3
expansion capabilities of the hardware support you here.
2.4
The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It • Increased sensitivity in the case of ground faults close to
enables future-oriented system solutions with high investment neutral through a separate ground-fault differential protection
security and low operating costs.
• Further current and voltage inputs can be added for standard
Functions protection functions such as overcurrent, voltage, frequency,
etc.
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different 2.5
and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103,
number of free function points within the device. The function
IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus TCP)
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
determining the required number of function points for your • Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
device. • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
• Transformer protection for two-winding transformers with whitepaper
versatile additional protection functions; expandable to 3 • Powerful automation with CFC (Continous Function Chart)
windings 2.6
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
• Transformer differential protection for single-core phase-shift distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable,
transformers and special transformers 2-wire connections and communication networks) 2.7
• Universal usability of the admissible measuring points • Measurement of operational values 2.8
• Protection of standard power transformers, autotransformers, • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor-measured
and motors values and IEEE C37.118 protocol 2.9
• Usable from medium up to extra-high voltage • Powerful fault recording 2.10
• Protection of standard power transformers and • Additonal functions for simple tests and commissioning.
autotransformers 3
• Typical properties of a transformer differential protection Applications
such as flexible adaptation to the transformer vector group, Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard 3.1
consideration of inrush and overexcitation processes, safe applications. They comprise all basic configurations and
behavior in the case of current transformer saturation with default settings. You can use them directly or as a template
3.2
different degrees of saturation for application-specific adaptations. Versatile applications are 3.3
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristic to the possible due to the available measuring points.
transformer tapping Please, configure the application with DIGSI first before you 3.4
• Arc protection order a device. Table 2.6 / 3 shows the functional scope of the
device. You ascertain the function point requirement about the 3.5
• ANSI 90 V voltage control function for two-winding trans- configurator.
formers, three-winding transformers and system coupling 3.6
transformers
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 7
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Applications

Two winding basic (Fig. 2.6 / 4) Two winding in breaker-and-a-half application (Fig. 2.6 / 6)
1
• Differential protection (default setting for Yd), • Differential protection (default setting for Yd),
1.1 • Overload protection, backup protection for the • Differential ground-fault protection on the star side
downstreamed power system
1.2 • Overload protection, backup protection for the
downstreamed power system
Two winding basic with REF (restricted earth fault) (Fig. 2.6 / 5)
1.3 • Circuit-breaker failure protection
• Differential protection (default setting for Yd),
1.4 • Differential ground-fault protection on the star side
Fig. 2.6 / 4 shows the typical structure of an application
template, the used measuring points, the used function groups,
1.5 • Overload protection, backup protection for the the internal circuiting and the predefined functions. The two-
downstreamed power system winding transformer with differential ground-fault protection
1.6 • Circuit-breaker failure protection was selected as an example.
1.7
1.8
1.9
 $4$
2
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
2.1 03
,SK ,SK
,SK Ctrl
49
2.2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2.3 &%
%,
%2
2.4
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03
,SK ,SK Ctrl
,SK

Visio-Two_Wind_temp-01-us.pdf
50 51 87

 %4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
2.5 %2

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
2.6 &WUO &RQWURO

2.7
Fig. 2.6 / 4 Application example: Protection of a two-winding transformer
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Applications

1
1.1
 $4$ 1.2
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$ 1.3
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK 1.4
49 87N Ctrl

0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
1.5
%,
&%
%2 1.6
1.7
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* 7UDQVIRUPHU
03 1.8
,SK
,SK
50N 51N 87 1.9
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2
2.1
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03 2.2
,SK ,SK

Visio-Two_Wind_temp-02-us.pdf
50BF
,SK
50 51 Ctrl
2.3
 %4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
2.4
&%
%2

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 11 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG 2.5
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO 1 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ

Fig. 2.6 / 5 Application example: Two-winding transformer basic with REF

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 9
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Applications

1
1.1
 
1.2 %4$ $4$ )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
1.3 ,SK
49 87N Ctrl
1.4 03
,SK 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
1.5 &%
%2

1.6
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
1.7
,SK ,SK 50BF
1.8 03
50N 51N 87 Ctrl
,SK
1.9 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
%2
2
2.1 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU&4$
03
,SK ,SK

Visio-Two_Wind_temp-03-us.pdf
50BF
2.2 ,SK
50 51 Ctrl
2.3
 &4$ 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
2.4 %2

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW 11 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
2.5 &WUO &RQWURO 1 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ

Fig. 2.6 / 6 Application example: Two-winding transformer in breaker-and-a-half layout

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

transformer (87T,

transformer (87T,
Motor DIFF (87M,
1,5CB (87T, 50BF,

50BF, 27, 81, 46,

50BF, 87N, 90V)

1.1

Two winding

Two winding

Two winding

Two winding
transformer

transformer
basic (87T)
50BF, 87N)
Available
1.2

87N)
1.3

49)
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „
1.4
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „
I>/ (V,I) 1.5
24 Overexcitation protection V/f „
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ 1.6
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „ „ 1.7
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „ 1.8
37 Undercurrent I< „
38 Temperature Supervision „
1.9
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „ „
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „ 2
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „ „ „
2.1
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t „
2.2
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „ 2 2
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ 2.3
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „ 2.4
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant INs> „
or isolated neutral
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ 2 3 „ 2
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ 2.5
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „ „ „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with reso- „
nant or isolated neutral incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi,
c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
2.6
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 2 3 2 2
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
2.7
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „
2.8
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
2.9
86 Lockout „ „ „ „ „
87T Transformer differential protection ΔI „ „ „ „ „ 2.10
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle regulating ΔI „
transformer (single core)
„
3
87T Transformer differential protection for special transformers ΔI
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for Autotransformer) ΔI Node „ 3.1
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN „ „ „
87M Motor differential protection ΔI „ „ 3.2
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „ 3.3
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
3.4
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. PMU „
8 voltages and 8 currents)
3.5
3.6
Further functions see next page 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 11
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT85
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

transformer (87T,

transformer (87T,
Motor DIFF (87M,
1,5CB (87T, 50BF,

50BF, 27, 81, 46,

50BF, 87N, 90V)

1.1

Two winding

Two winding

Two winding

Two winding
transformer

transformer
basic (87T)
50BF, 87N)
Available
1.2

87N)
1.3

49)
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
1.4 „ „ „ „ „
Measured values, standard
1.5 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
1.6 Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „
1.7 CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
1.8 Inrush current detection „ „ „ „ „
External trip initiation „ „
1.9 Control „ „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „
2 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „
2.1 Disconnector „ 2 3 2 2

2.2 Circuit Breaker „

Function points 30 30 0 50 175
2.3 The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.4
Table 2.6 / 3 SIPROTEC 7UT85 – Functions and application templates

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7UT86

1
Main protection function 1 differential protection (standard) with
add-on stabilizations; 1.1
up to 3 differential ground-fault protection
for autotransformer applications 1.2
2 differential protection functions in a func-
tion group autotransformer can be used 1.3
Useful measuring point 5 three-pole current measuring points
4 one-pole current measuring points 1.4
3 three-pole voltage measuring points
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants with 1.5
12 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers 1.6
11 to 23 binary inputs,
18 to 34 binary outputs 1.7
Hardware flexibility Flexible adaptable and expandable I/O-
quantity structure within the scope of the 1.8
modular SIPROTEC 5 building blocks
Housing width 1/2 × 19“ bis 2/1 × 19“ 1.9

The transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT86 is a 2

universal protection, control and automation device on the basis
of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the pro-
2.1
tection of three-winding transformers. It is the main protection 2.2
for the transformer and contains numerous other protection Fig. 2.6 / 7 Transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT86
and monitoring functions. In addition the protection functions (1/2 device = standard variant P1) 2.3
can also be used as backup protection for following protected
objects (for example cable, line). At this it supports also modular
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristic to the
2.4
availablility of the hardware. The device supports all
transformer tapping
SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It enables future-oriented
system solutions with high investment security and low • Increased sensitivity in the case of ground faults close to
operating costs. neutral through a separate ground-fault differential protection
• Further current and voltage inputs can be added for standard
Functions protection functions such as overcurrent, voltage, frequency,
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the etc. 2.5
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate • Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different
number of free function points within the device. The function and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103,
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus TCP)
determining the required number of function points for your • Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
device.
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
• Transformer protection for three-winding transformers with whitepaper
versatile additional protection functions; expandable to three- 2.6
• Powerful automation with CFC (Continous Function Chart)
winding transformer
• Transformer differential protection for single-core phase-shift
• Safe serial protection data communication also across large 2.7
distances and all available physical media (fiber optic,
transformers and special transformers
two-wire connections and communication networks) 2.8
• Universal usability of the admissible measuring points
• Measurement of operating variables
• Protection of standard power transformers, autotransformers, 2.9
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor-measured
and motors
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol 2.10
• Usable from medium up to extra-high voltage
• Powerful fault recording
• Protection of standard power transformers and 3
• Help functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
autotransformers
• Arc protection 3.1
• ANSI 90 V voltage control function for two-winding trans-
formers, three-winding transformers and system coupling
Application templates 3.2
transformers Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and
3.3
• Typical properties of a transformer differential protection
default settings. You can use them directly or as a template for 3.4
such as flexible adaptation to the transformer vector group,
application-specific adaptations. Versatile applications are
consideration of inrush and overexcitation processes, safe
behavior in the case of current transformer saturation with
possible due to the available measuring points. Please, configure 3.5
the application with DIGSI first before you order a device. Table
different degrees of saturation
2.6 / 4 shows the functional scope of the device. You ascertain 3.6
the function point requirement about the configurator.
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 13
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT86
Applications

The application templates for 7UT85 are also available in 7UT86. Three winding in breaker-and-a-half application (Fig. 2.6/8)
1
In addition, the following templates are available: • Differential protection (default setting for YNdxdy)
1.1 • Differential ground-fault protection on the neutral side
Three winding basic
1.2 • Ground current-protection on the neutral side as backup
• Differential protection (default setting for Ydxdy) protection for power systems
1.3 • Overload protection
Autotransformer with delta winding
1.4 • Circuit-breaker failure protection
• Differential protection for complete transformer • Frequency and voltage protection on the star winding side
1.5 (auto transformer + delta winding)
The application example (Fig. 2.6 / 8) is the template for the
• Differential ground-fault protection (neutral point +
1.6 max. side current)
protection of a three-winding transformer in a breaker-and-a-half
layout. You can see the necessary three function groups for the
1.7 • Overload protection, backup protection for the transformer side, the integration of the ground-fault differential
downstreamed power system protection and the internal wiring and selected functions.
1.8 • Circuit-breaker failure protection A voltage transformer is installed on the high voltage in
addition. For example, voltage and frequency limits can be
1.9 monitored here. The necessary protection settings have to be
made specifically for the system.
2
2.1
2.2
 
2.3 %4$ $4$ )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH
03
,SK
2.4 ,SK )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
49 87NT
03 ,SK 50BF
,SK
9SK 59 81 Ctrl
03
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
9SK %,
&%
%2

2.5 )* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$

03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
50N 51N Ctrl

0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
%2

2.6 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU&4$

03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
2.7 Ctrl
87T
2.8 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
&%
%,
%2
2.9
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU'4$
2.10 03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
Visio-Kat-three-wind-us.pdf

Ctrl
3
 
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
'4$ &4$ %,
3.1 &%
%2

3.2
3.3 )* )XQFWLRQJURXS  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
3.4 %, %LQDU\LQSXW 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  )UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ
3.5 &WUO &RQWURO 7 7UDQVIRUPHUGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
17 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQWUDQVIRUPHU
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.6 / 8 Application example: Protection of a three-winding transformer in breaker-and-a-half layout

2.6 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

(two 87T, 50BF, 59, 27, 81)

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

mer (87T, 50BF, 87N, 21)

Three winding transfor-

Three winding transfor-

Three winding transfor-

1.1

Motor DIFF (87M, 50BF,

Autotransformer 1,5CB
1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)
Autotransformer (87T,
mer 1,5CB (87T, 50BF,
(87T, 50BF, 87N, 90V)
1.2

(87T, 50BF, 87N)

mer basic (87T)

27, 81, 46, 49)

1.3

87N, 50BF)

basic (87T)
Available
1.4

87N)
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.5
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „ 1.6
I>/ (V,I)
24 Overexcitation protection V/f „ 1.7
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.8
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence V1< „ „
1.9
system
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
2
37 Undercurrent I< „ 2.1
38 Temperature Supervision „
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „ 2.2
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence V2> „
system 2.3
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t „
2.4
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ 2 „ 2 „ „ „ 2 2 3

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „

50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent pro- I>>> „
tection
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ „ „ „ „ 2.5
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for sys- INs> „
tems with resonant or isolated neutral
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ 2 4 3 2 3 „ 3 4

50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „

51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ „ „ „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence V1> „
2.6
system
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „ „ „ „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
2.7
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
2.8
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for „
systems with resonant or isolated neutral incl. 2.9
a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d)
Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz 2.10
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 2 3 4 3 2 2 3 3 4
3
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ „ „ 3.1
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „ „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „ 3.2
86 Lockout „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
87T Transformer differential protection ΔI „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
3.3
87T Transformer differential protection for phase ΔI „ 3.4
angle regulating transformer (single core)
87T Transformer differential protection for special ΔI „ 3.5
transformers
3.6
Further functions see next page
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 15
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT86
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

(two 87T, 50BF, 59, 27, 81)

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

mer (87T, 50BF, 87N, 21)

Three winding transfor-

Three winding transfor-

Three winding transfor-

1.1

Motor DIFF (87M, 50BF,

Autotransformer 1,5CB
1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)
Autotransformer (87T,
mer 1,5CB (87T, 50BF,
(87T, 50BF, 87N, 90V)
1.2

(87T, 50BF, 87N)

mer basic (87T)

27, 81, 46, 49)

1.3

87N, 50BF)

basic (87T)
Available
1.4

87N)
1.5 ANSI Functions Abbr.
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for ΔI Node „ „
1.6 Autotransformer)
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN „ „ „ „ „ „
1.7 87M Motor differential protection ΔI „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding „ „
1.8 transformer
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding „
1.9 transformer
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling „
2 transformer
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
2.1 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be PMU „
used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents)
2.2 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module „
ARC-CD-3FO)
2.3 „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Measured values, standard
2.4 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 2 „
2.5 External trip initiation „ „ „
Control „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „ 2 3 4 3 2 2 3 3 4

Disconnector „
2.6 170
Function points 0 50 30 0 30 30 50 150 75
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
2.7 SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec

2.8 Table 2.6 / 4 SIPROTEC 7UT86 – Functions and application templates

2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.6 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7UT87

1
Main function Up to 2 differential protection with add-on
stabilizations (in different function group 1.1
transformer);
Up to 5 differential ground-fault protection 1.2
functions
For autotransformer applications two 1.3
differential protection functions in a func-
tion group autotransformer can be used.
1.4
Useful measuring point 7 three-pole current measuring points
5 one-pole current measuring points 1.5
3 three-pole voltage measuring points
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants with 1.6
20 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers 1.7
15 to 27 binary inputs,
2 to 38 binary outputs
1.8
Hardware flexibility Flexible adaptable and expandable I/O-
quantity structure within the scope of the 1.9
modular SIPROTEC 5-building blocks
Housing width 2/3 × 19“ bis 2/1 × 19“
2
The transformer protection device SIPROTEC 7UT87 is an 2.1
universal protection, control and automation device on the basis
of the SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for protection
2.2
of multiple winding transformers (up to 5 sides). Furthermore, it Fig. 2.6 / 9 Transformer differential protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
(2/3 device = standard variant Q1) 2.3
is to be used where numerous measuring points (up to 7 3-pole
current measuring points) are required. Another application is 2.4
simultaneous protection of two parallel transformers (additional • Protection of standard power transformers and
fast backup protection). autotransformers
• Typical properties of a transformer differential protection
The SIPROTEC 7UT87 is the main protection for the transformer
such as flexible adaptation to the transformer vector group,
and includes numerous other protection and monitoring func-
consideration of inrush and overexcitation processes, safe
tions. In addition to the protection functions it can also be used
behavior in the case of current transformer saturation with
as backup protection for the following protected objects (for 2.5
different degrees of saturation
example cable, line). It also supports modular availability of the
hardware and all SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It enables • Arc protection
future-oriented system solutions with high investment security • ANSI 90 V voltage control function for two-winding trans-
and low operating costs. formers, three-winding transformers and system coupling
transformers
Functions
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristic to the
Two transformer function groups can be used in SIPROTEC transformer tapping 2.6
7UT87. All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. • Increased sensitivity in the case of ground faults close to
For the application of some of the functions, you require the neutral through a separate ground-fault differential protection
appropriate number of free function points within the device.
2.7
• Further current and voltage inputs can be added for standard
The function point calculator in the online configurator provides
protection functions such as overcurrent, voltage, frequency, 2.8
support in determining the required number of function points
etc.
for your device.
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different
2.9
• Transformer protection for multiple winding transformers
and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, 2.10
with multifunctional, additional protection functions
IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus RTU Slave)
(Multiple winding transfomer are typical with power
converter applications (e.g. HVDC)) • Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR 3
• Transformer differential protection for single-core phase-shift • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
transformers and special transformers whitepaper 3.1
• Powerful automation with CFC (Continous Function Chart)
• Transformer protection applications with up to 7 3.2
3-pole current measuring points • Safe serial protection data communication also across large
• Concurrent differential protection for two parallel distances and all available physical media (fiber optic, 3.3
transformers (e.g. two two-winding transformers) two-wire connections and communication networks)
• Measurement of operating variables
3.4
• Universal usability of the admissible measuring points
• Usable from medium up to extra-high voltage • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor-measured 3.5
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Protection of standard power transformers, autotransformers, 3.6
and motors • Powerful fault recording
• Help functions for simple tests and easy commissioning. 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 17
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Applications

Application templates The application example (Fig. 2.6 / 10) is the template for the
1 protection of an autotransformer which is connected to a
All application templates which are described for the devices breaker-and-a-half layout. The special feature of this application
1.1 SIPROTEC 7UT85 and 7UT86 can be used in SIPROTEC 7UT87. is that the neutral-end currents can be detected directly per
1.2 In addition, the following template is available: phase. A separate node point differential protection over the
autotransformer winding detects safely ground faults and inter-
1.3 Autotransformer with delta winding turn faults. The classical differential protection is arranged over
in breaker-and-a-half application (Fig. 2.6 / 10) the entire transformer (autotransformer and delta winding).
1.4 • Differential protection for complete transformer Both functions run in the function group autotransformer.
(autotransformer + delta winding)
1.5 This design provides a redundant differential protection which
• Node protection for autotransformer winding to the capture is supplementary with regard to sensitivity. A separate ground-
1.6 of ground faults (three-phase capture of the neutral-point fault differential protection is not required.
current)
1.7 A voltage transformer is installed on the high voltage in
• Overload protection, backup protection for the downstreamed
addition. For example, voltage and frequency limits can be
power system
1.8 monitored here. The necessary protection settings have to be
• Circuit-breaker failure protection made specifically for the system.
1.9 • Frequency and voltage protection on the upper voltage side.

2
2.1
 
2.2 %4$ $4$ )* $XWRWUDQVIRUPHUVLGH
03
,SK )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
2.3 ,SK
49 ,SK 50BF
03
2.4 ,SK Ctrl
9SK 59 81

03 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV %,
&%
9SK %2

)* 7UDQVIRUPHU
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$

,SK 50BF
2.5 )* $XWRWUDQVIRUPHUVLGH
87T
Ctrl
03
,SK 87TNode
,SK
%,
50 51 &%
%2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU&4$

,SK 50BF
2.6 $XWRWUDQVIRUPHU
)* FRPSHQVDWLRQVLGH Ctrl
03
,SK
2.7 ,SK %,
&%
50 51 %2
2.8 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU'4$
 
2.9 &4$ '4$ ,SK 50BF
$XWRWUDQVIRUPHUJURXQG
2.10 )* VLGH Ctrl
03
,SK
,SK %,
Visio-Autotrans-us.pdf

3 &%
%2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV

3.1
3.2
 2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS
3.3 03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW
%) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW
3.4  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
 )UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
3.5 7 7UDQVIRUPHUGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO
71RGH 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQDXWRWUDQVIRUPHU
&WUO &RQWURO
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.6 / 10 Application example: Protection of an autotransformer with delta winding (compensation side) in breaker-and-a-half layout

2.6 / 18 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Applications

Since SIPROTEC 7UT87 is designed for special applications, you Example 1:

have to create your own application template for your specific 1
This example requires numerous three-phase current measuring
application. Save it together with your device. To make your
work easier, you can use an existing template and modify it.
points for a complex use in the field of power plant. 1.1
Fig. 2.6 / 11 shows a possible configuration.
The following examples shall help you: 1.2
1.3
1.4
  1.5
%4$ $4$
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH
03
,SK
1.6
,SK
27 49
03
32 59
1.7
,SK )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
50 59N
,SK 50BF 1.8
03 51 87N
9SK Ctrl
9SK
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
81
87T
1.9
%,
&%
%2
2
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
2.1
,SK
50N 51N Ctrl
2.2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
%2 2.3
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU&4$
2.4
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
50 51 Ctrl
03
,SK 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
%2

03
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU'4$ 2.5
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
50 51 Ctrl
03
,SK 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
%2

)* 9,VWDQGDUG )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU(4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
2.6
,SK
50 51 Ctrl

0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2.7
)4$ &4$ '4$ (4$ %,
    &%
%2
2.8
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU)4$
* *
,SK 50BF
2.9
2.10
Visio-7Messstellen-us.pdf

Ctrl

%,
&%
%2 3
3.1
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  8QGHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  3RZHUSURWHFWLRQ 3.2
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQ
3.3
&WUO &RQWURO 11 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
 2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ 3.4
1 2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQZLWK]HURVHTXHQFHYROWDJHUHVLGXDOYROWDJH

7
)UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ
7UDQVIRUPHUGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
3.5
1 *URXQGIDXOWGLIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
3.6
Fig. 2.6 / 11 Possible SIPROTEC 7UT87 application in a power station (up to seven 3-pole current measuring point) 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 19
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Applications

Example 2:
1
Another example (Fig. 2.6 / 12) is a powerful functional redun- For example, start here with an application template of the two-
1.1 dancy with parallel transformers. This doubles the differential winding transformer and duplicate it.
protection function. One protection device is provided per
1.2 transformer. Two differential protection functions run in every
An alternative cost-optimized variant is the use of one device to
protect both transformers.
protection device. The 2nd differential protection function is the
1.3 backup protection for the parallel transformer.
1.4
1.5
$4$ 
1.6 )* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
1.7 ,SK
Ctrl
1.8 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV 87T
%,
&%
1.9 %2

2 03
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW

,SK
,SK
2.1
2.2 0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
7UDQVIRUPHU
2.3
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU%4$
2.4 03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
Ctrl
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
%4$  &%
%2

2.5
&4$ 
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU&4$
03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
Ctrl
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV 87T
%,
&%
%2
2.6
)* 7UDQVIQHXWUDOSRLQW
2.7 03
,SK
,SK
2.8
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2.9 7UDQVIRUPHU

2.10
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU'4$
3 03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
Visio-2-transformer-us.pdf

3.1 Ctrl
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
3.2 '4$  &%
%2

3.3
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS
%) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
3.4 03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW
7 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
3.5 4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
&WUO &RQWURO
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.6 / 12 Protection of two parallel transformers with one SIPROTEC 7UT87

2.6 / 20 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Applications

Example 3:
1
The last example (Fig. 2.6 / 13) shows the protection of a
converter transformer. Four sides and six measuring points are 1.1
required here.
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
,QIHHG 1.6
6 6

$4$ '&&219(57(5
1.7
6 6
1.8
)LOWHU

1.9
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH
03
,SK
,SK 2
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
2.1

)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH 2.2
03
,SK
,SK 2.3
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV

)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
2.4
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH )* 7UDQVIRUPHU ,SK 50BF
03
,SK Ctrl
,SK
87T
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
%,
&%
 %2
)LOWHU 2.5
03
,SK

Visio-Umrichter-trans-us.pdf
)* 7UDQVIRUPHUVLGH
03
,SK
,SK
0HDVXUHGYDOXHV
03
,SK

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ

2.6
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW 7 'LIIHUHQWLDOSURWHFWLRQ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW 2.7
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU 2.8
&WUO &RQWURO
2.9
Fig. 2.6 / 13 Protection of a converter transformer 2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 21
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Autotransformer 1,5CB (two

Autotransformer (87T, 87N,

Motor DIFF (87M, 50BF, 27,

Three winding transformer

Three winding transformer

Three winding transformer

1.1

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)

1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)

(87T, 50BF, 87N, 90V)

1.2

87T, 50BF, 59, 27, 81)

(87T, 50BF, 87N, 21)

(87T, 50BF, 87N)
1.3

basic (87T)

basic (87T)

81, 46, 49)

1.4

Available

50BF)
1.5
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.6 Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< / „ „
1.7 I>/ (V,I)
24 Overexcitation protection V/f „
1.8 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.9 „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence V1<
system
2 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
2.1 37 Undercurrent I< „
38 Temperature Supervision „
2.2 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „ „

2.3 46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „

47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence V2> „
2.4 system
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ 2 3 „ „ „ 2 2 2

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „

50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protec- I>>> „
tion
2.5 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ „ „ „ „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems INs> „
with resonant or isolated neutral
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ 4 3 4 2 3 „ 2 3
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „

59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „ „ „ „ „ „

2.6
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence V1> „
system
2.7 59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „ „ „ „
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
2.8 67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems „
2.9 with resonant or isolated neutral incl. a) V0>,
b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e)
2.10 Admittanz
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt „
3 74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 3 4 3 4 2 2 3 2 3

79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „

3.1 81O Overfrequency protection f> „ „ „ „ „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „ „ „
3.2 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
86 Lockout „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
3.3
87T Transformer differential protection ΔI „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „

3.4 87T Transformer differential protection for phase ΔI „

angle regulating transformer (single core)
3.5
3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.6 / 22 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT87
Functions, application templates

Application templates
1

Autotransformer 1,5CB (two

Autotransformer (87T, 87N,

Motor DIFF (87M, 50BF, 27,

Three winding transformer

Three winding transformer

Three winding transformer

1.1

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

Two winding transformer

1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)

1,5CB (87T, 50BF, 87N)

(87T, 50BF, 87N, 90V)

87T, 50BF, 59, 27, 81)
1.2

(87T, 50BF, 87N, 21)

(87T, 50BF, 87N)
1.3

basic (87T)

basic (87T)

81, 46, 49)

1.4

Available

50BF)
1.5
ANSI Functions Abbr.
87T Transformer differential protection for phase ΔI „ 1.6
angle regulating transformer (two core)
87T Transformer differential protection for special ΔI „ 1.7
transformers
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for ΔI Node „ „ 1.8
Autotransformer)
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN „ „ „ „ „ „ 1.9
87M Motor differential protection ΔI „ „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding trans- „ „ 2
former
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding trans- „ 2.1
former
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling „ 2.2
transformer
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „ 2.3
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be PMU „
used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) 2.4
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC- „
CD-3FO)
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ 2.5
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
Inrush current detection „ „ 2 „ „ „ „ „ 2
External trip initiation „ „ „
Control „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „ „
2.6
Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „ 3 4 3 4 2 2 3 2 3
„
2.7
Disconnector
Function points 0 50 30 75 0 30 30 50 175 150 2.8
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec 2.9
Table 2.6 / 5 SIPROTEC 7UT87 – Functions and application templates 2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.6 / 23
 Transformer Differential Protection SIPROTEC 7UT8
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7UT82

1
W1 1/3, 7BE, 7BA, 8I Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

1.1 Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[


7 binary inputs, 7 binary outputs (1 life contact, 7 standard), [[[

[[[


1.2 8 current transformer inputs

Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO103
1.3
Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7UT85
1.4
O1 1/3, 7BI, 7BO, 8I Run Error
s

SIPROTEC

1.5 Housing width 1/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


7 binary inputs, 7 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard, 4 fast),

[[[ 

1.6 8 current transformer inputs

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203
1.7
1.8 O2 1/2, 19 BI, 23 BO, 8I Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH 

1.9
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

19 binary inputs, 23 binary outputs (1 life contact, 18 standard, 4 fast),

[[[ 

8 current transformer inputs

2 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
expansion module IO205.
2.1
Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7UT86
2.2
P1 1/2, 11 BI, 18 BO, 12I, 4U Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

2.3 Housing width 1/2 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


11 binary inputs, 18 binary outputs (1 life contact, 5 standard, 12 fast),

[[[ 

2.4 12 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
expansion module IO208.

P2 2/3, 23 BI, 34 BO, 12I, 4U Run Error

s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 2/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


23 binary inputs, 34 binary outputs (1 life contact, 21 standard, 12 fast),

[[[ 

12 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs

2.5
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
expansion modules IO208, IO205.

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7UT87

Q1 2/3, 15 BI, 22 BO, 20I, 4U Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

Housing width 2/3 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[

[[[


2.6 15 binary inputs, 22 binary outputs (1 life contact, 5 standard, 16 fast),

[[[ 

20 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs

2.7 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
expansion modules IO208 und IO203.
2.8
Q2 5/6, 27 BI, 38 BO, 20I, 4 U Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC
s

SIPROTEC

2.9 Housing width 5/6 × 19", /LQH

[[[

[[[


27 binary inputs, 38 binary outputs (1 life contact, 21 standard, 16 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

2.10 20 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs

Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,

3 expansion modules IO208, IO203 und IO205.

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
The technical data for the transformer differential protection devices can be found in the device manual
3.6 www.siemens.com/siprotec

3.7
2.6 / 24 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Motor Protection
SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85
Description

Motor protection devices SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85 Features

1
SIPROTEC 5 motor protection devices are part of the modular
1.1 system of SIPROTEC 5. They support all SIPROTEC 5 system
features and can be used individually as well as universally in the
1.2 framework of system solutions. This catalog describes specific
features of the SIPROTEC 5 motor protection devices.
1.3
SIPROTEC 5 motor protection devices are multifunctional devices
1.4 and their main protection functions are based on specific motor
protection functions and overcurrent protection functions. They
1.5 protect low to medium power asynchronous motors.
1.6 The devices also contain all important additional functions that
are necessary for safe network operation today. This includes
1.7 functions for protection, control, measurement and monitoring.
A large number of communication interfaces and communica-
1.8 tion protocols meet the requirements of the communication-
based selective protection, as well as automated operation.
1.9
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely,
2 quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
functions. Due to a modular design, the SIPROTEC 5 devices can
2.1 always be flexibly adapted to specific requirements.
2.2
2.3
2.4
The two device types SIPROTEC 7SK82 and SIPROTEC 7SK85 offer
different hardware configuration options.
Basic distinguishing features
7SK82 Various hardware configurations are available for binary
inputs and outputs within the 1/3 base module.
7SK85 Hardware configuration can be flexibly expanded and confi-
gured for analog inputs, binary inputs and outputs, measu-
ring transducers and communication using 1/6 expansion
modules.
Table 2.7/ 1 Overview of the different distinguishing features
Function library and application templates
A common function library provides all protection, automation,
monitoring and additional functions for the SIPROTEC 5 devices.
These functions are truly the same for all devices. Once estab-
lished, configurations can be transferred from device to device.
This results in substantially reduced engineering effort.
The tables on the following pages list the available functions
from the library for every device type. Predefined templates are
available in DIGSI for the standard applications. These templates
already contain basic configurations, required functions and
default settings.

2.5

6- .(
0' 6/ 6$ 6-
87 6$
2.6 6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
6. 6$
2.7 .( 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6' 6.

2.8 0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.

2.9
2.10 0
Visio-Anwendungsbereiche_SIP5-us

3 *

3.1 0
3.2
*
3.3
3.4 Fig. 2.7 / 1 Application areas of the SIPROTEC 5 devices
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SK82

1
Main function Motor protection for small to
medium size motors (100 kW to 2 MW) 1.1
Inputs and outputs 4 current transformers,
4 voltage transformers (optional), 1.2
11 or 23 binary inputs,
9 or 16 binary outputs. 1.3
Hardware flexibility Various hardware configurations are available
for binary inputs and outputs in the 1.4
1/3 base module, it is not possible to add

7SK82_Rueckansicht_de_en.psd
1.5

7SK82KDW3EN.psd
1/6 expansion modules, available with large and
small display
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch 1.6
1.7
The motor protection device SIPROTEC 7SK82 is part of the new
SIPROTEC 5 series of modular field devices. 1.8
This device is especially designed for cost effective and compact
protection of low to medium power motor application areas. 1.9
With its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5 engineering
tool, the SIPROTEC 7SK82 fits perfectly for protection, control, 2
monitoring, and measuring applications in electrical energy
systems. 2.1
Functions 2.2
Fig. 2.7 / 2 Motor protection SIPROTEC 7SK82 – Front and rear view
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the 2.3
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great 2.4
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable,
determining the required number of function points for your two-wire connections and communication networks)
device. • Measurement of operational values
• Motor protection functions: starting-time supervision, thermal • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchrophasor-measured
overload protection for stator and rotor, restart inhibit, unba- values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
lanced load protection, load-jump protection
• Powerful fault recording 2.5
• Stator and bearing temperature monitoring via a temperature
sensors with an external RTD-box • Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.

• Ground-fault protection (directional, non-directional) for the Table 2.7 / 2 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SK82.
detection of stator ground-faults
Applications
• Directional and non-directional time-overcurrent protection
(short circuit protection) with additional functions The motor protection device 7SK82 is a universal protection,
• Detection of ground faults in systems with isolated or resonant control and automation device based on the SIPROTEC 5 system. 2.6
neutral It is specifically designed for the protection of low to medium
power motors.
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection 2.7
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power Typical motor protection applications include:
2.8
protection • Protection against thermal overload of the stator due to
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking overcurrent, cooling problems or dirt 2.9
• Arc protection • Protection against thermal overload of the rotor during starting
due to frequent start-ups, prolonged start-ups or a locked 2.10
• Powerful automation with graphical CFC
rotor.
(Continuous Function Chart)
• Monitoring voltage unbalance or phase failure 3
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI
• Monitoring the thermal state and bearing temperatures by 3.1
• Single line presentation on a small or large display
temperature measuring
• Complete IEC 61850 (reporting and GOOSE) via 3.2
• Detection of overstressing of drives running idle for, e.g.,
integrated port J
pumps and compressors
• Two optional pluggable communication modules usable
• Detection of motor ground faults
3.3
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), • Motor protection against short circuits 3.4
Modbus TCP) • Protection against instability due to undervoltage.
3.5
• Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW 3.6
whitepaper
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard • Restart inhibit

1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default • Unbalanced-load protection (thermal)
settings.
1.1 • Temperature supervision
The following application templates are available: • Load-jam protection
1.2
Current measurement • Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and
1.3 ground
• Thermal overload protection for stator and rotor
• Transformer inrush-current detection
1.4 • Starting-time supervision
• Sensitive directional ground-fault detection for systems with
• Restart inhibit
1.5 isolated or resonant neutral and for detecting stator ground
• Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) faults
1.6 • Temperature supervision • Overvoltage protection with zero-sequence system U0
1.7 • Load-jam protection • Undervoltage protection with positive-sequence system U1
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and • Fuse-failure monitor.
1.8 ground
• Transformer inrush-current detection.
1.9
Current and voltage measurement
2
• Thermal overload protection for stator and rotor
2.1 • Starting-time supervision

2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Applications

Application example SIPROTEC 7SK82 – are acquired and monitored via an external RTD-box. The RTD-box
protection of a medium-power motor is connected to the device via Ethernet or serial communication. 1
An asynchronous medium-power motor (up to approx. 2 MW) Fig. 2.7 / 3 shows the function scope and the basic configuration 1.1
is protected against thermal and mechanical overloads and of a 7SK82 for this application. The basis is the application temp-
short circuits with the motor protection functions and the time- late "current and voltage measurement". Additionally, the device 1.2
overcurrent protection of the SIPROTEC 7SK82. The directional has to be equipped with a plug-in module for communication
sensitive ground-fault detection and overvoltage protection with the RTD-box. 1.3
with zero-sequence voltage U0 detect stator ground faults in the
motor. The thermal state of the motor and bearing temperatures
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
 $4$ )* 0RWRU 1.8
03
9SK
9SK 1.9
67Ns 59N 27
03
2
9SK
2.1
03 )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
,SK 46 48 49R 49S 66
,SK
,SK
2.2
50 51 51N SOTF
Ctrl 2.3
03 38 %, 2.4
&%
,SK %2

)* $QDORJ8QLWV

Visio-7SK82-us.pdf
0 RTD &, RTD

2.5
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  8QGHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  7HPSHUDWXUHPRQLWRULQJ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  8QEDODQFHGORDGSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  0RWRUVWDUWLQJWLPHVXSHUYLVLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU 5 5RWRURYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
57' 57'8QLW 6 6WDWRURYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ 2.6
&, &RPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHV
&WUO &RQWURO 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
1 2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQZLWK]HURVHTXHQFHYROWDJHUHVLGXDOYROWDJH
2.7
 5HVWDUWLQKLELW 2.8
1V 'LUHFWLRQDOVHQVLWLYHJURXQGIDXOWGHWHFWLRQ
627) ,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULSSLQJDWVZLWFKRQWRIDXOW 2.9
2.10
Fig. 2.7 / 3 Application example: Protection of a medium-power motor
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 5
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

1.1

voltage meas.
measurement

Current and
1.2

in 7SK82
Available

Current
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „
14 Locked rotor protection I> + n< „ „ „
1.5 24 Overexcitation protection V/f „
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
1.6 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase
27 V< „

1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „ „

27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.8 27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Θ>/V< „
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
1.9 Undercurrent „
37 I<
38 Temperature Supervision „ „ „
2 Negative sequence overcurrent protection „
46 I2>
2.1 46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „ „ „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, (V2,I2) „
2.2 47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
48 Starting-time supervision for motors I²start „ „ „
2.3 49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „

2.4 49R Thermal overload protection, rotor θR „ „ „

50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „
2.5 Intermittent ground fault protection „
Iie>
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
50L Load-jam protection I>L „ „ „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „

2.6 59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „

59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „

2.7 66 Restart inhibit for motors I²t „ „ „

67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, (V,I) „
2.8 67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, (V,I) „
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral incl. „ „
2.9 a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> „
2.10 74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
3 81O Overfrequency protection f> „

3.1 81U Underfrequency protection f< „

86 Lockout „ „ „
3.2 FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents) PMU „
3.3 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „

3.4 Measured values, standard „ „ „

Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
3.5 Switching statistic counters „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
3.6
3.7 Further functions see next page

2.7 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1
1.1

voltage meas.
measurement

Current and
1.2

in 7SK82
Available

Current
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr.
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ 1.4
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „ 1.5
Inrush current detection „ „ „
External trip initiation „
1.6
Control „ „ „ 1.7
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ 1.8
Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „ „ „
1.9
Disconnector „
Function points: 0 40
2
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in
the SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.1
Table 2.7/ 2 SIPROTEC 7SK82 – Functions and application templates 2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 7
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7SK85

1
Main function Motor protection for all motor sizes
1.1 Inputs and outputs 3 predefined standard variants with
4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers,
1.2 11 to 27 binary inputs,
9 to 17 binary outputs.
1.3 Hardware flexibility Flexibly adaptable and expandable I/O quantity
structure within the scope of the modular
1.4 SIPROTEC 5 building block,
1/6 expansion modules can be added
1.5 Available with large or small display or without
display
1.6 Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch

1.7
The motor protection device SIPROTEC 7SK85 is part of the new
1.8 SIPROTEC 5 series of modular field devices.
This device is designed for the protection of all motor sizes. With
1.9 its flexibility and its high-performance DIGSI 5 engineering tool,
the SIPROTEC 7SK85 fits perfectly for protection, control, moni-
2 toring, and measuring applications in electrical energy systems.

2.1 Functions

2.2 All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate Fig. 2.7 / 4 Motor protection device SIPROTEC 7SK85 (1/3 device with
2.3 number of free function points within the device. The function large graphical display and 1/6 expansion module with key
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in switch front panel)
2.4 determining the required number of function points for your
device.
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
• Motor protection functions: starting-time supervision, distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable,
thermal overload protection for stator and rotor, restart inhibit, two-wire connections and communication networks)
unbalanced load protection, load-jump protection
• Measurement of operational values
• Stator and bearing temperature monitoring via a temperature
• Synchrophasor measured values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
2.5 sensors with an external RTD-box
integrated (PMU)
• Motor differential protection as fast short-circuit protection for
• Powerful fault recording
large-power motors
• Additional functions for simple tests and easy commissioning.
• Ground-fault protection (directional, non-directional) for the
detection of stator ground-faults Table 2.7 / 3 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 7SK85.
• Directional and non-directional time-overcurrent protection
Applications
(short-circuit protection) with additional functions
2.6 • Detection of ground faults in systems with isolated or resonant The motor protection device 7SK85 is a universal protection,
neutral control and automation device on the basis of the SIPROTEC 5
2.7 • Overvoltage and undervoltage protection in all required
system. It is designed for the protection of all motor sizes.

2.8 versions Typical motor protection applications include:

• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power • Protection against thermal overload of the stator due to
2.9 protection overcurrent, cooling problems or dirt
• Control, synchrocheck and system interlocking • Protection against thermal overload of the rotor during starting
2.10 due to frequent start-ups, prolonged start-ups or a locked rotor
• Arc protection
3 • Powerful automation with graphical CFC • Monitoring voltage unbalance or phase failure
(Continuous Function Chart) • Monitoring the thermal state and bearing temperatures by
3.1 • Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI temperature measuring
• IEC 61850 (reporting) via integrated port J • Detection of overstressing of drives running idle for e.g.,
3.2 pumps and compressors
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different
3.3 and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, • Detection of motor ground faults
IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus TCP) • Motor protection against short circuits
3.4
• Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR • Protection against instability due to undervoltage.
3.5 • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
whitepaper
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Applications

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard Motor differential protection,
applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default Current and voltage measurement 1
settings.
• Motor differential protection 1.1
The following application templates are available: • Thermal overload protection for stators and rotors
1.2
Current measurement • Starting-time supervision
• Restart inhibit 1.3
• Thermal overload protection for stator and rotor
• Unbalanced-load protection (thermal)
• Starting-time supervision 1.4
• Temperature supervision
• Restart inhibit
• Load-jam protection 1.5
• Unbalanced-load protection (thermal)
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and 1.6
• Temperature supervision
ground
• Load-jam protection 1.7
• Transformer inrush-current detection
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and
• Sensitive directional ground-fault detection for systems with
ground
isolated or resonant neutral and for detecting of stator ground
1.8
• Transformer inrush-current detection. faults 1.9
Current and voltage measurement • Overvoltage protection with phase-sequence system U0
• Undervoltage protection with positive sequence system U1 2
• Thermal overload protection for stators and rotors
• Measuring voltage failure supervision.
• Starting-time supervision 2.1
• Restart inhibit
2.2
• Unbalanced-load protection (thermal)
• Temperature supervision 2.3
• Load-jam protection 2.4
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and
ground
• Transformer inrush-current detection
• Sensitive directional ground-fault detection for systems with
isolated or resonant neutral and for detecting stator ground
faults
2.5
• Overvoltage protection with zero-sequence system U0
• Undervoltage protection with positive-sequence system U1
• Fuse-failure monitor.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 9
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Applications

Application example SIPROTEC 7SK85 – acquired and monitored via an external RTD-box. The RTD-box is
1 protecting a medium power motor connected to the device via Ethernet or serial communication.
1.1 An asynchronous medium-power motor (up to approx. 2 MW) Fig. 2.7 / 5 shows the function scope and the basic configuration
is protected against thermal and mechanical overloads as well of a SIPROTEC 7SK82 for this application. The application
1.2 as short circuits with the motor protection functions and time- template "current and voltage measurement" is used as a basis.
overcurrent protection of the 7SK85. The directional sensitive Additionally, the device has to be equipped with a plug-in
1.3 ground-fault detection and overvoltage protection with zero- module for communication with the RTD-box.
sequence voltage U0 detect stator ground faults in the motor.
1.4 The thermal state of the motor and bearing temperatures are
1.5
1.6
1.7
 $4$ )* 0RWRU
1.8 03
9SK
9SK
1.9 67Ns 59N 27
03
2 9SK

2.1 03
,SK 46 48 49R 49S 66
)* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU$4$
,SK
,SK
2.2 50 51 51N SOTF
Ctrl
2.3
03 38 %,
2.4 &%
,SK %2

)* $QDORJ8QLWV

Visio-7SK85-us.pdf
0 RTD &, RTD

2.5
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  8QGHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  7HPSHUDWXUHPRQLWRULQJ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  8QEDODQFHGORDGSURWHFWLRQ
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  0RWRUVWDUWLQJWLPHVXSHUYLVLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU 5 5RWRU2YHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
57' 57'8QLW 6 6WDWRURYHUORDGSURWHFWLRQ
&, &RPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH  2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQSKDVHV
2.6
&WUO &RQWURO 1 2YHUFXUUHQWSURWHFWLRQJURXQG
1 2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQZLWK]HURVHTXHQFHYROWDJHUHVLGXDOYROWDJH
2.7  5HVWDUWLQKLELW
1V 'LUHFWLRQDOVHQVLWLYHJURXQGIDXOWGHWHFWLRQ
2.8 627) ,QVWDQWDQHRXVWULSSLQJDWVZLWFKRQWRIDXOW
2.9
Fig. 2.7 / 5 Application example: Protection of a medium-power motor
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

Differential prot. +
Available in 7SK85

voltage measure-

cur. & volt. meas.

1.1

voltage meas.
Current and

Current and
1.2
1.3

ment
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping „ „ „ „
1.4
3-pole
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ 1.5
14 Locked rotor protection I> + n< „ „ „ „
24 Overexcitation protection V/f „ 1.6
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.7
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „ „ „ 1.8
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
27Q Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< „ 1.9
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Θ<> „
37 Undercurrent I< „ 2
38 Temperature Supervision „ „ „ „
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „
2.1
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> „ „ „ „ 2.2
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „ 2.3
48 Starting-time supervision for motors I²start „ „ „ „
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „ „ „ „
2.4
49R Thermal overload protection, rotor θR „ „ „ „
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ „ „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „ „ „ „
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ 2.5
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral INs> „
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> „
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS „
50L Load-jam protection I>L „ „ „ „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „
2.6
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
2.7
66 Restart inhibit for motors I²t „ „ „ „
2.8
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠ (V,I) „
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠ (V,I) „ 2.9
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with resonant or isolated neutral „ „ „
incl. a) V0>, b) Cos-/SinPhi, c) Transient fct., d) Phi(V,I), e) Admittanz 2.10
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „ 3
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „
3.1
Underfrequency protection
81U f< „
3.2
86 Lockout „ „ „ „
87M Motor differential protection ∆I „ „ 3.3
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
3.4
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one „
3.5
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 cur- PMU „
rents) 3.6
Further functions see next page 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 11
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

Differential prot. +
Available in 7SK85

voltage measure-

cur. & volt. meas.

1.1

voltage meas.
Current and

Current and
1.2
1.3

ment
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.4 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „

1.5 Measured values, standard „ „ „ „

Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
1.6 Switching statistic counters „
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
1.7 CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „

1.8 CFC arithmetic „

Switching sequences function „
1.9 Inrush current detection „ „ „ „
External trip initiation „
2 Control „ „ „ „
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „
2.1 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „

2.2 Protection interface, serial „

Circuit Breaker „ „ „ „
2.3 Disconnector „
Function points: 0 40 100
2.4 The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order confi gurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
Table 2.7/ 3 SIPROTEC 7SK85 – Functions and application templates

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK82
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SK82

1
T1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I
1.1
s

Run Error SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19" /LQH 

11 binary inputs, [[[

[[[

[[[


1.2
[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 8 standard),

4 current transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO101
1.3
T2 1/3, 23 BI, 16 BO, 4 I Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
1.4
Housing width 1/3 x 19"
1.5
/LQH 

[[[ 

23 binary inputs,
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 15 standard),

4 current transformer inputs 1.6
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101, IO101 and IO110 1.7
T3 (in preparation)
1.8
T4 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
1.9
s

Housing width 1/3 x 19"

Run Error SIPROTEC

11 binary inputs,
/LQH 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 8 standard),

[[[ 

4 current transformer inputs, 2

4 voltage transformer inputs
2.1
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101 and IO102

T5 1/3, 23 BI, 16 BO, 4 I, 4 V

2.2
s

Run Error SIPROTEC

Housing width 1/3 x 19" /LQH  2.3

23 binary inputs,
[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 15 standard), 2.4

4 current transformer inputs,
4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS101, IO102 and IO110

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SK85

R1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
Run Error
s

SIPROTEC
2.5
Housing width 1/3 x 19"
11 binary inputs,
/LQH 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

9 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard, 6 fast),

4 current transformer inputs,
4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202

R2 1/2, 17 BI, 16 BO, 4 I, 4 V

s s
2.6
Housing width 1/2 x 19"
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

17 binary inputs,
2.7
/LQH 

[[[ 

[[[ 

[[[ 

16 binary outputs (1 life contact, 9 standard, 6 fast), [[[ 

4 current transformer inputs,

4 voltage transformer inputs
2.8
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202, 2.9
expansion module IO206
2.10
R3 1/2, 27 BI, 17 BO, 4 I, 4 V
s s

Housing width 1/2 x 19"

3
Run Error SIPROTEC SIPROTEC

27 binary inputs, /LQH

[[[

[[[


17 binary outputs (1 life contact, 10 standard, 6 fast),

[[[ 

[[[ 

4 current transformer inputs, 3.1

4 voltage transformer inputs
3.2
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion module IO207 3.3
3.4
3.5
The technical data can be found in the device manual under
www.siemens.com/siprotec 3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.7 / 13
 Motor Protection SIPROTEC 7SK85
Notes

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.7 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Busbar Protection
SIPROTEC 7SS85

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Description

Busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 You set the maximum functional scopes of your device through
1 “Significant Features“. Each significant feature is fixed by a short
Busbar protection devices SIPROTEC 7SS85 are part of the
form.
1.1 modular SIPROTEC 5 series and are based in their main function
on the principle of differential protection. They protect busbars
Short form Functional scope1)
1.2 of the most various types and all voltage levels with the highest
9 1 bus zone
selectivity.
1.3 Additional protection and control functions extend the scope of A 2 bus zones
application to a comprehensive station protection. B 2 bus zones, disconnector image
1.4 C 4 bus zones
The SIPROTEC 7SS85 is suited for the following system configu- D 4 bus zones, disconnector image
1.5 rations E2) Circuit-breaker failure protection
1.6 • Single busbars with/without transfer busbar for 4 bus zones, disconnector image
• Double busbars with/without transfer busbar Table 2.8 / 1 Maximum functional scope of significant features
1.7 • Triple busbars
1.8 • Breaker-and-a-half layout
Applications
• Double circuit-breaker arrangement and 1 or 2 current
1.9 transformers per feeder The busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 encompasses the
• Truck-type switchgear following maximum quantity structure
2 • 15 3-phase measuring points (current transformer)
• Systems with combined busbars (optionally main/transfer
2.1 busbar) • 2 3-phase measuring points (voltage transformer)
• T circuit arrangements (stub-fault protection) •  22 bays (feeders, couplers, bus-section disconnections)
2.2 • H circuit arrangement with coupler or disconnection •  4 bus zones (busbar sections with measuring function)
2.3 • Ring busbars •  4 couplers (with 1 or 2 current transformers)
• Meshed corners. •  2 auxiliary busbars (busbar sections without measuring
2.4 function).

1) Up to 15 measuring points and 22 bays

2.5 2) In preparation

*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ

2.6
6- .(
2.7 0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
87 6$

2.8 6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-

6. 6$

2.9 .( 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6' 6.

2.10 0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.

3
0
3.1
3.2 *

3.3 0

3.4
*
3.5
3.6
Fig. 2.8 / 1 Application of SIPROTEC 5 devices
3.7
2.8 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Properties

Properties
1
The busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 is a selective, safe, and
fast protection against busbar short circuits in medium-voltage, 1.1
high-voltage and very high voltage systems with the most
various busbar configurations. 1.2
Selection of the device basis functionalities (significant fea- 1.3
tures) and the modular hardware structure allow an optimum
adaptation of the SIPROTEC 7SS85 to the most various system 1.4
configurations and functional requirements.
1.5
Characteristics of the SIPROTEC 7SS85
1.6
• Phase-selective measurement and display
• Selective tripping of faulty busbar sections 1.7
• Connector-independent check zone as additional tripping
criterion
1.8
• Shortest tripping times (<7ms) for ensuring network 1.9
stability and minimization of damage to the system
• Highest stability in case of external faults, also in case of 2
transformer saturation through stabilization with flowing
currents 2.1
• Operate curve with freely adjustable characteristic-curve Fig. 2.8 / 2 Busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
2.2
sections
• Additional operate curve with increased sensitivity for low- 2.3
current faults, for example in resistance-grounded networks • Release of tripping of a protection zone through additional
• Only 2 ms saturation-free time of the current transformer external signals 2.4
required through fast recognition of internal and external • Release of tripping through additional, external phase-
faults selective signals
• Use of closed iron core or linearized current transformer • Optional voltage- and frequency protection for up to two
transformers within one substation possible 3 phase voltage transformers. This can be used to realize
• Adaptation of different current transformer an integrated under voltage release of tripping
ratio per parameterization • Optional time-overcurrent protection phase / earth per 2.5
• Uncomplicated dimensioning of the current transformers bay (V6)
and the stabilization factor
Functions
• 3 interdependent methods of measurement make possible
the shortest tripping times in case of busbar faults and Table 2.8 / 3 shows all functions that are available in
ensure maximum stability in case of large fl owing short- SIPROTEC 7SS85. All functions can be configured freely with
circuit currents DIGSI 5. To use some of the functions, you require the appropri-
ate number of free function points within the device. The 2.6
• The integrated circuit-breaker failure protection recognizes
function-point calculator in the online configurator provides
circuit-breaker faults in case of busbar short-circuits and
generates a tripping signal for the circuit breaker at the
support in determining the required number of function points 2.7
for your device.
remote line end. In case of a failure of a coupler circuit 2.8
breaker, the adjacent busbar is tripped During the project engineering with DIGSI 5 you get also the
• Comprehensive monitoring of the current circuits, the required function points. 2.9
measured-value processing and trip circuits prevent
over-functions and under-functions of the protection
Function library and application templates 2.10
and reduce the effort for routine checks A common function library makes all protection, automation,
• Various control possibilities, such as bay out of service, monitoring, and auxiliary functions available for the SIPROTEC 5 3
acquisition blocking for disconnectors and circuit devices. Thus, the same functions are truly the same for all
breakers, blocking of protection zones or of the entire devices. Once established, configurations can be transferred 3.1
circuit-breaker failure protection, make the adaptation to from device to device. This results in substantially reduced
engineering effort. For busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85,
3.2
operationally-caused special states of your system easier
additional, specific library elements are provided. 3.3
• Optional 1/3- or 3-pole circuit-breaker failure protection with
use of the integrated disconnector image to trip of all The flexibility of the SIPROTEC 7SS85 allows the protection of a
circuit breakers of the concerned busbar section number of possible system constellations. In place of applica- 3.4
• Optional end-fault protection for the protection of the tion templates, DIGSI 5 provides a comfortable, fully graphical
interface for complete engineering of your busbar protection.
3.5
area between circuit breaker and current transformer for
feeders and couplers 3.6
• Direct tripping of protection zones through external signals
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.8 / 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Properties

Significant features
1
You select the basic device functionalities with the significant Table 2.8 / 2 contains the respective basic scope of bays and the
1.1 features. These are oriented to typical system constellations or hardware degree of expansion in accordance with the associa-
applications. ted standard variant. You need additional function points for
1.2 further bays.
For the devices SIPROTEC 7SS85, a standard variant (V1, V2, V3)
1.3 is associated with each significant feature. The device can be The significant feature E (circuit-breaker failure protection) is
adapted to your special application through additional exten- special. The main protection function here is circuit-breaker
1.4 sion modules (see “Overview of the standard variants“, failure protection. The device allows the realization of an
page 2.8 / 11). independent, complete backup protection in case of the failure
1.5 of circuit-breaker failure in the station.

1.6
Significant features
1.7 Short form 9 A B C D E
Circuit-breaker
1.8 Main protection function Busbar protection failure protection
for busbars
1.9 Bus zones 1 2 2 4 4 4
Disconnector image No No Yes No Yes Yes
2 Measuring points 3-ph (maximum) 15 15 15 15 15 15
Bays (maximum) 22 22 22 22 22 22
2.1
Bays (incl.in the basic) 3 4 4 6 6 6
2.2 Associated standard variant V1 V2 V2 V3 V3 V3
incl. measuring points 3-ph 3 4 4 6 6 6
2.3
Table 2.8 / 2 Significant features and standard variants
2.4
System engineering and parameterization
of the protection zones, the switch positions are shown.
The single line diagram describes the primary topology of your Additionally, you receive information about special operational
system. Add a device SIPROTEC 7SS85 from the DIGSI 5 library states, for example in “Bay out of service“ or reduced protection
as well as the required function blocks. Connect the primary selectivity, for example with direct coupling of busbars via
elements of the single line diagram (busbars, current transfor- disconnectors (busbar shunt by disconnectors).
2.5
mers, disconnectors, circuit breakers) with the inputs and
Flexible adaptation to the most various busbar configurations
outputs of the device. Thus a topological reference is created.
and simple extensibility is guaranteed by the use of standar-
In DIGSI 5 online mode, all important information on commis- dized SIPROTEC 5 hardware.
sioning, operation, and analysis are shown in a single line
diagram. In addition to the measured values of the feeders and

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.8 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Properties

Characteristic curves with increased sensitivity

1
In resistance-grounded networks, single-phase short-circuits The activation of the characteristic curve takes place via a
lie in the range of the rated currents. In order to also provide a binary input. A common criterion is the recognition of a high 1.1
busbar protection with appropriate sensitivity in these cases, residual voltage as an indication of a single-pole fault.
an independent characteristic curve is available. This characte- 1.2
ristic curve provides separated parameters for the threshold, as
well as for a restriction of the range of effectiveness. For this 1.3
case the integrated circuit-breaker failure protection has a
corresponding characteristic curve.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
)DXOWFKDUDFWHULVWLF

'LIIHUHQWLDOFXUUHQW
)DXOWFKDUDFWHULVWLF 'LIIHUHQWLDOFXUUHQW
,GLII
1.8
,GLII

1.9

7ULSSLQJUDQJH 2
N
7ULSSLQJUDQJH N
2.1
2.2

B
2.3
B 6WDELOL]DWLRQUDQJH 6WDELOL]DWLRQUDQJH
3
3
B
$UHDRIKLJKHU 2.4
VHQVLWLYLW\
3
2SHUDWLQJFXUYH 2SHUDWLQJFXUYH
r 
 5HVWUDLQWFXUUHQW
5HVWUDLQWFXUUHQW B
,UHVWPRG ,UHVWPRG
3

2.5
Fig. 2.8 / 3 Standard characteristic curve Fig. 2.8 / 4 Sensitive characteristic curve

Disconnector image
In case of multiple busbars, bays are switched to various busbar The following properties distinguish this function:
sections (protection zones) with disconnectors. For correct • Processing of up to 22 bays and 4 busbar sections
assignment of the bay currents to the appropriate protection 2.6
• Supervision of disconnector runtime and position
zones, the position of the disconnector is needed in the busbar
• Through the assignment “Disconnector NOT off =
as well as circuit-breaker failure protection. Dynamic adminis- 2.7
tration of the switching states occurs via the disconnector Disconnector on“ by software, there is no need
image integrated into the device. In case of a busbar fault, the for adjusted disconnector auxiliary contacts 2.8
necessary trip commands for the individual circuit breakers are • Storage of the disconnector position in case of an
also formed via the disconnector image. auxiliary-voltage failure 2.9
• Comfortable graphical engineering with the operating 2.10
program DIGSI 5
• Dynamic graphical visualization of the switchgear with 3
DIGSI 5 in online mode.
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.8 / 5
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Applications

Project engineering of a double busbar

1
The following Fig. 2.8 / 5 shows a typical structure of enginee-
1.1 ring with DIGSI 5, the measuring points used, the function
groups used, and their interconnections.
1.2
1.3
1.4
%XV
1.5 FRXSOHU
%D\ ED\  %D\
%%
1.6 %%
1.7
7SS85
1.8
)* &XUWUDQVIRUPHU%( )* &LUFXLWEUHDNHU4$
1.9 4% 4% 03
,SK ,SK 50BF
,SK
2 50EF

)* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% Ctrl
2.1 )* 'LVFRQQHFWRU4% %,
CB
%2
2.2
2.3
2.4

4$

)* %XVEDU

Visio-Verbindungen_Feld_Koppl-enUS-01.pdf
%( 87B 50BF inh.

2.5 &KHFN]RQH

%XV]RQH

%XV]RQH

6XSHUYLVLRQ

2.6 50BF Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection

50EF End-Fault Protection
2.7 87B Busbar Differential Protection
Ctrl Control
2.8
Fig. 2.8 / 5 Application example: Project engineering of a double busbar
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.8 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Applications

Stub protection
1
The differential protection for so-called stubs requires a
protection zone and inputs for 3 current measuring points. With 1.1
the significant feature 9 (differential protection for a protection
zone, 3 measuring points and 3 bays), a tailored solution is 1.2
available for you. With 2 such devices, a so-called H circuit can
also be protected, if a circuit breaker and a current transformer 1.3
exist in the connection.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
Fig. 2.8 / 6 Application example: Stub
1.9
2
Protection of a single busbar 2.1
Single busbars can be segmented into several sections using According to the number of the busbar sections, the signifi cant 2.2
bus-section couplers (circuit breakers and current transformers) feature 9 (differential protection for 1 protection zone),
or busbar disconnectors. significant feature A (differential protection for 2 protection 2.3
zones) and significant feature C (differential protection for 4
With the variant with bus-section coupler, every zone is protection zones) are used. 2.4
selectively protectable.
For more than 4 zones and bus-section couplers, two
With the variant with bus-section disconnectors, selective SIPROTEC 7SS85 devices are used.
protection is possible only with open disconnectors. For this,
the disconnector position must be recorded in the device.

2.5

%( 4$ %(

2.6
4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$

2.7
%( %( %( %( %( %( %(
2.8
2.9
2.10
Fig. 2.8 / 7 Application example: Single busbar with 7 feeders and bus-section coupler 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.8 / 7
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Applications

H circuits can be looked at as two single busbars, each with

1 2 feeders on both sides of the coupling or disconnection.
1.1 Accordingly, the significant feature A (differential protection for
2 protection zones, 15 measuring points and 19 bays) is used.
1.2 The SIPROTEC 7SS85 must be configured for 5 bays.
   
1.3

1.4
1.5
1.6    

1.7 +FLUFXLWZLWKFRXSOHU +FLUFXLWZLWKGLVFRQQHFWRU

1.8
Fig. 2.8 / 8 H circuit with coupler or disconnector
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3 Protection of a breaker-and-a-half arrangement
Busbars according to breaker-and-a-half layout allow the In case of more than 14 feeders (7 diameters), one SIPROTEC
2.4 uninterrupted operation of infeeds and outgoing feeders, also 7SS85 device with the significant feature 9 (differential protec-
in the case of a failure of a busbar. They are therefore com- tion for 1 protection zone) is used per busbar.
monly operated while interconnected.
The middle circuit breakers and current transformers are not
Breaker-and-a-half arrangements are protected like 2 single relevant to the busbar-differential protection. In the 7SS85,
busbars. For a system in accordance with Fig. 2.8 / 9, a however, a system-encompassing circuit-breaker failure
SIPROTEC 7SS85 device of the significant feature A (differential protection can be realized.
2.5 protection for 2 protection zones is needed. The SIPROTEC
7SS85 must be set up for 10 bays (in correspondence with 5
cross branches, so-called “Diameters“).

2.6
2.7
    
2.8 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$

2.9 %( %( %( %( %(

2.10
    
4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$
3
3.1 %( %( %( %( %(

3.2 %( %( %( %( %(

3.3
    
3.4 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$

3.5
3.6
Fig. 2.8 / 9 Breaker-and-a-half arrangement
3.7
2.8 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Applications

Protection of a double busbar

1
Double-busbar systems allow the distribution of overall output In the integrated disconnector image, the dynamic updating of
and a flexible operations management. Each busbar or each the switching state of the system occurs in accordance with the 1.1
switchable-busbar section can be selectively protected. switch positions and the configured topology.
1.2
Since bays can be connected to various busbars (protection For a system in accordance with Fig. 2.8 / 10, a SIPROTEC 7SS85
zones), the disconnector positions must be determined in the device of the significant feature D (differential protection for 1.3
busbar protection. 4 protection zones is needed.
1.4
1.5
1.6
4$ %(
 1.7

4%
1.8
1.9
4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%

%( %( 2
      
4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$ 4$
 
2.1
4$ 4$
%( %( %( %( %( %( %( 2.2
2.3
2.4
Fig. 2.8 / 10 Double busbar with bus coupler and bus-section disconnection

Systems with transfer busbars or combined busbars

Transfer busbars are provided in order to continue to operate If one of the main busbars, on the basis of the disconnector 2.5
feeders in cases of circuit-breaker revision or defect. In this topology, can also be used as transfer busbar, this is called a
circuit-breaker substitution mode, the circuit breaker in the combined busbar.
affected coupler assumes the function of the circuit breaker of
For a system in accordance with Fig. 2.8 / 11, a SIPROTEC 7SS85
the feeder. Mostly a transfer busbar of one´s own is available
device of the significant feature B (differential protection for
for this operation state.
2 protection zones is needed.
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4% 4%

3
   %( 
4$ 4$ 4$ 4$
3.1
4% %( %( 4$

4% 3.2
3.3
%( 4% 4% %(
3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 2.8 / 11 Double busbar with combined busbar
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.8 / 9
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Functions, application templates

Available
in 7SS85
1.1
1.2 ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „
1.3 Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „
1.4 27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
27 Undervoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1< „
1.5
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „
1.6 38 Temperature Supervision „
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> „
1.7 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „
1.8
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „

1.9 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP „

50EF End fault protection „

2 59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „

59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
2.1 59N Overvoltage protection, zero-sequence system V0> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
2.2
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „

2.3 81O Overfrequency protection f> „

81U Underfrequency protection f< „
2.4 81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
86 Lockout „
87B Busbar differential protection ∆I „
Bay „
Broken-wire detection for differential protection „
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit-breaker applications) „

2.5 Measured values, standard „

Switching statistic counters „
CFC (Standard, Control) „
CFC arithmetic „
Switching sequences function „
External trip initiation „
Control „
2.6 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „
Monitoring and supervision „
2.7 Protection interface, serial „
Circuit Breaker „
2.8 Disconnector „

2.9 The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.10
Table 2.8 / 3 SIPROTEC 7SS85 functions

3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.8 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85
Standard variants

Overview of the standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SS85

1
V1 1/2, 15 BI, 13 BO, 12 I
Housing 1/2 x 19" 1.1
15 binary inputs,
13 binary outputs (1 life, 2 standard, 10 fast), 1.2
12 current transformer
1.3
Contains the modules: Base module wit PS201 and IO203,
expansion module IO201
1.4
V2 1/2, 11 BI, 11 BO, 16 I
Housing 1/2 x 19"
1.5
11 binary inputs,
11 binary outputs (1 life, 2 standard, 8 fast),
1.6
16 current transformer
1.7
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
expansion module IO203 1.8
V3 2/3 15 BI, 15 BO, 24 I 1.9
Housing 2/3 x 19"
15 binary inputs 2
15 binary outputs (1 life, 2 standard, 12 fast),
24 current transformer
2.1
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203,
2 expansion modules IO203 2.2
The technical data of the devices can be found in the device manual 2.3
www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.8 / 11
 Busbar Protection SIPROTEC 7SS85

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.8 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Bay Controllers SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86
Description

SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86 – bay controllers These functions are truly the same for all devices. Once estab-
1 lished, configurations can be transferred from device to device.
SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers are a part of the modular system of
This results in substantially reduced engineering effort.
1.1 SIPROTEC 5. They support all SIPROTEC 5 system features, and
can be used individually as well as universally in the framework In this catalog you will find predefined templates for standard
1.2 of system solutions. applications. These templates already contain basic configura-
tions, required functions and default settings for standard
1.3 SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers control and monitor systems of all
applications.
voltage levels. The large number of automatic functions allows
1.4 use in all fields of power supply. Device groups
1.5 The devices also contain important auxiliary functions that are The bay controller is distinguished by the product groups
necessary for safe network operation today. This includes func- 6MD85 and 6MD86. 6MD85 devices are tailored to applications
1.6 tions for protection, control, measurement and monitoring. The in distribution systems but are also suitable for transmission
large number of communication interfaces and communication applications. 6MD86 devices are designed for applications in
1.7 protocols satisfies the requirements of communication-based transmission systems and can be operated with a maximum
selective protection, as well as automated operation. variety of additional functions. The hardware design of both
1.8
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed device types can be configured flexibly.
1.9 safely, quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance
test functions. Because of a modular structure design, the Type 6MD85 6MD86
2 SIPROTEC 5 bay controller can always be flexibly adapted to Circuit-breaker failure protection – Optional
specific requirements. Automatic reclosing – Optional
2.1 Switching sequences Optional „
Overview of the devices 6MD85 and 6MD86
CFC arithmetic Optional „
2.2 SIPROTEC 5 bay controller is based on the flexible and powerful „
Measured-value processing Optional
2.3 SIPROTEC 5 modular system. When ordering, you can choose Number of switching Optional „
between various standard variants. Expandability by expansion devices greater than 4
2.4 modules allows for individual adjustment to specific applica- Synchrocheck Optional „
tions.
Table 2.9 / 1 Overview of different distinguishing features
Function library and application templates
Common features:
The extensive SIPROTEC function library is also available in the
bay controller type 6MD8. Thus, numerous protection functions • Numerous protection functions configurable
such as overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection or • Modularly expandable quantity structure
2.5 frequency protection are available. • Optionally usable as Phasor Measurement Unit
• Powerful automation with CFC.

2.6
2.7 *HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ

2.8 6- .(

0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
2.9 87 6$
6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
2.10 6. 6$

.( 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6' 6.

3 0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.

3.1
0
3.2
3.3 *

3.4 0

3.5 *

3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.9 / 1 Applications of SIPROTEC 5 devices in a transmission system

2.9 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 6MD85

Main function Bay controller for medium-voltage and
1
high- to extra-high-voltage switchgear with
integrated operation and extensive protec-
1.1
tion functions. Powerful automation, simple
configuration with DIGSI 5. 1.2
Inputs and outputs 5 predefined standard variants with
4 current transformers and
1.3
4 voltage transformers,
11 to 75 binary inputs, 1.4
9 to 41 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjusted and expandable I/O
1.5
quantity structure within the scope of the
SIPROTEC 5 modular system. The device can 1.6
be expanded into the second tier if a large
number of inputs and outputs are needed. 1.7
For example, 240 (and more) binary inputs
are possible with the IO230 (see Section 1.8
Hardware)
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19" 1.9

The SIPROTEC5 Bay Controller is a universal control and automa-

2
tion device with optional protection function. It is designed for 2.1
use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As a
full member of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large
Fig. 2.9 / 2 Bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD85 (1/3 device with
2.2
number of protection functions from the SIPROTEC library with
1/6 expansion module and operation panel for key-operated
identical parameters like in the protection devices. The modular switch) 2.3
hardware enables the user to integrate as many IO's as needed.
2.4
Functions • Secure serial protection data communication, also over
great distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
cable, 2-wire connections and communication networks)
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate
number of free function points within the device. The function • Measurement of operational values
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in • Synchrophasor measured values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
determining the required number of function points for your integrated (PMU) 2.5
device. • Powerful fault recording
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection functions • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning.
for applications from medium to extra high voltage
Table 2.9 / 2 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 6MD85.
• Control of up to 20 switching devices
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking system Applications
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI The bay controller 6MD85 is a universal, control and automation 2.6
• IEC 61850 (Reporting) via integrated port J device with protection functions on the basis of the
SIPROTEC 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different
of lines and therefore it is optimally suitable for reserve or
2.7
and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103,
IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus TCP) emergency protection for the line protection devices. Due to its 2.8
high flexibility in using of protection data communication it is
• Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
suitable as selective protection equipment for overheadlines and 2.9
• Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW cables with single- and multi-ended infeeds. The device supports
whitepaper all SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It enables future-oriented 2.10
• Arc protection system solutions with high investment security and low operat-
• Powerful automation with CFC (Continuous Function Chart) ing costs. 3
• Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with
3.1
3-pole tripping
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half scheme 3.2
• Selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
single- and multi-ended infeeds for use with protection data
3.3
communication 3.4
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as backup
function 3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85
Application example

1
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard
1.1 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default
settings.
1.2
The following application templates are available:
1.3
SIPROTEC 6MD85 standard
1.4 • Double-busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking.
1.5 SIPROTEC 6MD85 extended control
1.6 • Additionally to 6MD85 standard, this includes the CFC blocks
for switching sequences and arithmetic
1.7 • Switching sequence for automatic busbar transfer precon-
figured (started by function key).
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

QB1 QB2

2.5

QA1 MP I-3ph V-1ph 
V4
V-1ph 1 V-3ph V-3ph

QB9 I1
I2 MP
I3 I-3ph 1 2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV Ctrl
2.6 I4
Display,
Communi- BI
(QHUJ\PHWHUHG CB
YDOXHV cation, BO
CFC
2.7 V1
MP
V2
2.8 V-3ph 1
V3 6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFH
IRUEXVEDUFKDQJHV
2.9
/LQH Ctrl
2.10 Dc BI
o BO
3
Fig_3_6_Visio_Bsp-Application-1-us.pdf

3.1 )* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN

03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW &WUO &RQWURO
3.2 (QA) &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU &)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
(QB) 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU
3.3 %, %LQDU\LQSXW
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW
3.4
3.5 Fig. 2.9 / 3 Application example: Bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD85 for double busbar with switching sequence for busbar transfer

3.6
3.7
2.9 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85
Functions, application templates

Application templates 1

Available in 6MD85

Externded Control
1.1

Not Configured
1.2

Standard
1.3
ANSI Functions Abbr. 1.4
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ 1.5
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „
Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.6
27
27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „ 1.7
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „
38 Temperature Supervision „ 1.8
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „

49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t „

1.9
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „

2
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „
2.1
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „ 2.2

51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „
2.3
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
2.4
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „
81U Underfrequency protection f< „

81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „

86 Lockout „

90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „

2.5
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „

PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 cur- PMU „
rents)
Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ „
„ „ „
2.6
Switching statistic counters
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „
2.7
CFC arithmetic „ 2.8
Switching sequences function „ „
Inrush current detection „ 2.9
External trip initiation „
Control „ „ „
2.10
Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „
3
Protection interface, serial „
3.1
Circuit Breaker „ „ „
Disconnector „ 3 3 3.2
Function points: 0 0 75
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
3.3
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
3.4
Table 2.9 / 2 SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Functions and application templates
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 5
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 6MD86

1
Main function Bay controller for medium-voltage and
1.1 high- to extra-high-voltage switchgear with
integrated operation and extensive protec-
1.2 tion functions. Powerful automation, simple
configuration with DIGSI 5.
1.3 Inputs and outputs 6 predefined standard variants with up to
8 current transformers and
1.4 8 voltage transformers,
11 to 75 binary inputs,
1.5 9 to 41 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjusted and expandable I/O
1.6 quantity structure within the scope of the
SIPROTEC 5 modular system. The device can
1.7 be expanded into the second tier if a large
number of inputs and outputs are needed.
For example, 240 (and more) binary inputs
1.8 are possible with the IO230 (see Section
Hardware).
1.9
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19"

2
The SIPROTEC5 Bay Controller is a universal control and automa-
2.1 tion device with optional protection function. It is designed for
use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As a
2.2 full member of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large
number of protection functions from the SIPROTEC library with Fig. 2.9 / 4 Bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD86 (1/3 device with 1/6
2.3 identical parameters like in the protection devices. The flexible
expansion module and operation panel for key-operated
switch)
2.4 hardware concept enables the exact fitting to all amount of
process data. • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable,
Functions 2-wire connections and communication networks)
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the • Measurement of operational values
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate • Synchrophasor measured values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
number of free function points within the device. The function integrated (PMU)
2.5 point calculator in the online configurator provides support in
• Powerful fault recording
determining the required number of function points for your
device. • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning.
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection functions Table 2.9 / 3 shows all available functions for SIPROTEC 6MD86.
for applications from medium to extra high voltage
• Control of up to 20 switching devices
• Synchrocheck, switchgear interlocking system and protection Applications
2.6
functions related to the switching device, such as circuit- The bay controller 6MD86 is a universal, control and automation
breaker tripping signal and automatic reclosing device with protection functions on the basis of the SIPROTEC
2.7
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI 5 system. It is especially designed for the protection of lines
2.8 • IEC 61850 (Reporting) via integrated port J and therefore it is optimally suitable for reserve or emergency
protection for the line protection devices. Due to its high flex-
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules usable for different
2.9 and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103,
ibility in using of protection data communication it is suitable
as selective protection equipment for overheadlines and cables
2.10 IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial+TCP), Modbus RTU Slave)
with single- and multi-ended infeeds. The device supports all
• Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR SIPROTEC 5 system characteristics. It enables future-oriented
3 • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW system solutions with high investment security and low operat-
whitepaper ing costs.
3.1 • Arc protection
3.2 • Powerful automation with CFC (Continuous Function Chart)
• Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with
3.3 3-pole tripping
3.4 • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half scheme
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as backup
3.5 function

3.6
3.7
2.9 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Applications

The following application templates are available: SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 1
1
• Control of a breaker-and-a-half diameter (3 circuit-breakers,
SIPROTEC 6MD86 standard double busbar
14 disconnectors) 1.1
• Double-busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking system
• Synchrocheck for the three circuit-breakers with dynamic
• Synchrocheck for circuit-breaker measuring point changeover. 1.2
• Switching sequence for automatic busbar transfer precon- 1.3
SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 2
figured (tripped by function key).
• Control of a part of breaker-and-a-half diameter 1.4
• Supports concepts with several bay controllers per bay
• Circuit-breaker failure protection and automatic reclosing.
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
QB1 QB2 2.2
2.3

Fig_5_7_Visio-Bsp-Application-2-us.pdf
2.4
QA1 MP I-3ph  V-1ph 
V4
V-1ph 1 V-3ph
V-3ph 
I1 I-3ph 50BF
QB9 
I2 MP 
I3 I-3ph 1
2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV Display, Ctrl
I4 BI
(QHUJ\PHWHUHG
Communi-
cation,
CB 2.5
BO
YDOXHV CFC
V1
MP
V2
V-3ph 1
V3 6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFH
IRUEXVEDUFKDQJHV

/LQH Ctrl

Dco BI 2.6
BO
2.7
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN 2.8
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ 2.9
4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU  $XWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  )UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ 2.10
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  3RZHUSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO
&)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
3
3.1
Fig. 2.9 / 5 Application example: Bay controller 6MD86 for double busbar with protection functions 3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 7
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Functions, application templates

1 Application templates

1.1

Available in 6MD86

Standard Double
Not Configured
1.2

1.5 CB type 2
1.5 CB type1
1.3

Busbar
1.4
ANSI Functions Abbr.
1.5 Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole „ „ „ „ „
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O „ „ „ „ „
1.6 25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync „ 3 „ „
27 Undervoltage protection, 3-phase V< „
1.7 27 Undervoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx< „

1.8 32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> „

38 Temperature Supervision „
1.9 46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> „
49 Thermal overload protection , I²t „
2 50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> „ 2 „ „
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> „
2.1 50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> „

2.2 Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF „

50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> „
2.3 50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP „ „
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) „
2.4 59 Overvoltage protection, 3-phase V> „
59 Overvoltage protection, positive-sequence system V1> „
59 Overvoltage protection, universal, Vx Vx> „
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS „
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR „ „
81O Overfrequency protection f> „
2.5 81U Underfrequency protection f< „
81R Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt „
86 Lockout „
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer „
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer „
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents)
2.6 Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) „
Measured values, standard „ „ „ „
2.7 Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „
Switching statistic counters „ „ „ „
2.8 Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P „

2.9 CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „ „

CFC arithmetic „ „ „ „
2.10 Switching sequences function „ „
Inrush current detection „
3 External trip initiation „
Control „ „ „ „
3.1 Fault recording of analog and binary signals „ „ „ „

3.2 Monitoring and supervision „ „ „ „

Protection interface, serial „
3.3 Circuit Breaker „ 3 „ 3
Disconnector „ 18 3 18
3.4 Function points: 0 0 0 75
3.5 The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the
SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
3.6 Table 2.9 / 3 SIPROTEC 6MD86 – Functions and application templates

3.7
2.9 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85
Applications

Application example with switching sequence energy measured values are calculated in the function group
SIPROTEC 6MD85 VI_3-phase, and are available for output on the display, transmis- 1
sion to the station automation system and processing in the CFC.
Fig. 2.9 / 6 shows a simple application example with a 6MD85 on
A switching sequence stored in the CFC which is triggered via a
1.1
a double busbar. The circuit-breaker function group contains
function key causes an automatic busbar transfer. 1.2
the synchrocheck. The disconnectors are also controlled by
one function group each. Operational measured values and
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
QB1 QB2
1.7
1.8

QA1 MP I-3ph V-1ph  1.9
V4
V-1ph 1 V-3ph V-3ph
2
QB9 I1
I2 MP 2.1
I3 I-3ph 1 2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV Ctrl
Display,
I4
(QHUJ\PHWHUHG Communi-
CB
BI 2.2
YDOXHV cation, BO
V1
CFC
2.3
MP
V2

Fig_3_6_Visio_Bsp-Application-1-us.pdf
V-3ph 1 2.4
V3 6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFH
IRUEXVEDUFKDQJHV

/LQH Ctrl
Dc BI
o BO

2.5
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW &WUO &RQWURO
(QA) &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU &)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
(QB) 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU
%, %LQDU\LQSXW
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW

2.6
Fig. 2.9 / 6 Application example: Bay controller 6MD85 for double busbar with switching sequence for busbar transfer
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 9
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Applications

Application example with protection functions

1
In Fig. 2.9 / 8, the double-busbar feeder is controlled by a
1.1 SIPROTEC 6MD85 and additionally protected. For this purpose,
the circuit-breaker failure protection and automatic reclosing are
1.2 activated in the circuit-breaker function group. Function group
VI_3-phase contains the protection functions overvoltage protec-
1.3 tion, frequency protection and power protection. Different to
Fig. 2.9 / 6 it is therefore connected to the circuit-breaker in order
1.4 to provide a destination for the resulting tripping signals.
1.5 Such connections can be configured easily and flexibly in the
DIGSI editor “Function group connections” (Fig. 2.9 / 7).
Fig. 2.9 / 7 Assignment of the function group with protection functions
1.6 to the circuit-breaker (protection object)

1.7
1.8
1.9
2 QB1 QB2

2.1
2.2 QA1 MP I-3ph  V-1ph 
V4
V-1ph 1 V-3ph
2.3 V-3ph 
I1 I-3ph 50BF
QB9 
2.4 I2 MP 
I3 I-3ph 1
2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV Display, Ctrl
I4 Communi- BI
(QHUJ\PHWHUHG cation,
CB
BO
YDOXHV CFC
V1
MP
V2

Fig_5_7_Visio-Bsp-Application-2-us.pdf
V-3ph 1
V3 6ZLWFKLQJVHTXHQFH
2.5 IRUEXVEDUFKDQJHV

/LQH Ctrl

Dco BI
BO

2.6 )* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN

03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW %) &LUFXLWEUHDNHUIDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU  2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
2.7 4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU  $XWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJ
%, %LQDU\LQSXW  )UHTXHQF\SURWHFWLRQ
2.8 %2 %LQDU\RXWSXW  3RZHUSURWHFWLRQ
&WUO &RQWURO
2.9 &)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW

2.10
Fig. 2.9 / 8 Application example: Bay controller 6MD86 for double busbar with protection functions
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.9 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Applications

1
%XVEDU$
1.1
%(
4%
4& %DFNXSSURWHFWLRQ 1.2
6/
4$ 3URWHFWLRQGHYLFH
1.3

4&
'LVWDQFHGLIIHUHQWLDO 1.4
9 SURWHFWLRQFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
$ IDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQDQG
4% DXWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJIRU
1.5
4&
4$DQG4$
1.6
,
%(
4% /LQH 1.7
%( 1.8
4% 4&
4&
0' 1.9
%D\FRQWUROOHU
9
% 4$ 
4&
6\QFKURFKHFNDQG&RQWURO 2
IRUDOO&LUFXLWEUHDNHU
&RQWUROIRUDOO6ZLWFKHV 2.1
, PHDVXUHPHQWV
%(
2.2
4%
4% /LQH 2.3
%(
2.4
4& %DFNXSSURWHFWLRQ

6/
, 3URWHFWLRQGHYLFH
%(
4&
'LVWDQFHGLIIHUHQWLDO
SURWHFWLRQFLUFXLWEUHDNHU
9 IDLOXUHSURWHFWLRQDQG
4%

Fig_9_Visio-1-5_CB-us.pdf
DXWRPDWLFUHFORVLQJIRU 2.5
4& 9 4$DQG4$
&
4$ 
4&

4%
%(
%( ,QVWUXPHQWWUDQVIRUPHU 2.6
%XVEDU% 4$ &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
4% 'LVFRQQHFWRU
4& *URXQGLQJVZLWFK 2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Fig. 2.9 / 9 Application example: Breaker-and-a-half layout with one bay controller and two line protection devices (overview)
3
Breaker-and-a-half diameter with protection and 3.1
control systems
3.2
Fig. 2.9 / 9 shows a breaker-and-a-half diameter with protection breakers. All switching devices and the synchrocheck of the
and control system. Protection is ensured by two line protection circuit-breakers are controlled by the bay controller SIPROTEC 3.3
devices SIPROTEC 7SL87 which also include circuit-breaker 6MD86. Fig. 2.9 / 10 shows the functions of SIPROTEC 6MD86.
failure protection and automatic reclosing of the three circuit- 3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 11
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Applications

1
1.1
1.2
1.3 V4
MP
Vsync 1
V-1ph 1
1.4 I1
Vsync 2
MP
1.5 I2
I-3ph 1
I3
Ctrl
1.6
QA1 BI
CB
1.7 V1
MP
BO
V2
V-3ph 1
1.8 V3

1.9
QA2 Vsync 1

2 Vsync 2
I1
MP
2.1 I2
I-3ph 2
I3 Ctrl
2.2 BI
V1 CB
MP BO
2.3 V2
V-3ph 2
V3
2.4 QA3

MP Vsync 1
I4 I-1ph 1 Ctrl

Fig_10_Visio-Bsp-Application-3-us.pdf
Vsync 2
I4 MP BI
Dco
I-1ph 2 BO

Ctrl
MP
2.5 V4
V-1ph 2 BI
CB
BO

2.6
2.7 Fig. 2.9 / 10 Application example: Breaker-and-a-half layout with one bay controller and two line protection devices (detail for bay controller)

2.8
Breaker-and-a-half diameter with protection and control
2.9
Fig. 2.9 / 10 shows the principle of dynamic changeover of of the disconnectors and the circuit-breakers. For the two
2.10 measured voltage values for the synchrocheck functions of exterior circuit-breakers QA1 and QA3, there is only one possibility
the three circuit-breakers in the bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD86. for one voltage (that is, the adjacent busbar), whereas the other
3 Every synchrocheck function (ANSI number 25) requires the
voltage is connected with one of three possibilities (also depend-
ing on the position of the switching device).
two voltages Vsync1 and Vsync2 (feeder voltage and reference
3.1
voltage). For the central circuit-breaker QA2 there are two
3.2 possibilities each for both voltages, depending on the position

3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.9 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD86
Applications

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Fig. 2.9 / 11 Mapping of the possible voltage channels to the three circuit-breaker function groups

Fig. 2.9 / 11 shows the mapping in the editor “Function Group The ID number of the measured values is used to select the
Connections”. All voltages that are possible as feeder or refer- presently applied operational voltages in a CFC (Fig. 2.9 / 12).
ence voltage for the synchrocheck are assigned to the inputs
Vsync1 or Vsync2. 2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Fig. 2.9 / 12 CFC for selection of the synchrocheck reference voltages
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 13
 Bay Controllers SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86
Applications

Application as Phasor Measurement Unit

1
Since the release of the bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD85 and V1
1.1 SIPROTEC 6MD86, the function “Phasor Measurement Unit” Į1
Station 1
(PMU) is made available in the SIPROTEC devices for the first
1.2 time.
V2
1.3 Fig. 2.9 / 13 shows the principle. A measurement of current and
voltage with regard to amplitude and phase is performed with Į2
1.4 PMUs on selected substations of the transmission system. Due
to the high-precision time stamps assigned to these phasor Station 4
1.5 quantities by the PMU, these measured values can be displayed
together at a central analysis point. This provides a good
1.6 overview of the condition of the system stability, and enables
the display of dynamic processes, e.g., power swings. Station 2
1.7
1.8
Station 3

1.9 V3
Į3

2
2.1 Fig. 2.9 / 13 Principle of distributed phasor measurement

2.2
2.3
2.4
Region 1 Region 2

PDC 2

2.5

PDC 1
IEEE C37.118

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
Fig. 2.9 / 14 Connection of 3 Phasor Measurement Units with two Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
3.1
3.2
If the option “Phasor Measurement Unit” is selected, the devices By means of the synchrophasors and a suitable analysis program
3.3 determine current and voltage phasors, mark them with (e.g., SIGUARD PDP) it is possible to determine power swings
high-precision time stamps, and send them to a phasor data automatically and to trigger alarms, which are sent, for example,
3.4 concentrator together with other measured values (frequency, to the network control center.
rate of frequency change) via the communication protocol
3.5 IEEE C37.118, see Fig. 2.9 / 14.
3.6
3.7
2.9 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Bay Controllers SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86
Applications

1
1.1
QB1 QB2
1.2
1.3
 1.4
QA1 MP V-3ph V-1ph 
V4
V-1ph 1
I-3ph
V-3ph 1.5
I-3ph
QB9 I1
MP
1.6
I2
I-3ph 1 Ctrl 1.7
I3 2SHUDWLRQDOYDOXHV 'LVSOD\
I4 FRPPXQL BI
(QHUJ\PHWHUHG
YDOXHV
FDWLRQ
CB
BO 1.8
&)&
V1
V2
MP 1.9
V-3ph 1
V3
V-1ph 2
V-3ph
Ctrl
/LQH
I-3ph
2.1
Dco BI
BO 2.2
3KDVRUFDOFXODWLRQIRU
9DQG, &RPP
,(((& 2.3
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  6\QFKURFKHFN 2.4
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW &WUO &RQWURO
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU &)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU 308 3KDVRU0HDVXUHPHQW8QLW
%, %LQDU\LQSXW
%2 %LQDU\RXWSXW

2.5
Fig. 2.9 / 15 Application example: Double busbar with 6MD86, used as bay controller and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)

When the PMU function is used, a “PMU” function is created in There they can be received, stored and processed by one or
the device, see Fig. 2.9 / 15. This function group calculates the more clients. Up to three client IP addresses can be allocated in
phasors and analog values, sets the time stamps and sends the the device.
data to the selected Ethernet interface with the protocol 2.6
IEEE C37.118.
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.9 / 15
 Bay Controllers SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 6MD85 and SIPROTEC 6MD86

1
Type 1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
1.1 Housing width 1/3 x 19”
1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
1.2 11 binary inputs, 9 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 2 standard, 6 fast),
4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs
1.3 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202.

1.4 Type 2 1/2, 27 BI, 17 BO, 4 I, 4 V

Housing width 1/2 x 19",
1.5 1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
27 binary inputs, 17 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 10 standard, 6 fast),
1.6 4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
1.7 expansion module IO207.
1.8 Type 3 In preparation

1.9 Type 4 2/3, 43 BI, 25 BO, 4 I, 4 V

Housing width 2/3 x 19",
2 1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
43 binary inputs, 25 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 18 standard, 6 fast),
2.1 4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
2.2 expansion modules 2x IO207.

2.3 Type 5 In preparation

2.4 Type 6 5/6, 59 BI, 33 BO, 4 I, 4 V

Housing width 5/6 x 19",
1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
59 binary inputs, 33 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 26 standard, 6 fast),
4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion modules 3x IO207.
2.5 Type 7 1/1, 75 BI, 41 BO, 4 I, 4 V
Housing width 1/1 x 19",
1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
75 binary inputs, 41 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 34 standard, 6 fast),
4 current transformer inputs, 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion modules 4x IO207.
2.6
The images show the 6MD86 operation panel: Large display, key switch, 32 LEDs.
6MD85 standard variants: Small display, max. 16 LEDs.
2.7
2.8 Standard variant additionally for SIPROTEC 6MD86
Type 8 1/1, 75 BI, 39 BO, 8 I, 8 V
2.9 Housing width 1/1 x 19",
1 electrical Ethernet module ETH-L1-2EL
2.10 67 binary inputs, 39 binary outputs (1 lifecontact, 26 standard, 12 fast),
8 current transformer inputs, 8 voltage transformer inputs
3 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202,
expansion modules IO202, 2x IO207.
3.1 The technical data for the bay control devices can be found in the device manuals.
3.2 www.siemens.com/siprotec

3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.9 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

Fault Recorder
SIPROTEC 7KE85

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Description

Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 Features

1
Fault recorders are part of the modular system of SIPROTEC 5. The Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 5 7KE85 can be configured with
1.1 They support all SIPROTEC 5 system features and can be used different basic features.
individually as well as universally in the framework of system
1.2 solutions. Basic features
1.3 The SIPROTEC 7KE85 fault recorder is designed to suit present Digital Comprehensive flexible event-triggered and
and future requirements in a changing energy sector. Powerful fault recording continuous recording options
1.4 and reliable monitoring combined with flexible engineering and PMU Synchrophasor measurement (PMU) according
to C37.118 (2011)
communication features provide the basis for maximum supply
1.5 reliability. Power Quality Continuous measurement of events and distur-
Recorder bances in electricity supply systems according
1.6 Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed to IEC 61000-4-30 (class S)
safely, quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance Table 2.10 / 1 Overview of different basic features
1.7 test functions. Due to a modular design, the SIPROTEC 5 fault
recorder can always be flexibly adapted to specific requirements.
1.8 Function library and application templates
1.9 The Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 has the following additional A common function library provides all protection, automation,
functionality compared to SIPROTEC 5 protection devices and monitoring and additional functions for the SIPROTEC 5 devices.
2 bay controllers: These functions are truly the same for all devices. Once estab-
• Sampling configurable from 1 to 16 kHz lished, configurations can be transferred from device to device.
2.1 • 16-gigabyte ring buffer This results in substantially reduced engineering effort.
2.2 • All recorders can run simultaneously The table on page 2.10 / 4 lists the available functions from
• Recorders triggered individually the library. Predefined templates are available in DIGSI for the
2.3 standard applications. These templates already contain basic
• Continuous recorders
configurations, required functions and default settings.
2.4 • Separate activation of the recorders
• Freely configurable storage allocation
• Additional quality information complements the records.

2.5
*HQHUDWLRQ 7UDQVPLVVLRQ 'LVWULEXWLRQ

6- .(
0' 6/ 6$ 6/ 6-
87 6$
2.6
6$ 66 0' 6$ 6' 6- 6-
6. 6$
2.7 6' .( 6- 66 6- 6' 6- 6.
.( 6'
2.8
0' 6- 9. 87 .( 6- 6/ 87 6' 6.
2.9
2.10 0

3
*
3.1
0
3.2
3.3 *
3.4
3.5
Fig. 2.10 / 1 Application of SIPROTEC 5 devices
3.6
3.7
2.10 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Properties

Properties – SIPROTEC 7KE85

1
Main function Fault recorder
Inputs and outputs Predefined standard variants** with up to 1.1
16 current and 16 voltage transformers,
35 binary inputs, 27 binary outputs 1.2
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjusted and expandable I/O quantity
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 1.3
modular system
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 x 19" 1.4
1.5
Powerful fault recorder with integrated detection of synchro-
phasors (PMU) according to IEEE C37.118 and power quality 1.6
measurement* according to IEC 61000 (class S). Due to the
high flexibility of trigger functions, the 7KE85 is ideally suited 1.7
to monitor the entire energy value chain from generation to
distribution. The powerful automation and flexible configuration
1.8
with DIGSI 5 complements the range of functions. 1.9
Functions
2
All functions can be configured freely with DIGSI 5. For the
application of some of the functions, you require the appropriate 2.1
number of free function points within the device. The function Fig. 2.10 / 2 Fault Recorder 7KE85 (1/3 device with 1/6 expansion
point calculator in the online configurator provides support in module and LED operation panel) 2.2
determining the required number of function points for your
device. •  Creating trigger functions using the graphic automation editor 2.3
CFC (Continuous Function Chart)
• Digital fault recorder for medium-voltage systems, high-
•  Trigger functions by combining single-point/double-point
2.4
voltage systems and extra-high voltage systems and power
plants indications, analog values, binary signals, Boolean signals and
GOOSE messages
•  Fast scan recorder
•  Consistent monitoring concept
•  Up to 2 slow scan recorders
•  Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
•  Up to 5 continuous recorders
• Integrated electrical Ethernet port J for DIGSI
•  Power quality recorder* according to IEC 61000 (class S) 2.5
• IEC 61850 (Reporting) via integrated port J
•  Sequence of event recorder for continuous recording of binary
status changes • Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR

•  Applicable as Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) according to • Cyber Security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDEW
IEEE C37.118 standard whitepaper

•  Transmission of records and triggering via IEC 61850 •  Special test mode for commissioning
•  Up to 4 pluggable communication modules can be used for
•  Variable sampling frequencies parameterizable from 1 kHz to
different and redundant protocols.
2.6
16 kHz
•  Intelligent terminal technology enables pre-wiring and easy
•  The user can allocate the 16-gigabyte internal ring buffer to
device exchange.
2.7
the various recorders.
•  Intelligent monitoring routines of the storage medium ensure Applications
2.8
a high security of the archived data.
Fault recorder for medium voltage, high voltage and extra-high 2.9
•  Loss-free data compression
voltage systems and power plants with comprehensive trigger
•  Time synchronization via IRIG-B, DCF77 and SNTP and recording functions. The SIPROTEC 7KE85 fault recorder 2.10
•  Free routing of measured values to the individual recorders provides a clearly structured and event-related evaluation and
•  Free combination of the measuring groups for power calcula- documentation of your power system processes. It enables you 3
tion to analyze disturbances and to optimize your power system.
The following processes usually have to be monitored and 3.1
•  Quality bits for representing the current channel quality documented:
•  The trigger functions of a function block are the value of the 3.2
• Power system incidents such as critical load cases or shortcir-
fundamental component, RMS value, zero-sequence/positive-
sequence/negative-sequence system, frequency, ∑ active
cuits 3.3
power/ ∑ reactive power / ∑ apparent power • Disturbances of the supply quality
3.4
•  Level trigger and gradient trigger for each trigger function • Dynamic behavior of generators

•  Flexible cross and network trigger • Starting and switch-off processes of transformers (saturation- 3.5
behavior)
• Power quality* according to EN 50160 such as harmonics,
3.6
* in preparation voltage dips, voltage peaks or flickers
** extensions in preparation
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.10 / 3
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Functions and application templates

• Power fluctuations and power swing processes The following application templates are available:
1
• Test runs during commissioning.
Fault Recorder 4 V/4 I/11BI
1.1
• Application template referring to the monitoring of a total of
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard
1.2 applications. They comprise all basic configurations and default
8 current or voltage transformers.

1.3 settings. Fault Recoder 8 V/8 I/19 BI

• Application template referring to the monitoring of a total of
1.4 16 current or voltage transformers.
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
Application templates
2

Fault Recorder

Fault Recorder
2.1

Available in

4V/4C/11BI

8V/8C/19BI
2.2

7KE85
ANSI Functions Abbr.
2.3 Hardware quantity structure expandable „ „ „
I/O
2.4 PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. 8 voltages and 8 PMU „
currents)
Measured values, standard „ „ „
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg „ „ „
CFC (Standard, Control) „ „ „
CFC arithmetic „
Monitoring and supervision „ „ „
2.5 SSR Slow-scan recorder SSR „ „ „
CR Continuous recorder CR „ „ „
FSR Fast-scan recorder FSR „ „ „
ExTrFct Extended trigger functions ExTrFct „ „ „
Function-points class: 0 0
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the SIPROTEC 5 order configurator:
www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.6
Table 2.10 / 2 SIPROTEC 7KE85 – Functions and application templates
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.10 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Functions and application templates

Fast scan recorder
The fast scan recorder allows analyzing transient processes,
short-circuits or ground faults and also the behavior of protec-
tion devices. Transient processes, for example can be caused
by switching operations. The fast scan recorder is capable of
recording the development of the sampled values of all analog
inputs, of internally calculated measured values and binary sig-
nals during a fault for a period of 90 seconds with a pre-trigger
time of 3 seconds. The sampling rate can be set between 20 and
320 sampled values per period. This corresponds to a sampling
frequency of 1 kHz to up to 16 kHz.
Binary changes are detected with a resolution of 1 ms. The
input signals are analyzed according to the specified trigger
conditions and recorded if the limit values are violated. This
fault record contains the pre-trigger time, the trigger instant
and the fault recording. Additionally, the trigger cause is stored.
The trigger limit values and recording times can be determined
easily using DIGSI 5.
Slow scan recorder
The functioning is similar to the fast scan recorder. However,
the difference is that the values are calculated every 10 ms
and are averaged over a configurable interval. The averaging
interval can be configured from 1 to up to 3000 rated periods.
The slow scan recorder stores the averaged values as recording
in the mass storage. Analogous to the fast scan recorder, binary
changes are detected with a resolution of 1 ms.
Slow scan recorders are therefore ideally suited to detect, for
example, the load conditions before, during and after a distur-
bance and along with that the power swing processes.
An average is formed and stored in the storage for each quantity
recorded by the continuous recorder over a settable period of 1
time. Each continuous recorder can be activated separately and
is organized as ring buffer with parameterizable quantities.
1.1
Trigger functions
1.2
The event-triggered recorders (fast scan recorder and slow scan 1.3
recorder) contain a variety of analog and binary triggers which
enable the user to determine the specific power system problem 1.4
and avoid unnecessary recordings. The input signals are sampled
according to the trigger conditions and start the fault recording.
1.5
In the SIPROTEC 7KE85 all triggers can also be assigned multiple 1.6
times to the different recorders.
1.7
Analog triggers
The analog triggers can basically be divided into level triggers 1.8
and gradient triggers. Level triggers monitor whether measured
values stay inside the parameterized limit values (min/max).
1.9
The trigger is initiated once the measured value violates the
corresponding limit value. Gradient triggers respond to the level 2
change per time.
2.1
Each analog trigger can be parameterized as primary, secondary
or percentage value. There are frequency triggers, voltage trig- 2.2
gers, current triggers, and power triggers. If the trigger quantity
is current and voltage, the fundamental component, RMS and
2.3
symmetrical components are available for selection.
2.4
Binary triggers
A binary trigger starts a recording due to the logical status
change of a binary signal.

The slow scan recorder is capable of recording the development Besides manual triggers initiated via the device keypad, DIGSI 5
of the sampled values of all analog inputs, of internally or any IEC 61850 client (for example SICAM PAS/PQS), triggering 2.5
calculated measured values and binary signals during a fault for is also possible via binary input (external trigger) or IEC 61850
a period of 90 minutes with a pre-trigger time of 90 seconds. GOOSE messages via communication network. The logical
Here, too, the input signals are analyzed according to the triggers are implemented via the powerful graphical logic editor
specified trigger conditions and recorded if the limit values are (CFC). All available analog values (absolute values or phases),
violated. These recorded fault records contain the pre-trigger binary signals, boolean signals, GOOSE messages, single-point
time, the trigger instant and the fault recording. Additionally, indications and double-point indications can be freely combined
the trigger cause is stored. For this purpose, the user specifies here using boolean or arithmetic operations.
2.6
trigger limit values and recording times in DIGSI 5. Additionally, You as the user can thus define the trigger conditions suitable
it is possible to create up to 2 independent instances of the slow for your problem and start recording.
scan recorder.
2.7
Continuous recorder 2.8
The 7KE85 features up to 5 continuous recorders used for data 2.9
acquisition of the analog quantities and internally calculated
measured values over longer periods of time. This enables 2.10
performing an accurate long-term analysis of the power system
behavior. 3
3.1
Common Data Class Pre-trigger time Seal-in time Sampling / Averaging time
(IEC 61850) (max.) (max.) resolution 3.2
Fast scan recorder SMV/MV 3s 90 s 1 kHz to 16 kHz –
SPS 3s 90 s 1 ms –
3.3
Slow scan recorder MV 90 s 5400 s MVs all 10 ms 1 - 3000 periods
3.4
SPS 90 s 5400 s 1 ms –
Continuous recorder MV – – MVs all 10 ms 1 s to 900 s 3.5
SMV = Sample Measured Values / SPS= Single Point Status / MV = Measured Values
3.6
Table 2.10 / 3 Recorder
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.10 / 5
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Applications

Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 for feeder monitoring

1
Fig. 2.10 / 3 and Fig. 2.10 / 4 show simple application examples
1.1 with one SIPROTEC 7KE85 connected to monitor feeders.
The different triggers are provided via the function group
1.2 “FG UI_3phases” and are available to the function group
“FG Recorder” and thus also to the event-triggered recorders.
1.3 At the same time, CFC enables user-defined trigger functions
(combination of GOOSE messages, single-point/double-point
1.4 indications, binary signals...) to start a recorder and thereby
1.5 generate a fault record.

1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2 QB1 QB2

2.1
)* 9,BSK )* 5HFRUGHU
2.2  MP
QA1 V-3ph
V-1ph 1 &XUUHQWWULJJHU )DVWVFDQUHFRUGHU
2.3
9ROWDJHWULJJHU 6ORZVFDQUHFRUGHU
2.4 QB9
MP 3RZHUWULJJHU &RQWLQXRXVUHFRUGHU
I-3ph
I-3ph 1
)UHTXHQF\WULJJHU 3RZHUTXDOLW\UHFRUGHU

6HTXHQFHRIHYHQWV

Visio-Bsp-Application-1_us.pdf
UHFRUGHU

2.5
5HFRUGLQJ
7ULJJHUIXQFWLRQV
/LQH

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  ,QIRUPDWLRQURXWLQJ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  7ULJJHUURXWLQJ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
2.6 4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU
&)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
2.7 LQSUHSDUDWLRQ

2.8
2.9 Fig. 2.10 / 3 Application example: Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 for feeder monitoring

2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
2.10 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Applications

%XVEDUZLWKOLQHIHHGHUV
1.1
1.2
  1.3
QA1 QA2
)* 9,BSK )* 5HFRUGHU
MP 1.4
V-3ph &XUUHQWWULJJHU )DVWVFDQUHFRUGHU
V-1ph 1
1.5
QB9 QB9
9ROWDJHWULJJHU 6ORZVFDQUHFRUGHU
1.6
MP 3RZHUWULJJHU &RQWLQXRXVUHFRUGHU
I-3ph 1.7
I-3ph 1
)UHTXHQF\WULJJHU 3RZHUTXDOLW\UHFRUGHU
 1.8
6HTXHQFHRIHYHQWV
UHFRUGHU 1.9


2
)* 9,BSK
5HFRUGLQJ
V-3ph
2.1
&XUUHQWWULJJHU
MP
I-3ph 2.2
I-3ph 2 9ROWDJHWULJJHU
2.3
3RZHUWULJJHU
2.4

Visio-Bsp-Application-2_us.pdf
)UHTXHQF\WULJJHU
/LQH /LQH 

)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  ,QIRUPDWLRQURXWLQJ 2.5

03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  7ULJJHUURXWLQJ
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU
&)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
LQSUHSDUDWLRQ

Fig. 2.10 / 4 Application example: Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 for monitoring of two feeders
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.10 / 7
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Applications

Phasor Measurement Unit

1
The “Phasor Measurement Unit” (PMU) function can be operated When selecting the option “Phasor Measurement Unit”, the
1.1 simultaneously in the SIPROTEC 7KE85 Fault Recorder. devices determine current and voltage phasors, provide them
with highly accurate time stamps and transmit them for analysis
1.2 Fig. 2.10 / 5 shows the principle. PMUs measure current and
together with other measured values (frequency, speed of
voltage by amount and phase at selected stations of the
frequency change) using the IEEE C37.118 communication
1.3 transmission system. The high-precision time synchronization
protocol, see Fig. 2.10 / 6.
(via GPS) allows comparing measured values from different sub-
1.4 stations far apart and drawing conclusions as to the system state Using synchrophasors and a suitable analysis program (for
and dynamic events such as power swing conditions. example SIGUARD PDP) it is possible to automatically detect
1.5 power swings and trigger alarms, which are sent to the control
center, for example.
1.6
1.7
V1
1.8 Į1

1.9 Station 1

2 V2
2.1 Į2

2.2 Station 4

2.3
2.4 Station 2

Station 3

V3
Į3
2.5
Fig. 2.10 / 5 Principle of distributed phasor measurement

Region 1 Region 2
2.6
2.7
PDC 2
2.8
2.9
2.10
PDC 1

3 IEEE C37.118

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 2.10 / 6 Connection of 3 Phasor Mesurement Units with two Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
2.10 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Applications

Fault recorder with PMU

1
When using the PMU function, a function group “FG PMU”
is created in the device, see Fig. 2.10 / 7. This function group 1.1
calculates the phasors and analog values, conducts the time
stamping and sends the data to the selected Ethernet interface 1.2
using the IEEE C37.118 protocol. There, the data can be
received, stored and processed by one or more clients. 1.3
Up to three client IP addresses can be assigned in the device.
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
QB1 QB2

7KE85 2
)* 9,BSK )* 5HFRUGHU 2.1
 MP
QA1 V-3ph
V-1ph 1 &XUUHQWWULJJHU )DVWVFDQUHFRUGHU 2.2
6ORZVFDQUHFRUGHU
9ROWDJHWULJJHU 2.3

QB9 &RQWLQXRXVUHFRUGHU
MP 3RZHUWULJJHU 2.4
I-3ph 
I-3ph 1
)UHTXHQF\WULJJHU 3RZHUTXDOLW\UHFRUGHU

6HTXHQFHRIHYHQWV
UHFRUGHU


)* 308 2.5
5HFRUGLQJ

Visio-Bsp-PMU-Application-1-us.pdf
/LQH V-3ph

I-3ph
3KDVRUFDOFXODWLRQIRU &RPP
9DQG, ,(((&
2.6
)* )XQFWLRQJURXS  ,QIRUPDWLRQURXWLQJ
03 0HDVXULQJSRLQW  7ULJJHUURXWLQJ 2.7
4$ &% &LUFXLWEUHDNHU
4% 'FR 'LVFRQQHFWRU 2.8
&)& &RQWLQXRXV)XQFWLRQ&KDUW
2.9
308 3KDVRU0HDVXUHPHQW8QLW LQSUHSDUDWLRQ
2.10
Fig. 2.10 / 7 Application example: Double busbar with SIPROTEC 7KE85 used as fault recorder and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 2.10 / 9
 Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85
Standard variants

Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7KE85

1
N1 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO, 4 I, 4 V
1.1 Housing width 1/3 x 19"
11 binary inputs,
1.2 9 binary outputs(1 life contact, 2 standard, 6 fast),
4 current transformer inputs,
1.3 4 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202
1.4
N2 1/3, 11 BI, 3 BO, 8 V
1.5 Housing width 1/3 x 19"
11 binary inputs,
1.6 3 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard),
8 voltage transformer inputs
1.7 Contains the modules: Base modules with PS201 and IO211
1.8 N3* 1/3, 7 BI, 7 BO, 8 I,

1.9 Housing width 1/3 x 19"

7 binary inputs,
7 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard, 4 fast),
2 8 current transformer inputs

2.1 Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO203

N5 1/2, 19 BI, 15 BO, 8 I, 8 V

2.2
Housing width 1/2 x 19"
2.3 19 binary inputs,
15 binary outputs (1 life contact, 2 standard, 12 fast),
8 current transformer inputs,
2.4 8 voltage transformer inputs
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO202
expansion module IO202

The technical data can be found in the manual

www.siemens.com/siprotec

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 * in preparation

2.10 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
SIPROTEC 5 for every application and requirement

SIPROTEC 5 – Appendix

www.siemens.com/siprotec
 SIPROTEC 5 – Appendix

1
Chapter
1.1
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements 3.1
1.2
Connection diagrams 3.2
1.3
Dimension drawings 3.3
1.4
Grouping of measured values 3.4
1.5
Technical data 3.5
1.6
Spare parts / Accessories 3.6
1.7
Legal notice 3.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements

Description Overview of functions

1
DIGSI 5 is the versatile engineering tool for parameterization, DIGSI 5 is tailored to specific requirements. The free software
commissioning and operating all SIPROTEC 5 devices. Its variant DIGSI 5 Compact provides everything that is required for 1.1
innovative user interface includes context-sensitive user a single device. For complex scenarios with multiple devices,
instructions. Simple connection to the device via USB enables the DIGSI 5 Standard version is suitable. DIGSI 5 Premium 1.2
you to work with a device easily and efficiently. The full contains the full functionality you need to raise your producti-
capabilities of DIGSI 5 are revealed when you connect it to a vity to a new level. The functionalities of the various DIGSI 5 1.3
network of protection devices: Then you can work with all of variants are listed in Table 3.1/ 2 “Overview of functions of the
the devices in a substation in one project. various DIGSI 5 variants”.
1.4
DIGSI 5 offers superior usability and is optimized for your The available DVD contains all components in English, German, 1.5
work processes. Only the information you actually need to Portuguese, Spanish and Russian. More languages will be added
carry out your tasks is shown. These can be reduced further in the future. The delivered package includes USB cables for
1.6
using expanded filter mechanisms. The consistent use of connecting directly to the PC, memory sticks with the licenses 1.7
sophisticated, uniform mechanisms in the user interfaces for installing the program, and a protection unit.
requires less training. 1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
DIGSI 5
2.3
Device Engineering & 2.4
System Engineering

System Specification

2.5
Device Specification

Device Configuration
2.6

System Configuration 2.7

2.8
Device Parameterization 2.9
SIP5-0019.EN.ai

2.10
3

Fig. 3.1 / 1 Structure of the engineering process

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.1 / 1
 Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements

Hardware requirements Software requirements

1
• Intel® Celeron® Dual Core 2,2 GHz (Ivy/Sandy Bridge) The following operating systems are supported:
1.1 • 5 GB available hard disk space (Solid State Disk (SSD) • Windows XP
recommended)
1.2 • 2 GB RAM (8 GB recommended)
• MS Windows 7
• MS Windows 8.1
1.3 • Grafik Display HD ready with resolution of
• VM Ware Support for virtual machines running under one of
1280x1024 or 1376x768 Pixels
1.4 the operating systems listed above.
• DVD-ROM drive
A complete list of supported operating systems is included in
1.5 • Keyboard and mouse
the product information for DIGSI 5. The delivered equipment
• USB port. contains device templates and an online manual, including
1.6 service (download of updates via the internet, hotline).
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
Ordering data for DIGSI 5 variants
2.1
DIGSI 5 Compact DIGSI 5 Standard DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA
2.2 Description Software for configuration and use of As for DIGSI 5 Compact, but without As for DIGSI 5 Standard, but with
individual SIPROTEC 5 protection devices constraint as to the number of integrated test and startup functionality,
2.3 manufactured by Siemens and reading SIPROTEC 5 devices supported per including the option to create test
out process data from SIPROTEC 5 project, including system configurator sequences and run them in the
2.4 devices (projects are limited to a single
device).
for IEC 61850. protection device without external test
equipment.
The editors for function charts
(CFC), graphic single line and device IEC 61850 also supports flexible
configuration are also included. engineering and functional naming.

SIGRA for professional fault record

analysis is available as an option.
Features All features are listed in table 3.1 / 2 All features are listed in table 3.1 / 2
2.5 “Overview of functions of DIGSI 5 “Overview of functions of DIGSI 5
variants”. variants”.
Authorization No license key necessary Authorization required using the license
key on the USB stick; can be used on one
computer per license.
Available operating English, German, Portuguese, Spanish, English, German, Portuguese, Spanish,
languages Russian, French and Turkish (selectable) Russian, French and Turkish (selectable)
Included in the • Program, device driver and online • Program, device driver and online
2.6 scope of delivery documentation on DVD-ROM documentation on DVD-ROM
• Product information (paper) • USB stick with the ordered number of
• Includes a test license valid for 30 days, licenses. The program can be used on
2.7 for free testing of DIGSI 5 Premium one computer per license.
• USB cable for connecting a PC / laptop • Includes a test license valid for 30 days
computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device for free testing of DIGSI 5 Premium
2.8 types • Product information (paper)
• USB cable for connecting a PC / laptop
2.9 computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device
types
2.10 Order No. PV178 without SIGRA with SIGRA
P1V24 P1V246 (1 license)
P1V48 P1V31 (5 licenses)
3 P1V376 P1V253 (10 licenses)
All features are listed in table 3.1 / 2
“Overview of functions of DIGSI 5
variants”.
Authorization required using the license
key on the USB stick; can be used on one
computer per license.
English, German, Portuguese, Spanish,
Russian, French and Turkish (selectable)
• Program, device driver and online
documentation on DVD-ROM
• USB stick with the ordered number of
licenses. The program can be used on
one computer per license.
• Product information (paper)
• USB cable for connecting a PC / laptop
computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device
types
PV123 (1 license)
PV185 (5 licenses)
PV130 (10 licenses)

3.1 For additional order numbers, For additional order numbers,

for example for updates and upgrades, for example for updates and upgrades,
please refer to the order configurator. please refer to the order configurator.
3.2
Table 3.1 / 1 Ordering data for DIGSI 5 variants
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.1 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements

Overview of functions for DIGSI 5 variants

1
Compact Standard Premium
Project processing 1.1
Maximum number of devices per project 1 unlimited unlimited
Copy and paste z z z 1.2
Multilingualism is supported z z z
Single lines and device displays
1.3
Single line editor with ANSI and IEC standard symbols available – z z 1.4
Device display editor enables creation of user-defined displays and symbols – z z
Setting parameters and routing 1.5
Information allocations including filtering and sorting z z z
Graphical visualization of protection parameters – z z 1.6
Comparison of devices ((offline/offline - offline/online) – z z
1.7
Continuous function charts (CFC)
Graphical function chart (CFC) editor included z z z 1.8
Communication
Assignment of communications to system interface z z z 1.9
Assignment of communications to various protocols z z z
Graphical network view of devices – z z 2
Inter-device communication – z z
IEC 61850
2.1
IEC 61850 Edition 2 will be fully supported – z z 2.2
IEC 61850 – Flexible engineering – – z
Access and communication 2.3
Via USB and Ethernet z z z
Access to communication partners via system interface z z z 2.4
Online
Measured values (current values, minimum, maximum, average values)
z z z
and storage in the project as snapshots
Messages (and storage in the project as snapshots) z z z
Logs and records {
predefined only
z z
Display fault records z z z 2.5
COMTRADE Viewer COMTRADE Viewer SIGRA
(SIGRA available as
optional package)
Loading settings for the selected device z z z
Commissioning and testing
Creating and running multistage test sequences, no external operating tools necessary – – z
Test views for testing the device configuration – z z
Offline function chart (CFC) analysis (debugging) – – z 2.6
Export and import
SCL formats (IEC 61850 formats) – z z 2.7
Devices (full and partial) z z z
Topology, settings, information allocations and communication assignments z z z
2.8
Single lines/Topology z 2.9
– z
WMF export only
Displays – z z 2.10
Test object definition (XRIO) z z z
Documentation
Printing and exporting project documentation z z z
3
Creation of user-defined print formats z z z 3.1
Safeguarding and security
Authorization of access to devices with NERC CIP-compatible password z z z 3.2
Secure connection to the device z z z
Configuration data protected from alteration z z z 3.3
Confirmation codes for safeguarding critical activities (e.g. switching) z z z
3.4
Table 3.1 / 2 Overview of functions for DIGSI 5 variants Legend: z Feature available 3.5
{ Feature available but conditional, the constraint is described
– Feature not available
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.1 / 3
 Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Fig 3.1 / 2 One IEC 61850 System configurator for all devices in the station
2.5
IEC 61850 System Configurator
For vendor independent sytem configuration using IEC 61850
devices (SIPROTEC, Reyrolle and third-party devices).

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.1 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
1.1
1.2

3OXJLQPRGXOH
1.3
= SRVLWLRQ
=
(~)
=
1.4
+ - 3OXJLQPRGXOH 3RZHUVXSSO\ (~) $
B1 = $
B2 SRVLWLRQ 1.5
% %,
'VXE 5- 1.6
% %,
% %,
%
1.7
5- 3OXJLQPRGXOHSRVLWLRQ
1.8
6
%2 % 3OXJLQPRGXOHSRVLWLRQ 1.9
%
%
%2 6
% 3OXJLQPRGXOHSRVLWLRQ 2
%
CB202
% 2.1
/LIHFRQWDFW %
PS101 % 2.2
2.3
2.4

Fig. 3.2 / 1 Connection diagram for the PS101 Fig. 3.2 / 3 Connection diagram for the CB202

2.5

3OXJLQPRGXOH
= SRVLWLRQ
=
(~)
+ - 3OXJLQPRGXOH
B1
B2 SRVLWLRQ 2.6
%
%, 'VXE
%
%, 2.7
%
%,
% 2.8
'VXE
7HFKQLFDOGDWDOLNHW\SH)EXWVZLWFKLQJWLPHPV

2.9
= $
5- 3RZHUVXSSO\ ( ~)

= $ 2.10
PS203
5-
3
%2
6
% 3.1
%
 % 3.2
%2 %
% 3.3
 %
/LIHFRQWDFW %
%
3.4
PS201
3.5


3.6
Fig. 3.2 / 2 Connection diagram for the PS201 Fig. 3.2 / 4 Connection diagram for the PS203 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.2 / 1
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
1.1
1.2 $ , %2[ %
$ %
1.3 $ , %
$ %2[ % 1 %,[ %2[ 0
1.4 $ , % 1 %,[ %2[ 0
$ % 1 %2[ 0
$ , %2[ % 1 1& %2[ 0
1.5 $ % 1 %,[ 0
1 %,[ 1& 0
1.6 ' %,[ %2[ '
1 %,[ %2[ 0
' %2[ '
1 %,[ %2[ 0
' %,[ %2[ '
1.7 ' %,[ '
1 %,[ %2[ 0
1 %,[ 0
' %,[
1.8 ' %,[
1 %,[
1 %,[
' %,[
1 %,[
1.9 ' %,[
1 %,[
' %,[
1
'
2 IO101 IO110

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Fig. 3.2 / 5 Connection diagram for the IO101 Fig. 3.2 / 7 Connection diagram for the IO110

2.5

$ , %2[ % )
$ %
, %2[
$ % $ %
$ , % )
$ %
, %2[
$ %2[ % $ %
2.6 $ , % $
)
%
, %2[
$ % $ %
)
2.7 $
$
, %2[ %
%
$
, %2[
&
$ &
&
2.8 % 9 %2[ ' &
%,[ %2[ )
&
% 9 %2[ ' '
1)
&
2.9 % 9 %2[ ' &
%,[ &
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV

% ' '
1)
)
%2[ &
% 9 '
1)
2.10 % '
%,[ &
1)
'
' %,[ %,[
3 '
'
'
' %,[ 1) %,[
'
3.1 ' %,[
'
' %,[ 1) %,[
'
3.2 ' %,[ 1)
'
' %,[ %,[
'
' %,[
3.3 ' %,[
'
1)
%,[
'
'
3.4 IO102
IO201
1)

3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 3.2 / 6 Connection diagram for the IO102 Fig. 3.2 / 8 Connection diagram for the IO201 (F: Fast relay)

3.2 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
$
, %2[
)
% 1.1
$ %
)
$ %
$
, %2[
%
1.2
)
$ %
$
, %2[
%
$
6
&
1.3
)
$ & %,[ %2[
, %2[ $ &
$ &
&
$
6
& 1.4
% %,[ %2[
9 %2[ )
& $ &
%
& $
%,[ %2[
6
& 1.5
% $ &
9 &
% 6
%
%2[ )
& $
%,[ %2[
& 1.6
9 & $ &
%
$ $ 9DX[
%
9 $
%,[
$ 9DX[
1.7
%
$ & 0
&
1) %,[ $
%,[ %2[
& 0 1.8
' '
& %,[ %2[
1.9
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV
1) %,[ '
'
' & 0
'
1)
%,[ %2[
%,[ ' & 0
'
'
1) '
%,[ %2[
2
%,[ '
'
' '
%,[
2.1
1) %,[ '
' IO204
'
1) %,[ 2.2
'
1)
'
'
%,[ 2.3
1)
'
%,[
' IO202 2.4


Fig. 3.2 / 9 Connection diagram for the IO202 (F: Fast relay) Fig. 3.2 / 11 Connection diagram for the IO204 (S: Standard relay)

2.5
6
$ %
1) %,[ %2[
$ %
6
$ %
1) %,[ %2[
$ %
) 1) 6
$ ' $ &
, %2[ %,[ %2[
$ ' $ &
)
1) 6
$ ' $ &
$
, %2[
' $
%,[ %2[
&
2.6
6
) $ &
$ ' %,[ %2[
, %2[
1)
$ &
$
)
'
$
6
&
2.7
$ ' 1) %,[ %2[
, %2[ $ &
$ '
$
1)

%,[ %2[
6
& 2.8
% % &
, $
1) 6
&
%
%
%,[ %2[
&
2.9
% 6
, % &
%
%
%
1) %,[ %2[
& 2.10
6
, % '
% %,[ %2[
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV

1)
% '
%
, %
1)

%,[ %2[
6
' 3
% % '
'
%,[
%
1)

%,[ %2[
6
' 3.1
% '
' 6
%,[ '
' %2[
'
3.2
' 6
%,[ '
' %2[
'
%,[
6
' 3.3
IO203 '
%2[
'
6
'
3.4
%2[
'
IO205
3.5


3.6
Fig. 3.2 / 10 Connection diagram for the IO203 (F: Fast relay) Fig. 3.2 / 12 Connection diagram for the IO205 (S: Standard relay) 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.2 / 3
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
1.1
1.2 $
, %2[
)
%
$ %
1.3 $
, %2[
)
%
$ %
)
1.4 $ %
, %2[
$ %
6 )
$ ' $ &
1.5 $
1) %,[ %2[
' $
, %2[
&
6 )
$ ' &

8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\
% %2[
1.6 $
1) %,[ %2[
'
%
9 &
1) 6 )
$ ' &
%,[ %2[ % %2[
1.7 $
1) 6
'
%
9
6
&
$ ' &

8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV
%,[ %2[ % %2[
$ ' 9 &
1.8 $
6
'
% 6
&
1) %,[ %2[ % %2[
$ ' 9 &
1.9 $
6
'
% 6
&
1) %,[ %2[ %2[
$ ' ' &
6 1) %,[
' ' &
2
LQSXWV

%2[ )
' ' %2[ '
IO206 1) %,[
' &
2.1


1)
' '
%,[ )
' %2[ '
2.2 '
1)
%,[
'
'
2.3 IO208


2.4

Fig. 3.2 / 13 Connection diagram for the IO206 (S: Standard relay) Fig. 3.2 / 15 Connection diagram for the IO208 (F: Fast relay, S: Standard relay)

2.5
6
$ %
1) %,[ %2[
$ %
6
$ %
1) %,[ %2[
$ %
1) 6
$ &
%,[ %2[
$ &
1) 6
$ &
2.6 $
%,[ %2[
& HS
6 & $
$ & 1) %,[ %2[
1) %,[ %2[ & $
$ &
2.7 $
6
&
&
%,[ %2[
HS
$
1) %,[ %2[ &
1)
$
$ &
2.8 $
1)
%,[ %2[
6
& '
1)
%,[ %2[
HS
$
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\

% & ' $
6 1) HS
2.9 $
1)
& ' $
%,[ %2[ %,[ %2[
% & ' $
% '
2.10 %
1) %,[
'
1) %,[
% '
%,[ %,[
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV

1)
% '
1)
3 %
1)
'
1)
%,[
% %,[
'
3.1 %
1)
%,[ '
1)
% %,[
LQSXWV

'
' IO209
3.2 '
1) %,[


'
3.3 '
1)

1)
%,[

'
%,[
3.4 '
'
1)
%,[
'
3.5 IO207


3.6
3.7 Fig. 3.2 / 14 Connection diagram for the IO207 (S: Standard relay) Fig. 3.2 / 16 Connection diagram for the IO209 (HS: High-speed relay)

3.2 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
$
9
$
, %2[
)
% 1.1
$ $ %
)
$
9
$
$
, %2[
%
%
1.2
$
)
$ $ %
$
9
$
, %2[
% 1.3
)
$ $ &
9 , %2[
$ $ & 1.4
$ &
9 % )
$ 9 %2[ &
$
%
&
1.5
9 %
$ 9 &
%
&
9 %
%2[ )
& 1.6
& 9 &
%
&
&
9 %
9
1.7
%
&

'
%,[ &
1) %,[
1.8
& '
%,[
1.9
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV

' &

8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\LQSXWV
1) %,[

' '
%,[ '
1)
'
%,[

'
%,[
'
1)
2
' '
%,[
' '

'
%,[ '
2.1
1) %,[
' '
%,[

' '
1) %,[
2.2

' '
%,[ '
1)


'
' '
%,[ 2.3
%,[ '
1)
' %,[
IO211
' IO215
2.4



Fig. 3.2 / 17 Connection diagram for the IO211 Fig. 3.2 / 19 Connection diagram for the IO215 (F: Fast relay)

2.5

)
$ %
, %2[
$ %
$
, %2[
)
% 2.6
$ %
)
$ %
$
, %2[
%
2.7
)
$ &
, %2[
$ & 2.8
&
%
9 %2[ )
& 2.9
8VHWKHVHWHUPLQDOVWRURRWWKHELQDU\

%
&
%
9
% 2.10
%
9
%
%
3
9
%

&
3.1
1) %,[
'
&
3.2
LQSXWV

1) %,[
' IO214
3.3


3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 3.2 / 18 Connection diagram for the IO214 (F: Fast relay)
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.2 / 5
 Appendix
Connection diagrams

1
( %,[ %,[ $
1.1 (( $$
( %,[ %,[ $
1.2 (( $$
( %,[ %,[ $
(( $$
1.3 ( %,[ %,[ $
(( $$
1.4 ( %,[ %,[ $
(( $$
1.5 ( %,[ %,[ $
(( $$
1.6 ( %,[ %,[ $
(( $$
( %,[ %,[ $
1.7 (( $$
* %,[ %,[ &
1.8 ** &&
* %,[ %,[ &
1.9 ** &&
* %,[ %,[ &
** &&
2 * %,[ %,[ &
** &&
2.1 * %,[ %,[ &
** &&
2.2 * %,[ %,[ &
** &&
* %,[ %,[ &
2.3 ** &&
* %,[ %,[ &
2.4 ** &&
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
2.5 ++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
+ %,[ %,[ '
++ ''
2.6 IO230

2.7 Fig. 3.2 / 20 Connection diagram for the IO230

2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.2 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Dimension drawings

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2

DwEinBoh-060812-enUS-01.tif
2.1
2.2
2.3
Fig. 3.3 / 1 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
DwBOSOP1-070211-enUS-01.tif

3.4
3.5
3.6
Fig. 3.3 / 2 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern for the 2nd Device Row 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.3 / 1
 Appendix
Dimension drawings

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Fig. 3.3 / 3 Device Drilling Pattern

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7 Fig. 3.3 / 4 Devices with detached on-site operation panel, dimensions of the side and front views

3.3 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Dimension drawings

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Fig. 3.3 / 5 Devices with integrated on-site operation panel, dimensions of the side and front views

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.3 / 3
 Appendix
Grouping of measured values

Grouping of base measured values

1
Measured values Description
1.1
Operational measured values Calculation of RMS and output according to definition
Phase current IL1, IL2, IL3
1.2 Ground current IN, INS (sensitive)
Phase-to-ground voltages VL1, VL2, VL3
1.3 Phase-to-phase voltages V12, V23, V31
Residual voltage VNE
1.4 Frequency f
P, Q, S (three-phase, phase-specific)
1.5 Power factor λ
Fundamental and symmetrical Calculation of λ phasor variables with Fourier filter or according to transformation rule
1.6 components Phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3
Ground current IN, INS (sensitive)
1.7 Phase-to-ground voltages VL1, VL2, VL3
Phase-to-phase voltages V12, V23, V31
1.8 Residual voltage VNE
Symmetrical components I0, I1, I2, V0, V1, V2
1.9 Protection-specific measured Measured values that are especially calculated for individual protection functions such as
values Distance protection (reactances and resistances of phase loops)
2 Differential protection (differential and restraint current, charge currents per phase)
…
2.1 Energy values Metered values are determined for active and reactive energy. Restore time, restore interval and counting mode
are adjustable. Restoring can also be initiated via a binary input.
2.2 The following metered values are available:
Active energy Wp+ (release), Wp– (uptake)
2.3 Reactive energy Wq+ (release), Wq– (uptake)
Statistical values The following statistical values are formed:
2.4 Total number of times the circuit breaker was triggered
Number of times the circuit breaker was tripped, broken down by circuit breaker pole
Total sum of primary breaking currents
Sum of primary breaking currents, separately for each breaker pole

Grouping of measured values

2.5 Mean values Mean values can be calculated on the basis of the operational measured values and the symmetrical components.
The time slot for mean value generation and the output interval are parameterizable.
Minimum values and The minimum/maximum values can be generated on the basis of operational measured values, symmetrical
maximum values components and selected measured values (e.g., from average values). The display of minimum and maximum
values contains the time of their occurrence.
The calculation is stabilized against smaller value fluctuations in currents and voltages.

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.4 / 1 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Analog inputs
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 1
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Analog inputs (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Supply Voltage
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Supply Voltage (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
Binary Inputs
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 4 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Relay Outputs
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 5
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Relay Outputs (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 6 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Light-Emitting Diodes in the On-Site Operation Panel
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 7
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Time-Synchronization Interface
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 8 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Electrical tests
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 9
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Electrical tests (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 10 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Electrical tests (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 11
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Mechanical Tests
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 12 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Environmental Conditions
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 13
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Reference Conditions and Influencing Variables
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 14 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Design Data
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.5 / 15
 Appendix
Technical data

1
Design data (cont.)
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.5 / 16 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Spare parts / Accessories

Overview of spare parts

1
The following spare parts can be ordered for the 1.1
SIPROTEC 5 module. Selection is made in plain text
in the SIPROTEC configurator.
1.2
Items Ordering No.
per package unit (Short Product Code)
1.3
Voltage terminal, 14-pole 8 P1Z499
Voltage terminal, 2-pole, for auxiliary voltage 2 P1Z505
1.4
connection
Type A*- Current terminal, 4x protection 1 P1Z512 1.5
Type A* - Current terminal, 3x protection, 1 P1Z529
1x sensitive 1.6
Type A* - Current terminal, 4x measurement 1 P1Z536
Type B**- Current terminal, 4x protection 1 P1Z1869
Type B**- Current terminal, 3x protection, 1 P1Z1647
1.7
1x sentitive
Terminals for IO110** for plug-in M and N 2 P1Z1656 1.8
2-pole cross connector for current terminals 3 P1Z543 1.9
2-pole cross connector for voltage terminals 6 P1Z550
2
Cover for voltage terminal 8 P1Z574
Cover for current terminal 1 P1Z567 2.1
Cover plate for empty plug-in module 1 P1Z680 2.2
mounting position
2.3
Cable set for assembly of communication 1 P1Z673
expansion board CB202 (COM link) 2.4
Set of labeling strips for LEDs and keypad 10 P1Z697

Accessories for devices with surface-

mounting housing and with integrated
operation panel
Set of mounting brackets 1/2 x 19"
Set of mounting brackets 2/3 x 19"
Set of mounting brackets 5/6 x 19"
Set of mounting brackets 1/1 x 19"
Cable set long, 0.43 m, for connection of
integrated operation panel
2 P1Z703
2 P1Z710 2.5
2 P1Z727
2 P1Z734
1 P1Z666

Cover plate for bus terminationd 2 P1Z1496

Screw cover for base module with housing 4 P1Z901
width 1/3 x 19”
Screw cover for expansion modules with 4 P1Z1281 2.6
housing width 1/6 x 19”

2.7
Cable set for surface mounting devices 1 P1Z1878
with detached operation panel, 2,50 m
(for conversion of surface mounting devices
2.8
with integrated operation panel into surface
mounting devices with detached operation 2.9
panel)
2.10
Cable set for surface mounting devices 1 P1Z2132
with detached operation panel, 5,0 m
(for conversion of surface mounting devices
3
with integrated operation panel into surface
mounting devices with detached operation 3.1
panel)
3.2
Sensors for arc protection
Point sensor 3m 1 P1X19
3.3
Point sensor 4m 1 P1X28
Point sensor 5m 1 P1X37 3.4
Point sensor 10m 1 P1X46
Point sensor 15m 1 P1X55 3.5
Point sensor 20m 1 P1X64
3.6
* For all modular SIPROTEC 5 devices, not for non-modular devices 7xx82
** For all non-modular SIPROTEC 5 devices 7xx82 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.6 / 1
 Appendix
Spare parts / Accessories

1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.6 / 2 SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3
 Appendix
Legal notice

Indication of conformity Copyright

1
This product complies with the directive of Copyright © Siemens AG 2014. All rights reserved.
the Council of the European Communities The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this 1.1
on harmonization of the laws of the Member document, or utilization and communication of the content
States relating to electromagnetic are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights, 1.2
compatibility (EMC Council Directive including rights created by patent grant or registration of a
2004/108/EC) and concerning electrical equipment utility model or a design, are reserved. 1.3
for use within specified voltage limits (Low Voltage Directive
2006/95/EC).
Registered trademarks 1.4
This conformity has been proved by tests performed according
SIPROTEC®, DIGSI®, SIGUARD®, SIMEAS®, and SICAM® 1.5
are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Any unauthorized
to the Council Directive in accordance with the generic stan-
dards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 (for EMC directive) and
use is illegal. All other designations in this document 1.6
can be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own
with the standard EN 60255-27 (for Low Voltage Directive) by 1.7
purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.
Siemens AG.
The device is designed and manufactured for application in an 1.8
industrial environment.
1.9
The product conforms with the international standards of IEC
60255 and the 2
German standard VDE 0435.
2.1
Disclaimer of liability
2.2
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical
review before being published. It is revised at regular intervals, 2.3
and any modifications and amendments are included
in the subsequent issues. The content of this document 2.4
has been compiled for information purposes only. Although
Siemens AG has made best efforts to keep the document
as precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens AG shall
not assume any liability for defects and damage which
result through use of the information contained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business
relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of 2.5
Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements.
Siemens AG reserves the right to revise this documentfrom time
to time.
Document Edition: 03
Release status: 12.2014
2.6
Version of the product described: V6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices · Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 3 3.7 / 1
Published by and copyright © 2014:
Siemens AG
Energy Management
Humboldtstr. 59
90459 Nuremberg, Germany

All rights reserved.

If not stated otherwise on the individual pages of this
catalog, we reserve the right to include modifications,
especially regarding the stated values, dimensions and
weights.

Drawings are not binding.

All product designations used are trademarks or
product names of Siemens AG or other suppliers.
If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in this catalog
are given in mm.

Subject to change without prior notice.

The information in this document contains general
descriptions of the technical options available, which
may not apply in all cases. The required technical
options should therefore be specified in the contract.

For all products using security features of OpenSSL the

following shall apply:
This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL
Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit.
(http://www.openssl.org/)
This product includes cryptographic software written by
Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)

For more information, please contact our Article No. IC1000-K4605-A011-A3-7600

Customer Support Center. Printed in Germany
Phone: +49 180 524 84 37 Dispo 06200, SIMC-0000-45177
Fax: +49 180 524 24 71 KG 12.14 1.1 290 EN
(Charges depending on provider)
E-Mail: support.energy@siemens.com Printed on elementary chlorine-free bleached paper.
www.siemens.com/siprotec